Monarch: The New Phoenix Program (110pgs)

Monarch
The New Phoenix Program
edited by
Marshall Thomas
Acknowledgments
This work is a review of literature on the subject of war crimes pertaining to the use of microwave weapons against
civilians. Contributing authors have been given credit through footnotes and in the bibliography. I wish to express my
gratitude and appreciation for their invaluable contributions to understanding these ongoing crimes against humanity.
I wish to acknowledge the contributions of many authors, and particularly the heroic work of Michael Rupert, Jim
Keith, Alex Constantine, John DeCamp, and Dr. Nick Begich. I have made every attempt as an editor of this
compilation to cite sources and include them in my bibliography. Due to extreme circumstances I have made errors
in this regard, and others, but the story put forth here is faithfully and truthfully rendered and begs further
investigation. The purpose of this compilation of literature is to prod more capable investigators and legal authorities
to take active parts in addressing these grave issues discussed herein.
Marshall Thomas
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
i
Contents
Chapter One. War Crimes: The New Phoenix Program ……………………………………………………….1
Phoenix Program ………………………………………………………………………………………………………1
New Phoenix Program…………………………………………………………………………………………………2
Behavior Modification………………………………………………………………………………………………….2
Chapter Two. History of US Government Human Experimentation ……………………………………..3
Eugenics Movement ……………………………………………………………………………………………………3
Human Radiation Studies………………………………………………………………………………………………5
Elmer Allen ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….7
Agent Orange………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 10
Chapter Three. The Cold War: 1945-1995 ………………………………………………………………………… 13
Gen. James Harry Doolittle ………………………………………………………………………………………… 13
McCarthyism ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 13
Operation Paperclip…………………………………………………………………………………………………. 14
Reinhardt Gehlen ……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 15
Operation Mockingbird …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 15
Operation Northwoods……………………………………………………………………………………………… 16
Chapter Four: MK-Ultra ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 17
Brainwashing—USSR, China, US ………………………………………………………………………………….. 17
MK-Ultra—1950s ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 19
Allen Dulles…………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 19
Dr. George Estabrooks ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 19
Dr. Ewan Cameron …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 20
MK-Ultra—1960s and 1970s ………………………………………………………………………………………. 21
Richard Helms ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 21
Dr. Stephen Aldrich …………………………………………………………………………………………… 21
Project Pandora…………………………………………………………………………………………………. 24
Dr. José Delgado ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 22
Dr. Louis Jolyon Jolly West …………………………………………………………………………………… 22
MK-Ultra Victims Testimonies …………………………………………………………………………………….. 22
Valerie Wolfe …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 22
Claudia Mullen …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 24
Christine DeNicola …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 25
Programming Levels ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 26
Chapter Five. Nonlethal weapons……………………………………………………………………………………… 26
Greenham Common Women’s Peace Camp ………………………………………………………………………. 27
DoD/DoJ ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 28
Directed Energy Weapons in Iraq ………………………………………………………………………………….. 29
Chapter Six. CIA Cults …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 31
Michael Aquino ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 31
Jonestown ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 32
Symbionese Liberation Movement ………………………………………………………………………………………………………..32
Manson Family ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 33
The Franklin Conspiracy ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 33
Unification Church ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 33
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
ii
The Children of God ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 33
McMartin Preschool…………………………………………………………………………………………………. 33
Scientology………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 34
Masons………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 34
False Memory Syndrome Foundation/Satanic Ritual Abuse ………………………………………………………. 35
Dr. Martin T. Orne …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 35
Dr. Douglas Besherov……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 35
Remote Viewing …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 35
Gen. Edmund Thompson …………………………………………………………………………………………… 36
Chapter Seven. The Trojan Horse………………………………………………………………………………………. 37
Chapter Eight. Cointelpro ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 39
Chapter Nine. CIA Blowback…………………………………………………………………………………………… 40
Iran, Guatemala, Iraq ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 40
CIA Guns, Drugs, Fraud ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 42
Ed Wilson ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 43
Nugan-Hand Bank………………………………………………………………………………………………. 43
BCCI, “Bank of Crooks & Criminals, International”………………………………………………………….. 43
Iran-Contra……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 44
Contras and Crips ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 44
Katharine Griggs …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 45
Pastor Strawcutter’s 1998 Taped Interview…………………………………………………………………… 48
Katharine Griggs Today………………………………………………………………………………………… 48
Chapter Ten. Russian Mind Control: Directed Energy Weapons ………………………………………………. 49
Dr. Igor Smirnov…………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 49
Woodpecker, WWIV ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 50
Chapter Eleven. Unclassified Science and the Scientists ………………………………………………………….. 51
André Puharich and Warren S. McCulloch ………………………………………………………………………… 51
Dr. Allan Frey ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 52
Dr. Ross Adey……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 52
Dr. Herman Schwann……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 52
Dr. J. F. Schapitz ……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 53
Eldon Byrd …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 53
Dr. Dietrich Beischer ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 53
Dr. Joseph C. Sharp …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….53
Dr. James Lin………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 53
Dr. Karl Pribram…………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 54
Dr. Miachel Persinger……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 54
Chapter Twelve. HAARP………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 55
Building the Perfect Beast: Strategic Defense Initiative……………………………………………………………. 55
High Frequency Active Auroral Research Project (HAARP) ……………………………………………………… 55
Chapter Thirteen. Patents and Spin-offs ………………………………………………………………………………………..57
Robert A. Monroe…………………………………………………………………………………………………… 58
Mind Control Weapon-Related Patents by Number ………………………………………………………………. 58
Technological Spin-offs ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 59
Personal Tracking and Recovery System …………………………………………………………………………… 60
Chapter Fourteen. Mind War…………………………………………………………………………………………….. 61
The Aviary …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 62
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
iii
US Psychotronics Association ………………………………………………………………………………………. 64
Russell Targ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 65
Mind War ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 66
Military Doctrine Publications ……………………………………………………………………………………… 67
Unclassified Public Nonlethal Weapons ……………………………………………………………………………. 68
Active Denial System………………………………………………………………………………………………… 68
Nonlethal Weapons Publications……………………………………………………………………………………. 69
Radio Hypnotic-Inducted Control/Electronic Dissolution of Memory (RHIC/EDOM) ……………………….. 73
MK-Ultra—1990s…………………………………………………………………………………………………… 74
Chapter Fifteen. CIA/Corporate Proprietaries ……………………………………………………………………… 75
Economic Hit Men ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 76
DynCorp …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 77
Hadron………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 77
Schlumberger ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 78
Project for a New American Century (PNAC)…………………………………………………………………….. 78
Enron………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 78
Peak Oil ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 79
Transnational Corporations …………………………………………………………………………………………. 79
Think Tanks………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 80
Echelon ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 81
PROMIS…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 82
Total Information Awareness (TIA) ………………………………………………………………………………… 84
9/11 Insider Trading………………………………………………………………………………………………… 84
Able Danger …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 85
Operation Cyclone ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 85
Afghanistan………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 88
Chapter Sixteen. Limitations of Existing Laws……………………………………………………………………….. 88
John Glenn …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 90
LSD experiments ……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 90
Targeted Individuals…………………………………………………………………………………………………. 91
The Weed and Seed Program……………………………………………………………………………………….. 92
The Milgram Experiments ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 93
Triggers……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 93
Street Theater ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 94
Targeted Individual Experiences ……………………………………………………………………………………. 95
Chapter Seventeen. End Game: A Theory of “The Master Plan” ………………………………………………….. 96
Notes ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 99
Bibliography ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………102
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
1
Chapter One
War Crimes: The Phoenix Program
he Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through assassination,
kidnapping, and torture—the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet Cong insurgency in South Vietnam.
It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of
assassination were VC tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected
sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians: rival Vietnamese would report their
enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In 1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the
number killed was 20,857. South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley
managed 600 military and 40-50 CIA liaison officers who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44
provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert
Action officers were Cuban refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams,
which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI Richard Helms and the White
House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for
“neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one-third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green
Beret and Navy SEAL troops would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese
collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill
US military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division,” but from
a higher authority, such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.
The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient
of the Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. (He was wounded three
times.)
The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone
number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen
so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take
the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck
like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’
Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool, motherfucker.’ Whoever
answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were concerned whoever answered was a Communist,
including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure were accomplished by blackmailing or terrorizing a member of a
targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15-years-old and older had to register and
carry identity cards. These records were computerized, and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical
means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000-plus
informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix
Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population—instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of
assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and, in
effect, forced into the resistance army. The Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would
have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved.” He called the war “a strategic disaster which
cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars.”
New Phoenix USA:
The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA and military intelligence personnel
involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss
of will by domestic political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a guerilla war.
The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a systematic manner, worked well and is the
blueprint for the current black-op targeting thousands of loyal Americans using state-of-the art microwave (MW) and
radio frequency radiation (RFR) weapons.
T
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
2
The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the
perception of dissent against the war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written
for the NSA (National Security Agency) by Villely and Lt. Col. Aquino. The DoD (Department of Defense) has a
huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The
indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill
refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future. The counterinsurgency
doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam
will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, and Casey have built
the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with silent-kill
technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency
(ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound,
similar to CIA MK-Ultra psychiatrist Ewen Cameron’s psychic driving technique used to break down the target’s
personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics.
Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human
behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence
officers involved in developing these “nonlethal weapons” also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is
accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks
onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them.
As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox active gang
stalking. CIA-created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively
harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are
aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system, it has always been necessary to test it on human
beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently, as well as perfecting the process of
controlling the human mind, is no different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people,
the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole. It is probable
that the detention and debriefing of the heads of the DIA (Defense Intelligence Agency), NSA, INSCOM (US Army
Intelligence and Security Command), and CIA (Maples, Alexander, Lacquement, and Hayden, respectively) and their
replacement with civilian reformers will end the current war crimes.
Behavior Modification:
Col. John B. Alexander (US Army, ret.) stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, that the
military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-Ultra, the infamous CIA program that
involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, he said, “anything that smacked of [mind
control] was extremely dangerous,” because Congress would simply take the money away. Alexander acknowledged
that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out
with the bath water.” But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security
community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who were not
around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the
notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning
how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance
imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when
someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could
come in handy.
Alexander is also intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify behavior. The dilemma of the
war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies such as those at Guantanamo, keep
them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix you,
or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t come back and kill me,” Alexander
says. It’s only a matter of time before technology allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now
getting to where we can do that.. .Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question.”
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
3
Chapter Two
History of Government Human Experimentation
n order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation program using microwave weapons
against civilians it is necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900s, and continued to the
present day.
Eugenics Movement:
Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton, who studied hereditary traits in families and
began the nature-versus-nurture debate, and its ultimate focus on twins, to answer the question of what was more
powerful, heredity or environment. He proposed “positive eugenics,” encouraging the reproduction of eminent men
and families. He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but, like his cousin
Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest crimes in history. “Negative eugenics” is
the application of means to discourage the breeding of the “unfit,” including anti-race mixing marriage laws,
institutionalized segregation, sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and, though it is dressed up
in mathematics to give it legitimacy, it has more in common with the quack science of phrenology. Phrenology was
the study of the head size and shape to determine intelligence and character.
The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low-paying factory
jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism, and crime seemed overwhelming. Adding to this,
millions of Eastern Europeans and Italians came to America, making the native population uneasy. The newcomers
were viewed as bad stock compared to the more “Nordic types” that made up earlier waves of immigrants from
Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass
euthanasia; however, the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared
for euthanasia.
The eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold
Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO
compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans. The adherents of eugenics included some of the most influential
doctors and scientists of the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr
Jordan, the President of Stanford University, and William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard,
Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and
poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative eugenics had by the 1920s been accepted by
American society as fact. Contests for “Fitter Family” were common at state fairs and eugenics publications and ideas
were widespread. This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application
of large amounts of money.
The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, the Harriman family, Ford
Foundation, the Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The
American Eugenics Party, and others. The American eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to
participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of
Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German.
Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme
Court. Carrie Buck was a 17-year-old girl who became pregnant out of wedlock in 1920s-Virginia. She was ostracized
by her community, and her baby, Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her
mother’s files were examined—both had previously been classified as morons— and court proceedings were begun to
have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination. Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court
in 1927.
It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve
for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle
I
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
4
that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes. Three generations of
imbeciles are enough.1
This decision validated Virginia’s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the forced sterilization of 30,000 to
60,000 American citizens. Eventually, similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a
promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school
superintendent. She had been raped by her foster parents’ son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible
sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law.
A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie’s defense lawyer and the Colony of Virginia to ensure
the constitutionality of Virginia’s new law. The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population
at its mental-health facilities.
The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933, the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of
Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act, which was based on Buck vs. Bell, and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people
and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the
eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute, including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an
architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews,
Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer, who headed the
Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity, and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that “Germany’s war
would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.” Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele.
On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society: “My assistant,
Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.), joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as
Hauptsturmführer [Captain] and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the
most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer
[Himmler].” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly
experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports, and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation.
Often, cadavers and eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors
who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus:
His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he
purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he
pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector.
He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value,
were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction. In other words, he was a hack
with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The chronology of events is
instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was
used in the beginning but was discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all
the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection, or gassed and then
cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized.
Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.
The program was referred to as a mercy death; however, nothing could be further from the truth. Witnesses said
that the floor, walls, and even the ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine, and feces. At the
center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to
climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.
The leaders of the American eugenics movement went underground and changed the name of their
organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American
Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained
influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names
of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who could not fight back. Carrie
Buck’s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor
roll.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
5
Human Radiation Studies:
In December 1939, as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radio chemists split the uranium
atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise Meitner and Otto Fritsch, who calculated the
released energy at 200 million electron volts for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately
in scientific communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction, and an
uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was
where plutonium-238 (half-life 88 years) and plutonium-239 (half-life 24,000 years) were first created. Seaborg,
Segre, and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work, their product
could be detected, but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal; small amounts
spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical
form, it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown, or pink. Seaborg said “under some conditions it might be
brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between
room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.” Robley Evans, who studied
women exposed on-the-job to radium, wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal.
Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 “could be used to make a super bomb.” It was 1941,
and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton
were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was
the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant
percentage of the war-time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-
235 and the Hanford, Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench-scale process and
increased it a billion-fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert
Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was
chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon.
Quantum physics was a science that had been invented by twenty-year-olds, and the staff Oppenheimer
assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and, if the high explosive failed to
ignite the fission reaction, $2.5 billion dollars (1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez
Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At
dawn on July 16, 1945, the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device, code-named Gadget. The remaining
two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9, killing
approximately 200,000 people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz, which killed 30,000
people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was used in 1,000 plane raids
that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian
populations, but it certainly made it more efficient.
Many of the scientists, some of whom had urged a demonstration shot, were appalled at the results. The
scientists declared publicly that the US possessed only a few years head-start before another nation followed suit.
Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear
weapons. Those who tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed, as events and personalities took on a
momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-heavy: the hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to
the development of the hydrogen bomb, and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced.
Teller assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War.
The largest hydrogen bomb ever tested by the US was around 40 megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10-
kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured
destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear weapons they have aimed at
each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear
arms race consumed much of the wealth of the US, leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the
world could end in a matter of minutes.
Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall Islands were forcibly
relocated, and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands.
Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations,
thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
6
to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war: at what point are the ships too hot or the men too
poisoned to continue to fight? The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or
higher, adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in
trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and, immediately after the explosion, walked them on line through ground-zero,
in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons.
General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing, and took authority away from the AEC (Atomic
Energy Commission) for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of
no more than 3 rad for a 13-week period, while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The
badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists
working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well
known to the scientists involved, due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of
Madame Curie and others. By the 1920s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were
dead. A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half of those exposed. One
millionth of a gram, once inside the human body, could cause death. A nuclear explosion immediately produces
Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual
contamination, which is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One
example is radioiodine, which collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources makes it difficult to gauge what
dose has been delivered, and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone
marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10
electron volts, and under such an assault the cell dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably—in other words,
becomes cancer.
Arthur Compton and the other physicists knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive
materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological
aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not among the physicists from the inner sanctum
trying to build the Bomb, but they reported their findings to them. Joseph Hamilton began to study radiation effects
in rats in the summer of 1942. In 1943 the first human test subjects would be used, without their knowledge or
consent. All the experiments were conducted for the express purpose of answering the unknowns: How much
radiation could kill a man? Could blood tests detect exposure? Are there treatments for exposure? Long before
radiological warfare was used on enemy populations, it was purposefully tested on American civilians. By 1945 the
war was over, but these questions remained unanswered. The experiments would have to continue for the next thirty
years.
Admiral James Cooney became the leading advocate for an experiment on 200 healthy “volunteers,” using up to
150 rad or more. Col. Shields Warren opposed the idea, as did other civilian scientists. He argued that 200 was too
small a number to base a study on; a real study would have to include 10,000 or more subjects. While this argument
raged, the School of Aviation Medicine in San Antonio, Texas quietly began to do the tests for the Air Force.
Randolph Lee Clarke, the director of the MD Anderson, oversaw the first study irradiating sick cancer patients with
hundreds of rads using TBI or total body irradiation. The human subjects chosen had tumors which did not respond to
radiation treatment. Patients who could have been helped by radiation would have shown altered levels of blood
cells, amino acids, enzymes, plasma proteins, and lipids, which would have clouded the results and thwarted the
search for a biological dosimeter. Col. Shields Warren did not object to the use of cancer patients, but many of these
people were not very ill or had been misdiagnosed. At least two of the twenty people injected with plutonium had
been misdiagnosed as having cancer when they did not. Many of the others were not cancer patients, but suffered
from illnesses such as scleroderma or Cushing’s disease. These errors were repeated in the Total Body Irradiation
experiments that were sponsored by the military. Many of the cancer patients had been well enough to work and live
a normal life. However, after doses of 100 to 2,000 rad, many died within days or weeks; they had in fact been killed
by radiation poisoning. Those who lived were in constant pain and often debilitated.
Surprisingly or not, 34 Nazi scientists were employed at Randolph AFB in San Antonio and were involved in
these lethal experiments. These were just a few of the thousands of Nazi scientists who had been secretly smuggled
into the US under Operation Paperclip to help the US destroy the USSR. Dr Hubertus Strughold, their intellectual
and spiritual leader in radiation studies, brought in Dr Herbert Gerstner, who had used human subjects during the
war to study at what point human hearing is completely destroyed due to shell explosions. He also used people to
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
7
study the exact cause of death in cases of electrocution, finding it to be a tremendous increase in blood pressure,
which forced blood from the peripheral vessels into the heart and abdominal cavity. These men, all of whom had
experimented on Jews, gypsies, intellectuals, homosexuals, allied POWs, and others, were now in San Antonio doing
terminal TBI experiments on American citizens for the military.
Gerstner and Eugene Saenger collaborated on the TBI studies; Gerstner did the first one, and Saenger did the last
one. Between 1951 and 1974, approximately 500 patients were studied at medical facilities, which included MD
Anderson Cancer Center in Houston, Baylor College of Medicine in Houston, Sloan-Kettering in New York,
University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, and one in Oak Ridge, Tennessee. The TBI experiments were only a
subset of many radiation experiments on human subjects that included injections of plutonium, and radioactive
isotope studies.
Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret study using radioactive
isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. These women were given a cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child.
Free health care was the lure used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison, 6 months pregnant,
visited the clinic in July, 1946, seeking treatment for nausea. The doctor who treated her gave her a cocktail by and
told her it would make her feel better. Several months after the birth of her daughter, Hutchison’s hair fell out and
she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life-threatening complications after several miscarriages. Her daughter,
Barbara, was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder, and skin cancer. Many of the mothers
and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer.
Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly
Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half-life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no
therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study, which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen
Hutchison’s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration
camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the
radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child.
In one study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts, radioactive iron and calcium
were secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal, using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the
radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was
membership in a science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT
faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would
not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.
At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison, about 200 prisoners, responding to the lure of a little
money and extra privileges, had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads. Carl Heller, one of the world’s leading
endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar
experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter. The
identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they
had been used as human guinea pigs by their government.
Elmer Allen:
Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947, in a San Francisco Hospital, he
was injected with plutonium in his left leg. Three days later the same leg was amputated at mid-thigh. Elmer was a
porter for the Pullman Company who had injured his leg while stepping off a train, and had been diagnosed with a
fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative; a second test indicated cancer. Unable to
work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with his wife and three children. His wife recalled
that he began having epileptic seizures: “He would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too.” Elmer began drinking
heavily, and told his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no, one not even his family doctor, believed
him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic.
During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium, it was discovered, to the
amazement of the study’s directors, that four of them were still alive. In 1973, Austin Bues, from the Center for
Human Radiobiology, wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism study. He and his wife were brought to
Chicago, and Elmer’s urine and feces were collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for, and Elmer received $140
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
8
plus $13 a day expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consistent with radiation. One year after Elmer’s death, the
family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had
been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991. His head stone says, “Elmer Allen 1911-1947 / CAL-13 1947-
1991 / One of America’s nuclear guinea pigs.”
On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O’Leary ordered her department to open classified files
covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated
to identify relevant documents. The index alone is 150 pages.
The following is testimony from Elmer Allen’s granddaughter before the President’s Advisory Committee on
Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.
I saw him as a depressing sight—joyless, unanimated, with a damaged head and a broken spirit. During his
lifetime, I saw him as a burden rather than as an asset to my grandmother, as she waited on him, pampered him.
My mother, I recall, resented this treatment while she contended that he didn’t do his share for the family. She
recalled a life of living with a father who, when not on an alcoholic binge, suffered from frequent seizures which
had to be endured by the rest of the family. My uncle, on the other hand, did not seem resentful, but I often felt
he must have been disappointed in a father incapable of playing a simple bat and ball game or merely offering a
positive life outlook.
My grandmother said it wasn’t always like this. She said my grandfather was once a vibrant and handsome
Pullman porter, a hard worker who wanted only the best for his family. When I was younger, I liked to do
puzzles from the newspaper, where you find words hidden among randomly-arranged letters. Since my
grandfather spent most of his time sitting alone, he would sometimes complete these puzzles—we would
sometimes complete these puzzles together, and eventually he began saving them in a neat stack and worked on
completing them himself.
In the springtime, I saw him take brown paper bags and make kites for the kids down the street. He once
made a pen for my pet rabbit. He often talked of feelings in his missing leg and would shudder and make
comments like “they must be working on my leg today.” Years later, when I was home on breaks from college,
the sight of my grandfather was horrible. He seemed useless and frail. He had lost more of life’s joy. He seemed
angry and sad. The pain was obvious, and he was sometimes furious and irate, mean and spiteful.
I often have dreams about my grandfather. Before his death, I had a dream that he was in his old house in a
coffin, open with the body in full view, dead, but alive somehow. After
his death, another dream revealed him through a doorway, sitting in his wheelchair, looking feeble, yet in good
spirits. He seemed to have a newfound joy, laughing and joking with male friends.
When Eileen Welsome presented my family with the fact that this man was indeed CAL-13, a human
nuclear guinea pig, I wondered, could this be the reason, the origin, the root cause of this depressed character
that I considered all along to be my grandfather? He lived over 40 years without a zest for life and with a pain I
imagine was without equal.
For I understand that the reality of life for the African American man of the 1940s was already a pre-determined
bleak one, dictated by the white man’s tyrannical power of economics, politics, and, to a certain degree, basic
freedom.
Being born a black male was already a handicap, having a limited education was a further handicap. Then, to
add a physical handicap, due to being basically tricked into donating a body limb for science. With all of this in
mind, I now understand how alcohol could relieve his reality, how depression and schizophrenia could take
control of his life, how his feelings of hopelessness shattered such a promising future.
In my most recent dream, I saw my grandfather with both legs, standing with confidence and strength of
character I never saw in real life. He had a young appearance. He had a look of joy on his face, and he seemed
content.
This statement is signed, “April D. Whitfield, granddaughter of Elmer Allen, March 15th, 1995.” The following
testimony is by her mother, Allen’s daughter.
Good afternoon. My daughter, April Whitfield, and the other survivors of Elmer Allen are determined that
the truth about his plutonium injection and subsequent leg amputation be made a part of the public record. We
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
9
continue to be appalled by the apparent attempts at cover-ups, the inferences that the nature of the times, the
1940s, allowed scientists to conduct experiments without getting a patient’s consent or without mentioning
risks. We contend that my father was not an informed participant in the plutonium experiment.
He was asked to sign his name several times while a patient at the University of California hospital in San
Francisco. Why was he not asked to sign his name permitting scientists to inject him with plutonium? Why was
his wife, who was college trained, not consulted in this matter?
It is my hope that history will not be rewritten in committees who claim that they do not understand the
actions of the scientists of the 1940s, those who claim that poor and disenfranchised African American men could
not be hoodwinked by his doctors.
I hope you will understand that just as Jewish fathers were placed in the ovens at Auschwitz, my father,
Elmer Allen, was placed in his own private oven here in the United States of America. He was left there for 44
years, and the scientists occasionally took a peek inside to see if he was still alive.
His survivors are pledged to tell the truth about this experiment for the next 50 or even 100 years, if
necessary, so that future generations will have more than lies, half-truths, and inconclusive reports, when
attempting to recount this real-life horror story.
Thank you. I didn’t know I had 10 minutes because I would have a lot more to say, but I thank you.
While these secret experiments on thousands of Americans were going on in hospitals, from 1945 until the Test
Ban treaty in 1963, the very public testing of nuclear weapons took place. Nearly 400,000 military personnel took
part in approximately 253 above-ground tests in the Pacific and the US. The men’s external dose of beta radiation
was measured by badges, which, however, were not distributed in significant numbers, and did not measure the dose
from other external particles such as Alpha, Gamma, or X-ray radiation, nor did they measure the ingestion of small
particles that lodge in tissues and do continuous damage. Some of the troops felt immediate effects of radiation
poisoning and developed lifelong complications, while others became sick many years later. Bill Scott, of Camarillo,
California, as an Army Air Force photographer, filmed some of the nuclear tests. According to Helena, his widow,
“Starting in 1955, Bill had nosebleeds, backaches, and coughing attacks, followed by vomiting, nausea, and upset
stomach. His nosebleeds would last for days at a time. His teeth rapidly decayed and his feet became dry and scaly. In
1971, he was hospitalized for tests that found bone cancer that spread… rapidly, and six months later he was gone.”
The Atomic Veterans Newsletter published the following statement.
We were the victims of radiation experiments, too. They exposed over 200,000 of us in over 200
atmospheric atomic and hydrogen bomb tests between 1945-1962. They deliberately bombed us with nuclear
weapons and exposed us to deadly radioactivity to see how it would affect us and our equipment in nuclear
warfare on land, sea, and air. They didn’t need our informed consent because we were under military discipline.
They devalued our lives too! They made us sterile! They crippled and killed our children! They made widows of
our wives! Then denied repeatedly and publicly that there was ever any danger! “Say the lie often enough and
people will believe it.
The third group of experimental human subjects is the Down Winders, a term which refers to all the people
exposed to radiation as a result of atmospheric testing. In essence, this group comprises the entire US, and, in
fact, the entire world. Fallout from all 2,000 nuclear tests has deposited plutonium and other radioactive
substances in the bodies of every human being on earth. At what point this experiment would prove fatal for all
human life is unknown, but it is known that the human embryo is very vulnerable and that 1-2 rads is sufficient to
produce deformity or death. A quick look at radiation fallout maps shows that this much radiation, and more, has
been deposited across the continental US. Brenda Weaver lived most of her life seven miles from Hanford in an
area known as Death Mile. Her family always seemed sick; she developed thyroid disease at 12, and had an ovary
removed at 14. Her brother had to be taken to the hospital with his eyes bleeding. In the early 1960s, the sheep
on her farm were born with missing legs, eyes, or other body parts. Her daughter, Jaime, was born in 1965
without eyes. Says Weaver, “She has eyelashes and eyelids and tear ducts, but no eyes. It makes life difficult, it’s
hard to be blind.
One study documents an unexplained increase in child mortality in the US that began shortly after testing began
and decreased when atmospheric testing ended. It was acknowledged that a full-scale nuclear exchange could have
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
10
ended the Human Race but it is also possible that continued testing could eventually accomplish the same result. It
should be noted that underground tests do vent radiation and that these tests are ongoing.
The government held hearings in the 1990s and gave monetary compensation to several individuals injected with
plutonium, but not the hundreds of thousands of others injured in all the other secret testing. The government’s
report is largely a whitewash. Few victims were compensated, and no scientist or government employee was ever
punished. The institutions involved all claimed ignorance or that the patients were fully informed— patently false in
all cases—and have thereby largely dodged any responsibility for their participation in these acts.
After the Advisory Committee’s final report, the children of the deceased plutonium victims had the following
statements: “I guess the government really won, all the culprits that planned and executed this thing got away with
it”; “For them to say that a little apology is enough… is just beyond belief”; and, “I do feel betrayed and I feel abused
by this committee’s report.”
Nuclear explosions produce plutonium oxide, which is deposited in the lungs and lymph nodes and cannot be
detected in the urine. The human experimental subjects were injected with plutonium citrate or nitrate, which does
show up in the urine. Thirty years of testing urine from those exposed in above-ground tests has led to thousands of
useless tests that show false negative results—false evidence that could be used to claim these human exposures were
low or non-existent. The search for a biological dosimeter lasted 30 years at dozens of labs, costing many millions of
dollars and producing no answer. Just how much radiation is a safe dose in the human body, and how to measure the
amount the body has received is still unknown. The current answer in science is that there is no such thing as a safe
dose of radiation.
Mary Jean Connell , the only living victim of the plutonium experiments, when asked how she felt after receiving
$100,000 dollars, merely replied, “I’m afraid it’s going to happen again, you know.”2
Agent Orange:
Operation Hades was developed by the Pentagon’s Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA) as a scheme to
defoliate guerilla-controlled areas of Vietnam. Objectives of defoliation were to destroy the triple canopy jungle that
would flush out the guerilla fighter for conventional warfare, clear the waterways and roads of areas of concealment
for ambush, establish fields of fire around bases, avoid infiltration and surprise attacks, and, finally, to deny food to
the enemy. The Vietnamese charged that defoliation was a weapon of mass destruction—ecocide, which was not
aimed at the fighter, but employed against the entire people and their environment, causing death by poisoning and
starvation. C-47 aircraft sprayed 2,4,5-T and 2,4-D on 5,000 acres in 1962. In 1967, 1.5 million acres of jungle and
221,000 acres of crop land were sprayed. When spraying ended in 1971, 6 million acres, of which 10 to 15 percent
were crop lands, had been covered with 107 million pounds of herbicide.
Annual sales of herbicide increased from 12.5 million in 1966 to 79.8 million in 1969. Dow, Hercules,
Monsanto, Diamond Shamrock, and seven other companies shared the war-time profits. The name of the spray
operation was changed to Operation Ranch Hand, but the insignia patch retained the satanic symbol of a devil with a
pitch fork.
During WWII, the University of Chicago studied chlorophenols for their effect on plant metabolism. A small
application will promote rapid growth, while a larger dose will make the plant grow so fast it literally explodes and
dies. The special mixture of Agent Orange used in Vietnam consisted of 2,4,5-T and 2,4-D in equal amounts. The
mixture was thirteen times more concentrated than that used domestically. Agent White, which had Picloram added,
was a DOW product, but was so long-lasting in the environment it was never allowed to be used on US soil. Agent
Blue contained highly poisonous cacodylic acid and was 54-percent arsenic.
The effects of spraying 2500 acres and 1000 inhabitants were reported by a doctor in October 1964. “At first the
people felt sick and had some diarrhea, then difficulty breathing followed by low blood pressure; some cases had
trouble with their optic nerve and went blind. Pregnant women gave birth to still born or premature children. Most
of the affected cattle died from serious diarrhea, and river fish floated on the surface of the water belly-up, soon after
the chemicals were spread.” Reports of human poisoning brought diplomatic pressure on the US from other nations
to respond. The US State Department replied in March 1966, stating, “The herbicides used are non-toxic and not
dangerous to man or animal life. The land is not affected for future use.”
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
11
The National Academy of Sciences received 80% of their money from the DoD and was considered an arm of the
government. The elite organization determined that it was inconclusive whether Agent Orange caused human deaths
and that it was important that the matter receive further scrutiny in the future to determine the question. In
response, Professors Pfeiffer and Orians from the University of Washington independently obtained funding and did a
field study on their own in Vietnam at the height of the war. They reported on cases of illness in humans and animals
living in sprayed areas, widespread ecological damage, and permanent destruction of ancient forests, commercial
timberlands, and rubber tree cultures. In late 1969, the American Academy of Arts and Sciences (AAAS) formed a
committee headed up by Mathew Meselson, a Harvard biologist, with a mandate to study Agent Orange in Vietnam.
Through their efforts, LBJ received a petition with 5,000 signatures of scientists urging him to stop spraying, on the
grounds of establishing a dangerous precedent in chemical and biological warfare. The Food and Drug Administration
had finished a study in 1965, but the report was concealed. In 1969, the report was leaked to Meselson. It showed
that, in 1964, the prestigious Bionetics Research Laboratory tested industrial compounds for carcinogenic and fetusdeforming
effects in lab animals. The tests showed small doses of 2,4,5-T caused birth defects in rats and mice. The
FDA, DoD, and DOA knew about the report, but no one else saw it. DOW Chemical had applied pressure on the
FDA to bury the report. The strategy that DOW used to combat the now-public report was to claim that chemical
impurities in the test batch were responsible for the alarming results. The contamination was actually an impurity
produced during manufacture that was referred to as 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-para-dioxin, or simply Dioxin.
The newly-formed EPA issued a ban on the use of 2,4,5-T in the US, and the military claimed they would use
other agents for defoliation when available, then continued spraying Agent Orange. DOW claimed that Agent
Orange normally contained none or a few parts per million of Dioxin. Domestic stocks tested at approximately
13ppm Dioxin, while the chemical used in Vietnam contained 47ppm or higher. Scientific reports that showed
evidence of harm were either ignored or actively suppressed, while studies that were inconclusive were used by the
government to justify continued spraying.
Dioxin is the most toxic man-made chemical on earth. FDA researcher Dr. Jacqueline Verrett proved that only
1 part per trillion was sufficient to cause deformity in embryos, and, using the same tests, also proved that if it were
diluted one million times it would still be as toxic to a fetus as thalidomide. There is no safe dose of dioxin, no matter
how small. The agents 2,4,5-T and 2,4-D were shown to cause cancer in lab animals by themselves, without the
dioxin present. DOW chemical agreed to a temporary halt in the use of 2,4,5-T but was fighting to protect the
pervasive domestic use of 2,4-D. Dow was able to go to court and successfully fight the ban on 2,4,5-T and thus
saved their lucrative sales in the American market as well as worldwide sales of both herbicides. The burden of
scientific proof was successfully shifted from the manufacturer of the toxic chemicals onto the plaintiffs, who were
forced to prove conclusively that dioxin and the herbicides caused disease and mutation in humans. Studies funded by
industry showed 2,4,5-T without dioxin was safe, while independent studies such as the Bionetics study showed that
“pure” 2,4,5-T without dioxin was mutagenic. The 1970 Meselson report carried the greatest weight in the scientific
community because of its thoroughness. In one heavily-sprayed province, still-births and miscarriages were
disproportionately high. In Saigon there was an epidemic of spina bifida, a birth defect linked to Agent Orange. This
prestigious report prompted Congress in 1970 to fund a new study by the National Academy of Sciences that would
be administered by the DoD. The result would again be inconclusive on the question of human illness and death.
The government “think tank” Rand Corporation in 1967 estimated that 325,000 Vietnamese villagers had been
affected by spraying. Millions had been forcibly relocated by the spraying and bombing into “Strategic Hamlets” or
resettlement camps under US control. Strategic Hamlets had been designed to separate the civilian population from
the guerilla fighters and deny them support in the field. The program had been a dismal failure, as the hamlets
themselves were infiltrated. When victory began to turn to stalemate and defeat, the defoliation operation was used
as a means of punishment. The Rand study indicated that one answer to wars of liberation was to force farmers into
urban centers. Conventional military victory and counter-insurgency techniques did not ensure victory. By driving
the people off the land, the spray program would not allow rural revolutionary movements to gather sufficient
strength to succeed. Air Force General Curtis LeMay advocated using nuclear weapons to bomb the Vietnamese
“back to the stone age.” This same psychology was the driving force behind the strategy to drive people off the land in
order to achieve victory. The “battle for hearts and minds” had long been given up. Rand estimated that 88 percent of
the villagers blamed the US for the destruction of their crops, and 74 percent expressed outright hatred. Agent
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
12
Orange was a used as a chemical warfare agent to drive the people into the cities and deny the enemy recruits and
support.
Industrial accidents with the manufacture of Agent Orange had occurred with some regularity since 1937. Dow
was the site of the first such accident that poisoned plant workers and caused a primary symptom, chloracne. Dow
refused to fund a company doctor’s request to test the chemicals on lab animals.
In 1949, 228 workers at the Monsanto plant in Nitro, West Virginia developed chloracne, severe pain in skeletal
muscles, shortness of breath, intolerance to cold, swollen liver, loss of sensation in extremities, fatigue, irritability,
insomnia, loss of libido, and vertigo. These symptoms are virtually identical to those of the Vietnam veterans.
An accident in Germany in 1954 led to the identification of dioxin as the cause of illness, and the results on its toxicity
were made known in 1957 through the publication of the test results in scientific journals.
In 1964, as the major phase of spraying was about to get underway, an accident at a Dow facility led to an
investigation that identified dioxin as the source of poisoning and illness. Results of the tests were not published, but
were communicated to the other manufacturers of the herbicide. Therefore, it can be proved that in 1964 Dow knew
about the chemical toxicity of dioxin and suppressed this information.
Dow and the other producers could have known about dioxin decades before the war. The scientific and medical
literature was clear by 1957 and Dow should have known about the toxicity. By 1964, Dow did know about the health
effects of dioxin and chose to conceal this information, even though it knew US armed forces were spraying millions
of Vietnamese people and 3 million GIs who had been sent to fight for their country.
Since the end of the war, science has continued to progress despite obstructions. Sweden showed that exposed
workers had a much higher cancer mortality rate than unexposed workers. University of Wisconsin found that half
the rats fed on a diet containing 5ppt dioxin developed malignancies. In Vietnam, a type of liver cancer that was
unknown before Operation Ranch Hand is now the second most common type of cancer in the country.
The Meselson report substantiated the effects miscarriages and still births in Vietnam due to Agent Orange, but
the 2,4,5-T poisoning of Alsea, Oregon was proof positive. In March 1979, the EPA ordered suspension of some uses
of 2,4,5-T after studies of pregnant women in Alsea, Oregon linked increases in miscarriages to periods of defoliant
spraying. These unnecessary events are the result of the vested interest industry has in the use of 2,4,5-
trichlorophenol in consumer products. Manufacture of paper, adhesives, paints, varnish and lacquer incorporates
dioxin-contaminated chlorophenols. Today, Dioxin is found by scientists in mother’s milk and beef near sprayed
range lands and forest woodlands.
Nearly three million Americans served in Vietnam, and many thousands of veterans and their families have paid a
terrible price for that service. A study of these vets concluded that 40 percent had serious emotional difficulties such
as alcohol or narcotics abuse, and 75 percent complain of nightmares and problems maintaining relationships or jobs.
Routine exposure to dioxin was more deadly than war itself and may have already claimed more American lives than
the war.
Mike Asman was eighteen when he enlisted in the marines in 1966. Living in a small town in Texas, he was
feeling restless and wanted to get way. He left Texas for basic training and was immediately sent to Danang, where he
was a weapons repairman who went out on patrols, sat inside fortified “firebases,” and generally tried to learn how
not to get killed. On his first night in country he and his buddy from basic were in separate fox holes when several
Vietnamese children approached selling cokes. The Marines overpaid in a gesture of generosity. One of the children,
no more than eight years old, dropped a grenade in his buddy’s foxhole and killed him. He rarely spoke of his
experiences in Vietnam, but he did note that a lot of the people who got killed were the best people around him;
death, it seemed, did not play favorites. When Aman returned home after his tour in Vietnam, he returned with a
heroin habit and an acute insomnia. When family members entered a room where Mike was sleeping, he would roll
out of bed and reach for the .45 under the pillow that was no longer there. Occasional brushes with the law, marital
trouble, and an ongoing drug and alcohol problem followed him for the next 20 years. Asman eventually came to
terms with the demons from Vietnam that haunted him. He beat his addictions and moved his family into a house in
the country. Time, group therapy, and family helped him to turn his life around. About five years later, he began to
feel tired all the time. Asman was told he had Non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma. Due to an error reading an x-ray, it had
been found too late, and he had six months to live. Before he became too weak, Mike sold his house and all his
belongings and moved his wife and five young children to Utah to be near his wife’s parents for emotional support,
then he prepared to die. In six months his 6’2” frame had shrunk to a skeletal form; his face was barely recognizable,
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
13
and he was given morphine and oxygen around the clock. Mike Asman died on November 11, on his 51st birthday,
leaving behind a wife and five children. His name does not appear on the Vietnam Memorial, nor do the names of
thousands of others. Shortly after his death, the government program set up to compensate the veteran victims of
Agent Orange-related disease was shut down, and compensation was no longer available. Since most Agent Orangerelated
disease takes 20-30 years to emerge, the vast majority of affected veterans were never compensated. Dow
Chemical continues to sell 2,4,5-T and 2,4-D all over the world. Danang remains a heavily-contaminated “hot spot”
to this day.3
Chapter 3
The Cold War: 1945-1995
n the eve of the Cold War with Soviet Russia, the mood was grim. The evaluation of the American military was
summed up in the words of General James Harry Doolittle (USAF):
It is now clear that we are facing an implacable enemy whose avowed objective is world domination by whatever
means and at whatever cost. There are no rules in such a game…if the United States is to survive, long-standing
American concepts of “fair play” must be reconsidered. We must develop effective espionage and
counterespionage services and must learn to subvert, sabotage and destroy our enemies by more clever means
than those used against us. It may become necessary that the American people be made acquainted with,
understand and support this fundamentally repugnant philosophy.
He accurately described the post war environment between the US and USSR when he declared that a dirty war was
going to be waged using the most un-American of methods to achieve victory over the USSR, at any cost. The
American public, were they to examine these methods, would have repudiate them, so these methods had to be kept
from them, the alternative being an increased risk of losing the war against Communism. In short, a secret war was
begun between desperate men who would stop at nothing to win. The most obvious results of the 50-year war were
the tens of thousands of nuclear warheads aimed at US and USSR population centers and military installations, and the
trillions of dollars spent to create the strategy of Mutually-Assured Destruction. The most important legacy of this
undeclared war are the patriotic crimes carried out on behalf of the American people, without our knowledge, and
the erosive effect of a sustained war on democratic institutions.
The declaration by Barry Goldwater that “extremism in defense of liberty is no vice” may have been a bit
premature in its conclusion. The nature of these patriotic crimes are largely unknown due to the cult of secrecy
created by US intelligence agencies, but certain crimes against the American people and crimes against humanity can
be identified, namely, the subversion of democratic institutions and the race to control the human mind. A revolution
in military affairs has occurred that has driven a mini-Manhattan Project in the quest for total domination of our
enemies. Using human beings as guinea pigs has been the fallout of all modern weapons development, from the
radiation studies to the development of biological and chemical weapons, all necessitated their testing on unwitting
human beings to understand how they kill and how to apply them. The race to create mind control, the ultimate
weapon, which one scientist involved in its development referred to as “more dangerous than atomic destruction,”
has led to thousands of human beings once again being used as one uses laboratory animals.
McCarthyism:
A climate of incredible fear was instilled in Americans during the McCarthy hearings, which sought to root out
communist infiltration of American government and society. This witch hunt, which ruined the lives of thousands of
loyal Americans, was in essence a counterinsurgency operation waged against elements of society that were deemed
disloyal, or “red.” The anti-Communist hysteria was whipped up in a time of uncertainty and fear of the USSR. Loyal
Americans who held dissident or “leftist” leanings were targeted for destruction, in effect an “American purge” in the
style of the show trials and purges in the USSR during the 1930’s. State Department employees and progressive
writers in Hollywood were the primary targets of public and private smear campaigns that painted moderate and
O
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
14
liberal personalities as disloyal and treasonous. High-profile personalities such as actors and directors, as well as loyal
progressive citizens trying to promote positive change in society, were singled out and accused of being communist
agents engaged in an effort to subvert Democracy. American society was filled with a fear of being singled out as
disloyal or of being perceived as insufficiently anti-communist in attitude. It became mandatory that employees sign
loyalty oaths if they wanted to keep their jobs. The conformity of thought demanded by the anti-communist purges
was eerily similar to that imposed on populations by the very communist totalitarian governments the US virulently
opposed.
Senator Joseph R. McCarthy was a little-known junior senator from Wisconsin, until one day in February 1950
he claimed to possess a list of 205 card-carrying Communists employed in the US Department of State. From that
moment Senator McCarthy became a tireless crusader against Communism for the next several years, a period that
became commonly known as the “Red Scare.” As chairman of the Senate Permanent Investigation Subcommittee,
Senator McCarthy conducted hearings on communist subversion in America and investigated alleged communist
infiltration of the Armed Forces. His subsequent exile from politics coincided with a conversion of his name into the
modern English noun “McCarthyism,” or an adjective as in “McCarthy tactics,” when describing similar witch hunts in
recent American history. The dictionary gives the definition of McCarthyism as: 1. The political practice of
publicizing accusations of disloyalty or subversion with insufficient regard to evidence. 2. The use of methods of
investigation and accusation regarded as unfair, in order to suppress opposition. Senator McCarthy was censured by
the US Senate on December 2, 1954 and died May 2, 1957.
Operation Paperclip:
Following the conclusion of the war, the US Naval Technical Mission was tasked with obtaining pertinent
industrial and scientific material that had been produced by the Third Reich and which may be of benefit to US
interests. Following a lengthy report, the Navy instigated Project Chatter in 1947. Many of the Nazi scientists and
medical doctors who conducted hideous experiments were later recruited by the US Army, working out of
Heidelberg prior to being secretly relocated to the United States under Project Paperclip. Under the leadership of
Dr. Hubertus Strughold, 34 ex-Nazi scientists accepted Paperclip contracts, authorized by the Joint Chiefs of Staff
and put to work at Randolph Air Force Base, San Antonio, Texas. By 1953, the CIA, the US Navy, and the US Army
Chemical Corps were conducting their own narco-hypnosis programs on nonconsenting victims, who included
prisoners, mental patients, foreigners, ethnic minorities, and those classified as sexual deviants.
Among the most disturbing revelations of the Nuremberg Tribunal was that some of the most respected figures
in the medical profession were involved in the vast crime network of the SS. Only 23 persons were charged with
criminal activity in this area, despite the fact that hundreds of medical personnel were involved. The defendants were
charged with crimes against humanity. They were found guilty of planning and executing experiments on humans
without their consent and in a cruel and brutal manner which involved severe torture and deliberate murder, with the
full knowledge of the gravity of their deeds. Only seven of the defendants were sentenced to death and hanged,
others received life sentences. Five who were involved in the experiments were not tried.
Most of the 200 German medical doctors conducting these medical experiments were friends of the United States
before the war, and, despite their inhuman experiments, the US. attempted to rebuild a relationship with them after
the war. The knowledge the Germans had accumulated at the expense of human life and human suffering was
considered “war booty” by the US and the USSR.
US agents tracked down Dr. Strughold, the aviation doctor who was in charge of the Dachau experiments. With
full knowledge that the experiments were conducted on captive humans, the US recruited the doctors to work for
them. General Dwight D. Eisenhower gave his personal approval to exploit the work and research of the Nazis that
were conducted in the death camps. These German doctors were brought to the US and went to work for Project
Paperclip, which insulated them from being charged with war crime. The Nuremberg prosecutors were shocked that
US authorities were using the German doctors despite their criminal past. Under the leadership of Strughold, 34
scientists accepted contracts from Project Paperclip, and were moved to Randolph Air Force Base at San Antonio,
Texas. The authorization to hire these Nazi scientists came directly from the Joint Chiefs of Staff. The top military
brass stated that they wished to exploit these rare minds. Project Paperclip, ironically, would use Nazi doctors to
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
15
develop methods of interrogating German prisoners of war. As hostilities began to build after the war between the
US and the USSR, the US imported as many as 9,000 former Nazi scientists and technicians.
In 1969, Americans landed on the moon, and two groups of scientist in the control center shared the credit. The
rocket team from Peenemunde, Germany, under the leadership of Werner von Braun, had perfected the V-2s which
were built in the Nordhausen caves, where 20,000 slave laborers from the prison camp Dora had been worked to
death. The second group was the space doctors, led by Dr. Hubertus Strughold, whose work was pioneered in
Dachau’s Experimental Block No. 5, where hundreds inmates were tortured to death. The test beds for the apparatus
that protected Neil Armstrong from harm—from lack of oxygen and from pressure—when he walked on the moon
were the very same torture chambers that had been used to slowly kill prisoners of Nazis.
Despite our lessons from Nuremberg and the death camps, the CIA and the US Navy, Air Force, and Army
Chemical Corps targeted specific groups of people for experimentation who were the least able to resist: prisoners,
mental patients, foreigners, ethnic minorities, political dissidents, those considered to be sexual deviants, terminally
ill, children, as well as US military personnel and prisoners of war. In doing so, they violated the Nuremberg Code
for conducting and subsidizing experiments on unwitting or otherwise nonconsensual citizens.
The CIA began its mind control projects in 1953, the very year the US signed the Nuremberg Code and pledged
with the international community of nations to respect basic human rights and to prohibit experimentation on captive
populations without full and free consent.4
Reinhardt Gehlen:
During WWII, Hitler’s spy chief for the Eastern Front created a network of agents inside Russia and the Eastern
Block. According to Victor Marchetti, former CIA chief of Soviet strategic war plans and capabilities,
The Gehlen Organization was the one group that did have networks inside Eastern Europe, and that is why we
hired them. Hiring Gehlen was the biggest mistake the US ever made. Our allies said, ‘You are putting Nazis at
the senior levels of your intelligence,’ and they were right.” The Gehlen organization was the primary source of
intelligence that claimed that, ‘The Soviets were about to attack West Germany.’ That was the biggest bunch of
baloney then and it is still a bunch of baloney today. Gehlen had to make his money by creating a threat that we
were afraid of, so we would give him more money to tell us about it. In my opinion, the Gehlen Organization
provided nothing worthwhile for understanding or estimating Soviet military or political capabilities in Eastern
Europe or anywhere else.
The Gehlen organization had been penetrated by Soviet intelligence, and many of the US Nazi assets were now
double agents, taking CIA wages and turning around and selling information to the enemy. Gehlen had a major
sponsor in CIA director Allen Dulles, who facilitated the Paperclip “rat lines,” which brought former Nazis into the
country. Gehlen wrote a daily briefing for Dulles, who often placed it directly before President Truman with few
changes. The tenor of the Cold War owes much to this very influential source of information, and Gehlen, who was
instrumental in the early formation of the CIA, did not retire until 1969. He set up and ran the West German CIA
(BND), which used his contacts in secret Nazi organizations like the Thule and The Spider to sell arms to third-world
hot spots. Otto Skorzeny (Scarface) was a hero of the Fatherland and an agent of Gehlen’s who set up arms smuggling
operations as well as CIA-type operations. Skorzeny helped found the Merex Company to peddle arms, and had close
ties to the Virginia-based Interarms Company run by the CIA. The US special forces were formed and trained by
Skorzeny to emulate the Nazi special forces known as werewolves. When the OSS was disbanded and the CIA formed
in its place, it was married to the Eastern Block network of Nazi sympathizers run by Gehlen. In effect, at that point
the CIA was the Gehlen organization.5
Operation Mockingbird:
The National Security Act of 1947 was written by Democratic insider Clark Clifford in an effort to contain
Communism and save Democracy. The 1947 NSA Act has in fact undermined the Republic to an extent
unimaginable. Part of this sabotage of Democracy was the subversion of the free press by Operation Mockingbird.
The CIA was charged with controlling the public debate and thus controlling public opinion in the US. The CIA began
a very expensive operation to buy up the corporate press and, in effect, program public opinion. Early in 1955, 25
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
16
newspapers consented to act as sources of right-wing propaganda. Men with reactionary views who agreed to front
for the CIA propaganda mill included William Paley (CBS), C.D. Jackson (Fortune), Henry Luce (Time), and A.H.
Sulzberger (N.Y. Times). The Congress of Cultural Freedom (CCF) was the CIA cut out that began operations in June
of 1950. Respected “liberal” journalist Tom Braden was the founder of CCF, and later became a co-host of CNN’s
Crossfire opposite Ultracon Pat Buchanon.
In Europe the CIA financed about 20 periodicals, driving many legitimate ones out of business. In 1967 the
source of CCF funds (CIA) and its influence over intellectual life was made public in Europe, exposing a literary Bay
of Pigs. Melvin Lasky, a former Army captain and editor of the influential magazine named Encounter had for the
previous 32 years shaped the careers of many influential foreign policy experts and intelligence officers. In 1965 the
CCF was renamed Forum World Features and purchased by another CIA cut out, the publisher of the International
Herald Tribune. By 1967, the CIA, in collaboration with USIA, had published over a thousand books of anti-Soviet
propaganda. Its global propaganda cost the CIA one-third of its covert operations budget. By 1978, the disinformation
campaign cost US taxpayers $265 million a year, a budget larger than the expenditures of Reuters, UPI, and AP, and
engaging 3,000 salaried and contract CIA employees. Only the largest advertisers on television spend these vast sums
of money, so the CIA may have only General Motors and a few others to compete with.
In 1954, CapCities (ABC) was formed by investors with Mafia and CIA connections and whose chief council was
William Casey, a former director of the CIA. In 1952, at MCA, Actors Guild president Ronald Reagan allowed the
Mob-controlled company a labor monopoly. In exchange, Reagan was made part owner of MCA. In 1987, the N.Y.
Times reported that Reagan “fed the names of suspect people in his organization to the FBI secretly and regularly
enough to be assigned an informer’s code number, ‘T-10.’” His FBI file indicates intense collaboration with producers
to “purge” the industry of subversives.
Fox television has its roots in Metromedia Co., founded by German-born John Kluge, a US Army intelligence
officer during WWII. Kluge bought his first radio station in 1946 and went on to become one of the world’s richest
men, with a personal fortune of $5.6 billion. Franklin Murphy is the CEO of Times Mirror Square, the parent
company of the Los Angeles Times. He is also a member of the Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board, the Federal
Commission on Government Security, the National War College, and the US Air Force Air University. His ties to the
CIA and Pentagon are conflicts of interest. The editorial pages of the paper are planted with “scholars” from “think
tanks” who crank out opinions to program public opinion for military industrial clients. The American Enterprise
Institute draws heavily on “scholars” from the intelligence pool. The Asian studies director is James Lilly, a veteran of
the NSC and director of operations at the CIA, with 27 years experience. Former DCIA William Colby of the
Phoenix Program was “an old friend.” The CIA’s infiltration of the press by the late 1950s was such a success that the
executive branch established a propaganda machine of its own, code-named Operation Candor, to create a “national
will” in support of military objectives.
The Pike Hearings of the House Select Committee revealed the takeover of the American press by the CIA
virtual government, infuriating the spy agency’s special council, who told the Committee’s staff director of the
Committee’s staff director, “Pike will pay for this, you wait and see. Any political ambitions that Senator Pike had in
NY are through. We will destroy him for this.” Rep. Otis Pike and Senator Frank Church, each of whom investigated
the CIA in his respective committee, were defeated in their bids for re-election, due largely to adverse publicity from
Mockingbird’s op-ed branch.6
Operation Northwoods:
The Joint Chiefs of Staff was the source of the plan known as Operation Northwoods. General Lemnitzer, who
was considered a master planner, was upset with the Kennedy Administration’s stance towards communism in
general, and Cuba in particular. In the name of anticommunism they proposed launching a secret and bloody war of
terrorism against their own country in order to trick the American public into supporting an ill-conceived war they
intended to launch against Cuba. The plan, which had the written approval of every member of the JCS, called for
innocent people to be shot down on American streets in a sniper campaign, after which people would be framed for
bombings they didn’t commit, civilian airliners would be hijacked, and much more. Lemnitzer and the other Chiefs
knew there was only one option left that would ensure their war. They would have to trick the American public and
world opinion into hating Cuba so much that, not only would they go along, they would insist that he and his generals
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
17
launch their war against Castro. A secret JCS document said, “World opinion and the United Nations forum should
be favorably affected by developing the international image of the Cuban government as rash, irresponsible, and as an
alarming and unpredictable threat to the peace of the Western Hemisphere.”
This was one of the most corrupt plans ever created by the US government. Lemnitzer and the JCS were heavily
politicized, joining far right-wing political organizations and holding seminars on military bases. The Senate Foreign
Relations Committee, in a report on the problem of right-wing extremism in the military, warned that there was
“considerable danger” in the “education and propaganda activities of military personnel. . . Running through all of
them is a central theme that the primary, if not exclusive, danger to this country is internal Communist Infiltration.”
The “thesis of the nature of the Communist threat often is developed by equating social legislation with socialism, and
the latter with Communism . . . much of the administration’s [Kennedy’s] domestic legislative programs, including
graduated income tax, social security, Federal aid to education, etc. under this philosophy would be characterized as
steps toward Communism.” Finally, the committee specifically pointed to General Limnitzer and called for an
examination of the relationship between him, his Chiefs, and the extreme right groups. McNamara demoted
Lemnitzer and transferred him to Europe as chief of NATO, Gerald Ford promoted the darling of the Republican
right to the President’s Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board, while his Cuba chief, General Craig, became chief of the
NSA’s military arm, the Army Security Agency.7
Chapter Four
MK-Ultra
y the end of the Korean War, 70% of the 7,190 US POWs signed confessions, 15% cooperated fully, and only
5% steadfastly resisted confession or indoctrination. In 1953, Lawrence Hinkle and Harold Wolff submitted to
Director of Central Intelligence Allen Dulles a secret report about communist methods of brainwashing that was at
that time the definitive work on the subject.
The Hinkle and Wolff report stated that no magical weapons were used, nor were drugs, exotic mental ray-guns,
or machines. Intense psychological pressure and human weakness were the keys, beginning with solitary confinement.
Guards constantly reminded the prisoner that he was totally cut off from outside support, ordered him to stand for
long periods, dictated the position allowed for sleep, waking him if he moved while sleeping, banned all outside
stimuli such as books, conversation, or news of the outside world. After 4-6 weeks the prisoner would break down.
“He weeps, he mutters, and prays aloud in his cell.” At this stage the interrogation began in a special room. “The
guard told him that he knew his own crimes—all too well.” The prisoner is in the position of trying “to prove his
innocence to he knew not what.” The interrogator and the prisoner bond and together “ransacked” the captive’s soul.
As the interrogation proceeded, the prisoner realized he could end his ordeal only with a full confession. “The
prisoner feels that ‘something must be done to end this.’ He must find a way out.”
According to a KGB officer, more than 99 percent of prisoners sign a confession at this stage. Then the subject
was either shot or sent to a labor camp after sentencing. Chinese techniques would move on to re-education of
prisoners by moving them into a group cell for political indoctrination. Incessant study of Marx and Mao, lectures,
and self-criticism led to conversion by group pressure. Prisoners demonstrated their commitment by ferociously
attacking any deviations. Constant intimacy with prisoners who reviled him for his resistance pushed the prisoner
beyond his emotional endurance. As the prisoner conformed, cellmates gave increased acceptance and esteem, which
reinforced his commitment to the Party, for he learned that only his acceptance allowed him to live successfully in the
cell. The American mind control effort was a mini Manhattan Project with a conviction that the keys to brainwashing
lay in technology. The Agency’s brainwashing experts gravitated to people in the mold of the brilliant and sometimes
mad scientist obsessed by the wonders of the brain.8
MK-Ultra USA—1953:
In 1953, CIA officer Richard Helms chose Dr. Sidney Gottlieb to run the Technical Service Staff (TSS), which
was given the job of developing poisons to assassinate political opponents, truth serum drugs for interrogating spies,
B
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
18
and mind control techniques to create robot assassins or unwitting double agents. Gottlieb used Nazi scientists and
their state of the art mind-control techniques that had been perfected in concentration camps using Holocaust
victims. Operation Paperclip recruited 9,000 Nazi scientists to help the US destroy the USSR. Some of these
scientists were known as programmers—people skilled in the art of breaking down and controlling the human mind.
Joseph Mengele and others experimented extensively with children and adults using mescaline, electro-shock
therapy, hypnosis, sensory deprivation, torture, rape, starvation, and trauma bonding. Mengele was so successful
with his technique of trauma bonding that survivors today still exhibit a profound affection for their torturer,
referring to Mengele as “beautiful Joseph.”
Dr. Greenbaum (Dr. L. Wilson Greene) was a Jewish doctor who the Nazis coerced to participate in their
experiments at Auschwitz. This individual, whose code name was Dr. Green, came to the US after WWII and began
to experiment on adults and children for the military and the CIA, whose personnel copied the Nazi methodology and
began numerous programs of their own. The first CIA program was known as MK-Ultra, the MK being an acronym
for the German form of mind control. To avoid confusion, the dozens of mind control operations will be referred to
generically as MK-Ultra.
According to MK-Ultra documents and sources, the methodology of mind control works best when severe
trauma is administered by the age of three years old. Severe trauma, such as rape, applied at the age of three will
cause the personality to split or dissociate in an attempt to shield the mind from memories of events too painful to
endure. The current psychiatric term is dissociative identity disorder (DID), formerly known as multiple personality
disorder (MPD), and can be produced accidentally or purposefully. The Three Faces of Eve is the story of a woman’s
multiple personality disorder, which had been created by childhood abuse. The Palle Hardrup case is an example of
purposefully fragmenting the mind of a man into “multiple personalities” to turn him into a robotic assassin. In other
words, MPD can be “created” by a therapist in an effort manipulate the human mind.
Psychic trauma and creation of multiple personalities can be caused, for instance, by the ritual sacrifice of animals
and humans. The traumatic experience causes the dissociation. The programmer will use triggers and hypnosis to call
forth the “alter personality.” Only 20% of the general population is easily hypnotizable, but trauma at an early age
makes anyone vulnerable to dissociation, and thus hypnotizable. Typically, the programmer might wear a rabbit suit
and sacrifice a rabbit in front of the child victim. The image of the rabbit, a phrase from Alice in Wonderland, or
similar paired images are used as the triggers to call forth the alter personality. The method works best when the
trauma is repeated around six years of age. A few years later, the child victim’s IQ test and personality tests are
evaluated to determine whether the child may be trained in assassination, sexual blackmail, drug courier, or other
role. Years after that, the subject may be hypnotized and used for operations, after which he or she would be
consciously aware only of a sense of lost time.
Gottlieb concentrated on the use of LSD for mind control, and exotic poisons and drugs for political
assassinations. He gave LSD to an unknowing fellow scientist Frank Olsen, who worked for the Army Chemical
Corps’ Special Operations Division (SOD) at Fort Detrick, developing biological weapons. Olsen committed suicide
by jumping through a window on the 10th floor of a hotel. Gottlieb concealed his actions and the Olsen family was
unaware of the cause of his suicide until 27 years later when the facts emerged during hearings on CIA abuses. The
link between Gottlieb and Olsen illustrates how the development of different elements of mind control are
intertwined with biological and chemical weapons development, radiation testing, and the building of Manchurian
Candidates. (Ross pg 101)
During hearings in the 1970s, Congress uncovered the fact that the CIA gave LSD to thousands of unwitting US
adults and children for 11 years in an effort to perfect mind-control techniques, before dropping that method in favor
of ones more technologically advanced. Besides the death of bioweapons expert Frank Olsen, the death of the world’s
best tennis player (Harold Blum) resulted from a mescaline overdose administered by doctors experimenting in mindcontrol
research. How many other deaths and injuries resulted besides these high profile cases will never be known.
MK-Ultra had 149 subprojects that encompassed nearly every aspect of human behavior and social science. In the
1977 Senate hearings, former CIA director Stansfield Turner stated that the program took place at 80 institutions,
including 44 universities, 15 private companies, 12 hospitals, and 3 prisons. The areas explored included radiation,
electroshock, paramilitary devices and materials, anthropology, graphology, psychiatry, psychology, and sociology.”9
MK-Ultra Subproject 119 was the foundation of all “nonlethal” weapons programs currently active and included a
summary of five areas:
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
19
A: Bioelectric sensors: sources of significant electrical potential and methods of pick-up.
B: Recording: amplification, electronic tape, and other multi-channel recording.
C: Analysis: autocorrelators, spectrum analyzers, etc., and coordination with automatic data processing
equipment.
D: Standardization of data correlation with biochemical, physiological, and behavioral indices.
E: Techniques of activation of the human organism by remote electronic means.
This memo was dated August 17, 1960 and, when viewed with other evidence that was not destroyed, shows
significant interest in radio frequency (RF) weapons and direct control of human behavior at a distance. This aspect of
the research is where the greatest modern emphasis has been, rather than chemical or biological agents, both of which
violate existing treaties.10
Allen Dulles:
Allen Dulles and his brother, John Foster Dulles, designed the CIA for Clark Clifford, the author of the NSA act
of 1947. Allen Dulles had been the top OSS agent in Switzerland during the war, where he met frequently with Nazi
officials and monitored US investments in Germany. He held an executive position with Standard Oil. The Dulles
brothers were both partners in the Wall Street firm of Sullivan and Cromwell, still the most powerful firm of its
kind. John Foster would go on to be Secretary of State for Eisenhower, while Allen was head of the CIA. Allen Dulles
was fired by Kennedy in 1961 after the failed Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba. Allen Dulles became the lead investigator
of the Warren Commission that found Oswald to be the lone gunman.11
Dr. George Estabrooks:
Dr. George Eastabrooks was prominent in the American hypnosis scene from the 1920s to the 1970s, when he
was head of Colgate University’s Department of Psychology. He published over sixty articles and several books on
hypnosis. Estabrooks’ expertise was used by both the OSS and the FBI. As soon as the OSS began, George Estabrooks
(b. 1885, d. 1973) started traveling to Washington, D.C. Estabrooks viewed persons who were susceptible to
hypnosis, 20% 0f the general population, as fodder for any hypnotist’s notion of higher purpose, be it research,
profit, patriotism, or his own personal entertainment. His attitude echoed that of Dr. Cook who, in 1927, advised
beginning hypnotists to boldly develop a stable of hypnotic subjects: “First, secure a good subject and practice upon
him until you can hypnotize him with absolutely no difficulty, and then place him in the profound
[somnambulistic/amnesic] stages of hypnosis…Next secure two or three more subjects and develop them, and thus
gradually add to the number.” (Cook, p. 125) The hypnotic state is referred to as somnambulistic/amnesic by Dr.
Cook, because the subject was unaware of the missing time and unknowing of his “other life,” the time he spent under
hypnosis.
Estabrooks promoted the use of hypnoprogrammed spies by both the military and police. He suggested that
police agents could gather information from “the criminal class.” If allowed a free hand, the authorities could proceed
to plant such prepared subjects, always with the idea of obtaining information which might, sooner or later, be of real
use to the police. (Hypnotism, p. 191) During WWII, Estabrooks claimed to have created unwitting couriers. US
soldiers were hypnotized and a second shell personality was created and given a detailed message. The soldier
reported to his contact, was hypnotized again, and gave his secret message. The couriers were unaware of their
mission and could not knowingly divulge its contents. Estabrooks stated that this and other mind control programs
were operational during WWII. Estabrooks envisioned an elaborate infiltration operation of a foreign government,
targeting key officials who could control events in that nation. Unknowing hypnotic subjects could be placed in key
positions and could be controlled without their being aware. Assassins who were programmed to kill, would do so
with no memory of the act or their motivation. This was verified by an MK-Ultra subproject that put two 19 year old
girls under hypnosis, and convincing one of the girls that she was to wake her friend, and if she did not wake, to pick
up a pistol and shoot her. The girl did exactly that and denied the deed when she was brought out of hypnosis.
Estabrooks described in detail what it would take to program an unknowing subject. He estimated that ten hours of
programming would be enough to accomplish his basic intention, but he recommended a ten-month regimen for
personalities that were to be highly split and specially trained.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
20
He described a method for programming a double agent, whose unconscious mind would be loyal to his country,
but whose conscious mind would be loyal to whatever country that was being infiltrated and reported on. In his
normal waking state, which we will call Personality A, or PA, this individual will become a rabid communist. He will
join the party, follow the party line and make himself as objectionable as possible to the US authorities. Then we
develop Personality B (PB), the secondary personality, the unconscious personality…is rabidly American and
anticommunist. It has all the information possessed by Personality A, the normal personality, whereas PA does not
know about the shell personality B. “My super spy plays his role as a communist in the waking state, aggressively,
consistently, fearlessly. But his PB is a loyal American, and PB has all the memories of PA. As a loyal American, he
will not hesitate to divulge these memories.”12
Dr. Ewen Cameron:
Dr. Ewen Cameron was president of the American and Canadian Psychiatric Associations. He ran the Allan
Memorial Institute, which was founded in 1943 with funds from the Rockefeller Foundation. Cameron studied the
Nazis at the Nuremberg trials and eventually became one of most influential and powerful psychiatrists in the world.
Nazi Paperclip scientists made their way into the CIA and military sponsored mind control programs here in the
United States and Canada. Some of these scientists, according to Colonel L. Fletcher Prouty, were friends of Dr.
Cameron. “If you get a hold of a directory for the American Psychiatric Association in around 1956 or 1957, you’ll be
surprised to find that an enormous percentage of the individuals listed are foreign-born. Mostly they came out of
Germany and Eastern Europe in a big wave. They were all called technical specialists,” but really they were
psychiatrists. They went into jobs at universities mostly, but many were working on these unconventional “mind
control programs for US intelligence…these would go to people like Dr. Cameron in Canada.”13
Money for Cameron’s operation came from the CIA funneled through Cornell’s Society for the Investigation of
Human Ecology. The systematic annihilation, or depatterning, of a subject’s mind and memory was accomplished
with overdoses of LSD, barbiturate sleep for 65 days at a stretch, and ECT shocks at 75 times the recommended
dosage. Psychic driving, the repetition of a recorded message for 16-20 hours a day, programmed the empty mind.
The Grid Room was where the patient was forcibly strapped to a chair, paralyzed with a dose of curare, and head
covered in electrodes and transducers. The subject’s brain waves were beamed to a nearby reception room filled with
radio receivers, voice analyzers, and recorders. Cameron’s employee Rubenstein was serious when he said that Dr.
Cameron and he would one day become the world’s authorities on continuous radio telemetry of human activity.
The lanky twenty-eight-year-old ex-Army signalman envisioned the time would come when “there would be no
secrets of the mind that we cannot probe electrically.” All the psychiatrist had to do was ensure a continuous supply
of patients and the wisecracking Cockney would create the electronic equipment that “would enter the deepest
corners of their minds.” Dr. Cameron had accepted the technician’s claim without quibble. Cameron had finally given
the go-ahead for part of the institute’s basement to be turned into a radio telemetry laboratory. Rubenstein enthused
that its purpose would be not only to measure behavioral activity of patients more closely, but would also provide the
groundwork for a system that could be used to monitor human activity at a point remote from the subject under
study. In other words, Rubenstein had added, “we’ll develop a system that will keep tabs on people without their
knowing what we’re getting from them.” Cameron and Rubenstein considered this telemetry lab the foundation of a
sprawling psycho-political apparatus “that will keep tabs on people without their knowing”. (Gordon Thomas)
The Canadian government settled a class action lawsuit by 250 former patients of Dr. Cameron, but no person or
institution has ever been disciplined or punished for these activities. Linda McDonald was 25 years old in 1963 when
Dr. Cameron treated her for mild post-partum depression. She received 102 ECT treatments, 80 days of druginduced
sleep, and emerged completely depatterned—totally incontinent and unable to state her name or recognize
her husband and children. She had to relearn how drive, cook, read, and use a toilet. Eventually, unlike many patients
of Cameron, she made a complete recovery, but still has no memory of the first 25 years of her life. Cameron was the
premier psychiatrist of the 20th Century and having studied Nazi scientists at the Nuremberg trials, replicated many of
their methods and sought their assistance in the race to control the human mind. Cameron’s mind-control
experiments were one program out of many programs run by the CIA, Navy, Air Force, Army, and others.14
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
21
MK-Ultra—1960s and 1970s
Richard Helms:
Richard Helms was picked by CIA director John McCone to run the dirty tricks department after the
Bay of Pigs. Helms became DCI in 1966, destroying the archive on MK-Ultra when he left in 1972. Helms
was a product of the eastern establishment. His grandfather was president of the Federal Reserve and had
interviewed Hitler as a UP reporter. In the tradition of Gottlieb, Helms was a Machiavellian character who
used Paperclip scientists, and would stop at nothing to win. He advocated low-intensity warfare,
transmitting strategic subliminal messages to the brains of enemy populations. He advocated the use of high
frequencies to affect memory and the unconscious mind. In a 1964 memo to the Warren Commission, he
mentions “biological radio communication”:
Cybernetics can be used in molding of a child’s character, the inculcation of knowledge and techniques,
the amassing of experience, the establishment of social behavior patterns…all functions which can be
summarized as control of the growth processes of the individual.”15
Dr. Stephen Aldrich:
Dr. Stephen Aldrich took control of the Office of Research and Development (ORD) in 1962 from Gottlieb.
Aldrich started Operation Often, an investigation into the occult with the help of Houston sorceress Sybil Leek. CIA
behaviorists carefully studied every aspect of the occult underground. In 1972 the Scientific Engineering Institute
(SEI) sponsored a course at the University of South Carolina in rituals of demonology and voodoo. SEI was a CIA cut
out that had been set up in 1956 to study radar. In 1962 SEI set up a lab to study the effects of electrodes deep in the
brain. Aldrich focused on remote brain manipulation and the occult, the thread that runs through SEI. In 1963 a CIA
manual focused on Radio-Hypnotic Intracerebral Control (RHIC) that was developed by the Pentagon. “When a part
of your brain receives a tiny electrical impulse from outside sources, such as vision, hearing, etc., an emotion is
produced—anger at the sight of a gang of boys beating an old woman, for example. The same emotions of anger can
be created by artificial radio signals sent to your brain by a controller. You could instantly feel the same white hot
anger without any apparent reason.” The term Electronic Dissolution of Memory (EDOM) refers to the ability to
erase memory at a distance. Dr. Jose Delgado announced on May 6, 1965 at a closed lecture at the American
Museum of Natural History, “[S]cience has developed a new electrical methodology for the study and control of
cerebral function in animals and humans.”
Project Pandora:
In 1965 it was discovered that the US embassy in Moscow was being hit with electromagnetic radiation in the
microwave spectrum, but the fact was kept secret from the embassy employees. Ambassador Stoessel contracted a
blood disease, bleeding eyes, nausea, and eventually lymphoma. He and other employees eventually died as a result of
the microwave attack. Henry Kissinger sent a secret memo giving hazard pay to embassy personnel in the 70s after
the secret was exposed in a Jack Anderson column. It is possible that the US government used the embassy staff as
microwave guinea pigs. The DoD’s Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA) set up a lab at Walter Reed Army
Institute of Research and participated in Project Pandora. Scientists began by zapping monkeys to study the biological
effects of highly concentrated microwave frequencies. (Constantine, 9) Similar studies were conducted at the VA
hospital in Kansas City, Univiversity of Rochester, Brooks Air Force Base in Texas, Johns Hopkins, MIT, the Mitre
Corp., University of Pennsylvania, and many other domestic and foreign research labs.
The CIA began experimenting with other forms of directed energy in the EM spectrum. Dr. Jose Delgado
experimented on four human subjects using radio waves, reporting they experienced different emotions, sensations,
and “colored visions.” Delgado stated that these weapons were “more dangerous than atomic destruction.” With
knowledge of the brain, he said, “We may transform, we may shape, direct, robotize man. I think the great danger of
the future is…that we will have robotized human beings who are not aware they have been robotized.” Delgado was
in fact responsible for the development of a brain transponder that was used to robotize human subjects.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
22
Dr. José Delgado:
Delgado came to Yale University in 1950 and received CIA funds through the Office of Naval Intelligence. He
perfected the stimoceiver, an electronic brain implant used to transmit electrical impulses directly to the brain, one
version of which uses a radio signal to remotely deliver electrical stimulation of the brain. In one experiment Delgado
remotely stimulates the brain of a normal eleven-year-old boy, who becomes confused about his sexual identity and
proceeds to tell Dr. Delgado he wants to marry him. In 1975 Delgado published “Two-way Communication with the
Brain,” which explained his success at linking the implants directly to computers with the “ability to perform
simultaneous recording and stimulation of brain functions, thereby permitting the establishment of feedbacks and ondemand
programs of excitation with the aid of the computer.” This allowed “long-term EEG in unrestrained
patients,” to “provide information directly to the brain, circumventing normal sensory receptors,” “communication
from the brain to computer and back to the brain,” and “clinical applications to humans of on-demand programs of
stimulation, triggered by predetermined electrical pattern.”16
By the 1980s Delgado emphasized changing brainwave patterns and physiology through electromagnetic
broadcasting that could be utilized at up to three kilometers. In an interview he stated, “This new knowledge is so
important that I think it should radically change the philosophy of our education system, which believes in the sanctity
of individuals, thinking that an individual exists at birth. This belief is not true… and this science is going to prove the
fallacy of democracy in the sense that we talk about the rights of the individual; this democratic belief is not
true…Looking into the future, it may be predicted that telerecording and telestimulation of the brain will be widely
used.”17
Dr. Louis Jolyon “Jolly” West:
Air Force Major Louis Jolyon “Jolly” West joined MK-Ultra early, concentrating on LSD studies, the most
famous of which was a lethal LSD overdose injected into an elephant named Tusko. West lived in Haight-Ashbury in
1967, ostensibly to study the hippie in his native habitat. West was in charge of the Dept. of Psychiatry at UCLA, and
director of the Neuro-Psychiatric Institute until his death in 1999.
From 1948 until 1956 he was Chief, Psychiatry Service, 3700th USAF Hospital, Lackland AFB in San Antonio,
Texas, not far from Brooks AFB, which houses the Albertus Strughold Library. In 1973 West proposed to then
Governor Reagan the creation of a “Center for the Study and Reduction of Violence.” Abandoned missile bases were
to be the location for “programs for the alteration of undesirable behavior.” West identified the factors of violent
behavior as “sex (male), age (youth), ethnicity (black), and urbanicity.” West planned for the California State Police
to share a database that would keep track of “pre-delinquent” children in order to treat them before they became
delinquents. One critic at UCLA said, “They’re employing the psychiatric armamentarium and a new technological
tool set—what has come to be known as psycho-technology. Under the guise of therapeutic behavior modification,
they’re applying anything from (the terror drug) Anectine, and other aversive drugs, to psychosurgery.” West
examined Jack Ruby after the Kennedy assassination and pronounced him mentally ill, despite Ruby’s claims of a
conspiracy. Dr. West was the chief medical officer involved in remote viewing projects such as Project Grill Flame.
Late in life West became associated with the Cult Awareness Network, which was founded by a former aide to
Reagan.
President’s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March 1995
Mk-Ultra Victims Testimonies
Valerie Wolf:
Okay. I’m going to start. My name is Valerie Wolf.
In listening to the testimony today, it all sounds really familiar. I am here to talk about a possible link between
radiation and mind-control experimentation that began in the late 1940s. The main reason that mind-control
research is being mentioned is because people are alleging that they were exposed as children to mind-control
radiation drugs and chemical experimentation, which were administered by the same doctors who are known to
have been involved in conducting both radiation and mind-control research.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
23
Written documentation has been provided revealing the names of people and the names of research projects
in statements from people across the country. It is also important to understand that mind-control techniques
and follow-ups into adulthood may have been used to intimidate these particular research subjects into not
talking about their victimization in government research.
As a therapist for the past 22 years, I have specialized in treating victims and perpetrators of trauma and their
families. When word got out that I was appearing at this hearing, nearly 40 therapists across the country, and I
had about a week and a half to prepare, contacted me to talk about clients who had reported being subjects in
radiation and mind-control experiments. The consistency of people’s stories about the purpose of the mindcontrol
and pain-induction techniques, such as electric shock, use of hallucinogens, sensory deprivation,
hypnosis, dislocation of limbs and sexual abuse, is remarkable.
There is almost nothing published on this aspect of mind-control used with children, and these clients come
from all over the country, having had no contact with each other. What was startling was that therapists reported
many of these clients were also physically ill with auto-immune problems, thyroid problems, multiple sclerosis,
and other muscle and connective tissue diseases as well as mysterious ailments for which a diagnosis cannot be
found. While somatization disorder is commonly found in these clients, many of the clients who have been
involved in the human experimentation with the government have multiple medically-documented physical
ailments, and I was really shocked today to hear one of the speakers talk about the cysts and the teeth breaking
off, because I have a client that that’s happening to.
Many people are afraid to tell their doctors their histories as mind-control subjects for fear of being
considered to be crazy. These clients have named some of the same people, particularly a Dr. Green, who was
associated with clients’ reports of childhood induction of pain, mind-control techniques, and childhood sexual
abuse. One of my clients, who had seen him with a name tag, identified him as Dr. L. Wilson Green. A person
with this same name was the scientific director of the Chemical and Radiological Laboratories at the Army
Chemical Center, and that he was engaged in doing research for the Army and other intelligence agencies.
Other names that have come to light are Dr. Sidney Gottlieb and Dr. Martin Orne, who, it is reported, were
also involved in radiation research.
It needs to be made clear that people have remembered these names and events spontaneously with free
recall and without the use of any memory-retrievable techniques, such as hypnosis. As much as possible, we have
tried to verify the memories with
family members, records and experts in the field.
Many attempts have been made through Freedom of Information Act filings to gain access to the mindcontrol
research documentation. These requests have generally been slowed down or denied, although some
information has been obtained, which suggests that at least some of the information supplied by these clients is
true. It is important that we obtain all of the information contained in the CIA and military files to verify or deny
our clients’ memories. Although many of the files for MK Ultra may have been destroyed, whatever is left, along
with the files for other projects, such as Bluebird and Artichoke, to name only two, contain valuable information.
Furthermore, if, as the evidence suggests, some of these people were used in radiation experiments, there
might be information in the mind-control experiment file on radiation experiments. We need this information to
help in the rehabilitation and treatment of many people who have severe psychological and medical problems
which interfere with their social, emotional and financial well-being.
Finally, I urge you to recommend an investigation into these matters. Although there was
a commission on mind-control, it did not include experiments on children because most of
them were too young or still involved in the research in the late 1970s to come forward. The
only way to end the harassment and suffering of these people is to make public what has
happened to them in the mind-control experiments. Please recommend that there be an
investigation and that the files be opened on the mind-control experiments as they related to
children. Thank you.
The following is MK-Ultra victim testimony by Claudia Mullen about mind control before the Presidential Advisory
Committee on Human Radiation Experiments March 15, 1995.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
24
Claudia Mullen:
Good afternoon. Between the years 1957 and 1984, I became a pawn in the government’s game. Its ultimate
goal was mind control and to create the perfect spy, all through the use of chemicals, radiation, drugs, hypnosis,
electric shock, isolation in tubs of water, sleep deprivation, brainwashing, verbal, physical, emotional and sexual
abuse. I was exploited unwittingly for nearly three decades of my life, and the only explanations given to me
were “that the end justifies the means” and “I was serving my country in their bold effort to fight communism.” I
can only summarize my circumstances by saying they took an already abused seven-year-old child and
compounded my suffering beyond belief. The saddest part is, I know for a fact, I was not alone. There were
countless other children in my same situation, and there was no one to help us until now. I have already
submitted as much information as possible including conversations overheard at the agencies responsible.
I am able to report all of this to you in such detail because of my photographic memory and the arrogance of
the people involved. They were certain they would always control my mind. Although the process of recalling
these atrocities is not an easy one, nor is it without some danger to myself and my family, I feel the risk is worth
taking. Dr. L. Wilson Greene received $50 million dollars from the Edgewood Chemical and Radiology
Laboratory as part of the TSD, or Technical Science Division of the CIA, once described to Dr. Charles Brown
that “children were used as subjects because they were more fun to work with, and cheaper too.” They needed
lower profile subjects than soldiers and government people, so only young willing females would do. “Besides,”
he said, “I like scaring them. They in the Agency think I am a God, creating subjects in experiments for whatever
deviant purposes Sid and James could think up” (Sid being Dr. Sidney Gottlieb; James is Dr. James Hamilton). In
1958 they told me I was to be tested by some important doctors from the Society, or the Human Ecology Society
and I was instructed to cooperate. I was told not to look at anyone’s faces, and to try hard to ignore any names
because this was a very secret project. I was told all these things to help me forget.
Naturally, as most children do, I did the opposite and remembered as much as I could. A Dr. John Gittinger
tested me, Dr. Cameron gave me the shock, and Dr. Greene the x-rays. Then I was told by Sid Gottlieb that “I
was ripe for the big A,” meaning Artichoke. By the time I left to go home, just like every time from then on, I
would remember only whatever explanations Dr. Robert G. Heath, of Tulane Medical University, gave me for
the odd bruises, needle marks, burns on my head, fingers, and even the genital soreness. I had no reason to think
otherwise. They had already begun to control my mind. The next year I was sent to a lodge in Maryland called
Deep Creek Cabins to learn how to sexually please men. I was taught how to coerce them into talking about
themselves. It was Richard Helms, who was Deputy Director of the CIA, Dr. Gottlieb, Capt. George White,
Morris Allan who all planned on filling as many high government agency officials and heads of academic
institutions and foundations as possible so that later when the funding for mind control and radiation started to
dwindle, projects would continue. I was used to entrap many unwitting men including themselves, all with the
use of a hidden camera. I was only nine years old when the sexual humiliation began. I overheard conversations
about part of the Agency called ORD which I found out was Office of Research and Development. It was run by
Dr. Greene, Dr. Steven Aldrich, Martin Orne, and Morris Allan. Once, a crude remark was made by Dr.
Gottlieb about a certain possible leak in New Orleans involving a large group of retarded children who had been
given massive doses of radiation. He asked why was Wilson so worried about a few retarded kids. After all, they
would be the least likely to spill the beans. Another time I heard Dr. Martin Orne, who was the director then of
the Scientific Office and later head of the Institute for Experimental Research state that, “in order to keep more
funding coming from different sources for radiation and mind control projects,” he suggested stepping up the
amounts of stressors used and also the blackmail portions of the experiments. He said, “it needed to be done
faster, then to get rid of the subjects or they were asking for us to come back later and haunt them with our
remembrances.”
There is much more I could tell you about government-sponsored research, including project names, subproject
numbers, people involved, facilities used, tests, and other forms of pain induction, but I think I have
given more than enough information to recommend further investigation of all the mind-control projects,
especially as they involved so much of the use of the radiation. I would love nothing more than to say that I
dreamed this all up and need to just forget it. But that would be a tragic mistake. It would also be a lie. All these
atrocities did occur to me and to countless other children, and all under the guise of defending our country. It is
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
25
because of the cumulative effects of exposure to radiation, chemicals, drugs, pain, subsequent mental and
physical distress that I have been robbed of the ability to work and even to bear children of my own. It is
blatantly obvious that none of this was needed, nor should ever have been allowed to take place at all, and the
only means we have to seek out the awful truth and bring it to light is by opening whatever files remain on all the
projects, and through another Presidential Commission on Mind Control. I believe that every citizen of this
nation has the right to know what is fact, and what is fiction. It is our greatest protection against this ever
happening again. In conclusion, I can offer you no more than what I have given you today—the truth. And I
thank you for your time.
Christine DeNicola:
Good afternoon. I’m Christine DeNicola, born July 1962, rendering me 32 years of age. I was a subject in
radiation as well as mind-control and drug experiments performed by a man I knew as Dr. Green. My parents
were divorced around 1966, and Donald Richard Ebner, my natural father, was involved with Dr. Green in the
experiments. I was a subject from 1966 to 1976. Dr. Green performed radiation experiments on me in 1970,
focusing on my neck, throat and chest in 1972, focusing on my chest and my uterus in 1975. Each time I became
dizzy, nauseous and threw up. All these experiments were performed on me in conjunction with mind-control
techniques and drugs in Tucson, Arizona.
Dr. Green was using me mostly as a mind-control subject from 1966 to 1973. His objective was to gain
control of my mind and train me to be a spy assassin. The first significant memory took place at Kansas City
University in 1966. Don Ebner took me there by plane when my mom was out of town. I was in what looked
like a laboratory, and there seemed to be other children. I was strapped down, naked, spread-eagle on a table, on
my back. Dr. Green had electrodes on my body, including my head. He used what looked like an overhead
projector and repeatedly said he was burning different images into my brain while a red light flashed aimed at my
forehead.
In between each sequence, he used electric shock on my body and told me to go deeper and deeper, while
repeating each image would go deeper into my brain, and I would do whatever he told me to do. I felt drugged
because he had given me a shot before he started the procedure. When it was over, he gave me another shot. The
next thing I remember, I was with my grandparents again in Tucson, Arizona. I was four years old.
You can see from this experiment that Dr. Green used trauma, drugs, post-hypnotic suggestion, and more
trauma in an effort to gain total control of my mind. He used me in radiation experiments, both for the purposes
of determining the effects of radiation on various parts of my body and to terrorize me as an additional trauma in
the mind-control experiments. The rest of the experiments took place in Tucson, Arizona, out in the desert. I
was taught how to pick locks, be secretive, use my photographic memory, and a technique to withhold
information by repeating numbers to myself.
Dr. Green moved on to wanting me to kill dolls that looked like real children. I stabbed a doll with a spear
once after being severely traumatized, but the next time, I refused. He used many pain-induction techniques, but
as I got older, I resisted more and more. He often tied me down in a cage, which was near his office. Between
1972 and 1976, he and his assistants were sometimes careless and left the cage unlocked. Whenever physically
possible, I snuck into his office and found files with reports and memos addressed to CIA and military personnel.
Included in these files were project, sub-project, subject and experiment names with some code numbers for
radiation and mind-control experiments, which I have submitted in your written documentation. I was caught
twice, and Dr. Green ruthlessly used electric shock, drugs, spun me on a table, put shots in my stomach and my
back, dislocated my joints, and hypnotic techniques to make me feel crazy and suicidal.
Because of my rebellion and growing lack of cooperation, they gave up on me as a spy assassin.
Consequently, the last two years, 1974 to 1976, Dr. Green used various mind-control techniques to reverse the
spy assassin messages, to self-destruct and death messages. His purpose. He wanted me dead, and I have
struggled to stay alive all of my adult life, all of my adult life. I believe it is by the grace of God that I am still
alive.
These horrible experiments have profoundly affected my life. I developed multiple personality disorder
because Dr. Green’s goal was to split my mind into as many parts as possible so he could control me totally. He
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
26
failed. But I’ve had to endure years of constant physical, mental and emotional pain even to this day. I’ve been in
therapy consistently for 12 years, and it wasn’t until I found my current therapist two and a half years ago, who
had knowledge of the mind-control experiments, that I finally have been able to make real progress and begin to
heal.
In closing, I ask that you keep in mind that the memories I have described are but a glimpse of the countless
others that took place over the 10 years between 1966 and 1976, that they weren’t just radiation but mindcontrol
and drug experiments as well. I have included more detailed information of what I remember in your
written documentation. Please help us by recommending an investigation and making the information available
so that therapists and other mental health professionals can help more people like myself.
I know I can get better. I am getting better, and I know others can, too, with the proper help. Please help us
in an effort to prevent these heinous acts from continuing in the future. Thank you very much.
Programming Levels:
Dr. Corydon Hammond spoke to fellow psychology professors at the Fourth Annual Eastern Regional
Conference on Abuse and Multiple Personality in Alexandria, Virginia on June 25, 1992. The title of the lecture was
“Hypnosis in Multiple Personality Disorder (MPD): Ritual Abuse.” Hammond says he interviewed other psychologists
and psychiatrists who were encountering the same types of cases, “without leading or contaminating.” Hammond
states that as many as two-thirds of the ritual abuse cases had been subjected to a highly developed and uniform
technology of mind control. Often these will be persons programmed by their parents who are involved in cultic
practice such as Satanism, or in intelligence agency programs. Hammond believes there are several levels of
programming that can be accessed by letters in the Greek alphabet.
The first level, Alpha, is generalized mind control, base-level programming characterized by augmented memory
and the splitting of the mind into left and right brain divisions.
Beta is apparently programming of sexuality and the destruction of moral inhibitions.
Gamma is a level providing mind-control system protection involving deception and misdirection.
Delta is the assassination programming level, and includes killers trained to perform ritual sacrifice.
Theta is termed the “psychic killer” level.
Omega is the level of programming dictating self-destruction, and is intended to cause the subject to commit
suicide when they are interrogated or begin therapy.
It is difficult to substantiate that a vast mind control underground exists, but the reports of people who believe
that they have been victims of mind control coincide with Dr. Hammond’s information.18
Chapter Five
Nonlethal Weapons
he concept of nonlethal weapons is not new; the term appears in heavily censored CIA documents dating from
the 1960s. But research and development in nonlethal technologies has received new impetus as post-Cold War
Pentagon planning has shifted its focus to regional conflicts, insurgencies, and peacekeeping. The proponents concede
that nonlethal weapons are not necessarily nonlethal; they are still called that because the term is politically attractive.
Various names were considered and are still sometimes used: soft kill, mission kill, less-than-lethal weapons, noninjurious
incapacitation, disabling measures, and strategic immobility. “Having been through a number of names, I
can say that nothing has had the impact of ‘nonlethal,’” avers Alexander. The growing prominence of the nonlethal
program tends to validate this strategy.
Rebelling against the program’s marketing spin, analysts across the political spectrum have rejected the assertion
that nonlethal weapons represent a new development in war fighting—or even a fruitful area for investment.
Alexander writes, “Major political benefit can be accrued by being the first nation to announce a policy advocating
projection of force in a manner that does not result in killing people,” “Nonlethal weapons disable or destroy without
T
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
27
causing significant injury or damage,” asserted Undersecretary of Defense Paul Wolfowitz in a March 1991
memorandum. This is an important misconception. Nevertheless, Wolfowitz wrote, “A US lead in nonlethal
technologies will increase our options and reinforce our position in the post-Cold War world.”
Dozens of nonlethal weapons have been proposed or developed, mostly in laboratory-scale models. They
encompass a broad range of technologies, including chemical, biological kinetic, electromagnetic, and acoustic
weapons, as well as informational techniques such as computer viruses. The hazards of unaccountable government,
from secret wars to secret radiation experiments, are well known. And yet, the system continues. The Clinton
administration has made progress toward reforming it, but measurable results still have not materialized. The
nominal justification for secrecy in nonlethal weapons is that developing them on a totally unclassified basis would
enable potential adversaries to duplicate the effort or develop countermeasures. This is a valid concern, which is
exploited beyond all justification, to the point of concealing the budgets and even the very existence of many
programs.19
For hundreds of years, sci-fi writers have imagined weapons that might use energy waves or pulses to knock out,
knock down, or otherwise disable enemies—without necessarily killing them. And for a good 40 years the US
military has quietly been pursuing weapons of this sort. Much of this work is still secret, but now that the Cold War
has ended and the United States is engaged in more humanitarian and peacekeeping missions, the search for weapons
that could incapacitate people without inflicting lethal injuries has intensified.
Police, too, are keenly interested. Scores of new contracts have been issued, and scientists, aided by government
research on the “bioeffects” of beamed energy, are searching the electromagnetic and sonic spectrums for wavelengths
that can affect human behavior. Weapons already exist that use lasers, which can temporarily or permanently blind
enemy soldiers. So-called acoustic or sonic weapons, like the ones in the aforementioned lab, can vibrate the insides
of humans to stun them, nauseate them, or even “liquefy their bowels and reduce them to quivering diarrheic
messes,” according to a Pentagon briefing. Prototypes of such weapons were considered for tryout when US troops
intervened in Somalia.
Other, stranger effects also have been explored, such as using electromagnetic waves to put
human targets to sleep or to heat them up, on the microwave-oven principle. Scientists are also
trying to make a sonic cannon that throws a shock wave with enough force to knock down a
man. While this and similar weapons may seem far-fetched, scientists say they are natural
successors to projects already underway—beams that disable the electronic systems of aircraft,
computers, or missiles, for instance. “Once you are into these anti-materiel weapons, it is a short
jump to antipersonnel weapons,” says Louis Slesin, editor of the trade journal Microwave News.
“That’s because the human body is essentially an electrochemical system, and devices that
disrupt the electrical impulses of the nervous system can affect behavior and body functions.”
But these programs—particularly those involving antipersonnel research—are so well guarded
that details are scarce. “People [in the military] go silent on this issue,” says Slesin, “more than
any other issue. People just do not want to talk about this.”
Greenham Common Women’s Peace Camp
First Use of EM Weapons en Masse:
Women peace campers at Greenham Common, England claimed that they were attacked by electronic weapons
from within the US airbase there. Scientists from Electronics Today measured some form of electromagnetic wave
which was responsible for illnesses they suffered. A team of doctors from the Medical Campaign Against Nuclear
Weapons compiled a report on the condition of the women affected. The women first noticed a pattern of illnesses
emerging in 1984. Women at different points around the camp appeared to have experienced similar symptoms at the
same time, even when they were not in contact with one another. Large numbers of women complained of sudden
feelings of extreme tiredness shortly before major events, such as the departure of a cruise missile convoy. Readings
taken with a wide-range signal strength meter showed marked increases in the background signal level near one of the
women’s camps at a time when they claimed to be experiencing ill effects, including vertigo, retinal bleeding, burnt
face (even at night), nausea, sleep disturbances, palpitations, loss of concentration, loss of memory, disorientation,
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
28
severe headaches, temporary paralysis, faulty speech coordination, irritability, and a sense of panic in non-panic
situations, and in one case, a circulatory failure that required emergency treatment.
Many of these symptoms have been associated in medical literature with exposure to microwaves and especially
through low intensity or non-thermal exposures. The signal levels measured were well above normal background
levels, but still within official safety limits. However, there is evidence from a number of sources that low levels of
electromagnetic radiation can have harmful effects, especially where exposure takes place over a long period of time.
These effects have been reviewed by Dr. Robert Becker, twice nominated for the Nobel Prize, and a specialist in EM
effects. His report confirms that the symptoms mirror those he would expect to see had microwave weapons been
deployed. British Defense officials have denied that any form of electronic signal is being used against the protesters.20
DoD/DoJ
The DoD uses the DoJ to develop “nonlethal” weapons in secret. Many of these devices are in violation of
international treaties. By classifying these weapons as “crowd control” devices and funding them through the DoJ, the
DoD avoids oversight.
During the Nixon administration, psychiatric and police organizations merged their efforts, particularly the DoJ
and National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH). The DoJ, through the Law Enforcement Assistance Administration
(LEAA), was also planning the creation of a national police force, and urban warfare preparation that went by the
names Operation Cable Splicer and Operation Garden Plot. The government publication, “Individual Rights and the
Federal Role in Behavior Modification”, revealed that the DoJ, Department of Labor (DOL), VA, DoD, and National
Science Foundation (NSF) were engaged in various aspects of behavior modification without effective oversight or
review. Under interrogation, the head of the LEAA announced that funding would be cut, but instead it proceeded to
fund behavior modification. One such project at Atmore State Prison (Alabama) conducted over 50 psychosurgical
operations, which, according to Dr. Swan of Fisk University, were lobotomies performed on black political activists.
In 1977 a Senate hearing into CIA drug experimentation drove existing programs underground. To secure the
survival of their projects, networks, and funding, the mind control fraternity were forced to largely abandon scientific
and military laboratories to seek deeper cover. Congressional scrutiny forced them to hide their activities by
performing experiments on the powerless and voiceless human beings incarcerated in prison and psychiatric systems,
or in the inner city by starting or manipulating cults and using them as cover for their operations. Mind control
operations were hidden in undocumented “black projects” and intelligence agency “cut-outs” of all types, including
criminal enterprises that provided cover and deniability for the perpetrators in government and heads of intelligence
agencies.
Cyclotronic resonance is the ability of very low strength electromagnetic fields to produce significant biological
effects by spinning or rotating particles within living cells. One military application described in The Final Report on
Biotechnology Research Requirements for Aeronautical Systems Through the Year 2000 (Vol. I, Southwest research Institute,
San Antonio, Texas, 1982), is the introduction of a small amount of chemical or biological weapon to enemy soldiers
or populations. By using a harmonizing or resonance frequency of a poison existing in minute or undetectable
concentrations, lethal effects can be achieved. The US Naval Medical Research Center used the technique of
cyclotronic resonance on the lithium ion that occurs naturally in the brain to sedate the brain as if a large dose of
lithium had been administered. By resonating naturally occurring chemicals, you amplify their potency, creating the
same chemical changes as would have occurred with a massive dose of the chemical. These weapons change the
porosity of the blood brain barrier, allowing these lethal substances to go where they normally would be excluded.
These experiments are ongoing using the DoJ to fund these programs as “crowd control” to avoid being caught in
violations of international treaties against the use of biological and chemical weapons. (Begich pg 134)
In 1993, the National Institute of Justice (of the DoJ) document “NIJ Initiative on Less-Than-Lethal Weapons” of
recommended that state and local police departments in America utilize psychotronic, electromagnetic, and other
mind-control weapons against American citizens involved in “domestic disturbances,” an open-ended term that could
include family arguments. The report said, “Short-term research will be completed to adopt military technology to
use by domestic law enforcement…including laser, microwave, and electromagnetic weapons.” The Washington Post
reported, “The Pentagon and the DoJ have agreed to share state-of-the-art military technology with civilian law
enforcement agencies, including exotic “nonlethal” weapons.” This new approach to law enforcement was showcased
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
29
in a three-day secret conference on nonlethal weaponry at the Applied Physics Laboratory at Johns Hopkins
University in Maryland.
The conference head was Col. John B. Alexander, Program Manager for Nonlethal (psychotronic) Defense, Los
Alamos National Laboratory. Attending the meeting was Attorney General Janet Reno, military weapons specialists,
and representatives from state and local police departments. Subjects included, “radio frequency weapons, high
powered microwave technology, acoustic technology, voice synthesis, and application of extreme frequency
electromagnetic fields to nonlethal weapons.”21
Classified weapons are being passed to domestic law enforcement agencies, as shown by the 1995 ONDCP
(Office of National Drug Control Policy) International Technology Symposium, “Counter-Drug Law Enforcement:
Applied Technology for Improved Operational Effectiveness,” which outlined the “Transition of advanced military
technologies to the civil law enforcement environment.” There are some observers who fear that the burgeoning
narcotics industry is an ideal “cover” in which to “transit” nonlethal technologies to domestic political tasks. Whether
this is merely a misplaced “Orwellian” fear remains to be seen. However, organized crime is so globally “organized”
that experts now believe it is impossible to eradicate or even effectively combat.
Directed Energy Weapons in Iraq:
The following is eyewitness testimony from Iraq describing the aftermath of the United States use of
experimental directed energy weapons. From the movie “Star Wars in Iraq” (Guerre stellari in Iraq, di Maurizio
Torrealta e Sigfrido Ranucci).
This testimony was reported to American filmmaker Patrick Dillon a few weeks after the battle for the airport
(April 2003). The person interviewed, Majid al Ghezali, is a well-known and respected man in Baghdad, who is the
first violinist of the Bagdhad Orchestra.
In addition to describing the battle, Majid al Ghezali wanted to show Patrick Dillon the site near the airport
where this mysterious weapon was used, along with the traces of fused metal still visible, and the irregularly sized
ditches where the cadavers were buried before they were exhumed.
We sought out Majid al Ghezali to hear more details of his story. We met up with him in Amman and he pointed out some
inexplicable peculiarities on the bodies of the victims of the battle for the airport.
Majid Al Ghezali: They used incredible weapons
Experimental weapons?
Majid Al Ghezali: Yes…Yes, I think. They shoot the bus. We saw the bus like a cloth, like a wet cloth. It
seemed like a Volkswagen, a big bus like a Volkswagen.
Majid Al Ghezali: Just the head was burnt. In the other parts of the body there wasn’t anything.
Al Ghezali reported that he had seen three passengers in a car, all dead, with their faces and teeth burnt, their clothes intact,
and no sign of projectiles.
Majid Al Ghezali: There wasn’t any bullet. I saw their teeth, just the teeth, and they had no eyes, all of them,
there was nothing on their bodies.
There were other inexplicable aspects: the terrain where the battle took place was dug up by the American military and replaced
with other fresh earth; the bodies that were not hit by projectiles had shrunk to just slightly more than one meter in height.
Majid Al Ghezali: Except the ones killed by the bullets, most of them became very small. I mean… like
that… Something like that.
When we asked Majid what weapon he imagined had been used, he said that he had reached the conclusion that it must have
been a laser weapon.
Majid Al Ghezali: One year later we heard that they used an update technology, a unique one, like lasers.
We found another disturbing document on the use of mysterious weapons in Iraq, which referred to episodes that took place
almost at the same time as those described by Majid al Ghezali.
Saad al Falluji: They were 26 in the bus. About 20 of them had no head, the head had been cut, some of them
had no arms or no legs. The only unwounded was the driver and really I don’t know how he reach our hospital,
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
30
because one arm was on his side, one head just beside him. It was a very strange and horrible situation. In the
roof of the car there were parts of the body: intestines, brains, all parts of the body. It was a very, very, very
miserable situation.
Geert Van Moorter (medical doctor working in Iraq during and after the war, as a volunteer for the belgiam
NGO Medical Aid for the Third World): Do you have idea with what kind of weapon the attacked the bus?
Saad al Falluji: We don’t know with what kind of weapon they hit this bus.
Doctor n°2: It seems to be a new weapon
Saad al Falluji: Yes, a new weapon
Doctor n°2: They are trying to do experiments on our civilians. Nobody could identify the type of this weapon.
We went to Belgium to find the filmmaker of this sequence, Geert Van Moorter, a doctor working as a volunteer in Iraq.
Geert Van Moorter: This footage is taken at the General Teaching Hospital in Hilla, which is about 100 Km
from Baghdad, and close to the historical site of Babylon. There I talked with the colleague doctor Saad al Falluji,
which is the chief surgeon in that hospital. Doctor al Falluji said me that the survivors that he operated said him
that they did not hear any noise, so there was no explosion to hear, no metal fragments or shrapnels or bullets in
their bodies, so they themselves were thinking of some strange kind of weapon which they did not know.
Let’s hear Dr. Saad el Falluji’s story about this in more detail.
Saad al Falluji: This bus was very crowded, they were going from Hilla to Kifil, to find their families, but
before they had arrived at the American checkpoint the villagers said to them “return back, return back.” When
the bus tried to return back it was shot by the checkpoint.
Geert Van Moorter: No gunshot wounds?
Saad al Falluji: No, no, I don’t know what it was. We are here 10 surgeons and we couldn’t decide which was
the weapon that hit this car.
Geert Van Moorter: But inside the bodies you did not discover ordinary bullets?
Saad al Falluji: We didn’t find bullets, but most of the passengers were dead, so they took them immediately
to the refrigerator and we couldn’t dissect and see, but in those who were alive we didn’t find any kind of bullet.
We didn’t find bullets in their bodies.
Doctor n°2: Something cutting organs, cutting limbs, attacking the abdomen, attacking the neck and goes out.
Dr. Falluji also ended up speaking about a laser weapon….
Saad al Falluji : I don’t think that the bombing, or the cluster bombs, or the laser weapons can bring
democracy to our country.
As in any war, the war in Iraq left us a dreadful gallery of horror—images of mutilations that not even doctors can
explain. The witnesses referred to laser weapons, arms with mysterious effects. We do not know what kind of weapons could
produce such terrible effects. We tried to learn more about it, by asking for interviews to members of companies manufacturing
laser and microwave weapons. Yet, the US Defense Department prevented any information from being released to us. They also
did not answer – up to the time the film was edited – the questions we had sent them in order to know whether or not
experimental weapons had been tested in Iraq and Afghanistan.
We then reviewed the Pentagon’s media conferences released before the II Gulf War. Willingness to test new weapons
emerged from the words of both the Defense Secretary and General Meyers. The questions from the media on direct energy and
microwave weapons produced a certain amount of embarrassment.
American journalist: Mr. Secretary, can I ask you a question about some of the technology that you’re
developing to fight the war on terrorists, specifically directed energy and high-powered microwave technology?
Do you—when do you envision that you can weaponize that type of technology?
Donald Rumsfeld: Goodness, it is in—for the most part, the kinds of things you’re talking about are in
varying early stages. (To the general.) Do you want to—do you have anything you would add?
General Myers: I don’t think I would add much. It’s—I think they are in early stages and probably not ready
for employment at this point.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
31
Donald Rumsfeld: In the normal order of things, when you invest in research and development and begin a
developmental project, you don’t have any intention or expectations that one would use it. On the other hand,
the real world intervenes from time to time, and you reach in there and take something out that is still in a
developmental stage, and you might use it. So the—your question’s not answerable. It is—depends on what
happens in the future and how well things move along the track and whether or not someone feels it’s
appropriate to reach into a development stage and see if something might be useful, as was the case with the
unmanned aerial vehicles.
American journalist: But you sound like you’re willing to experiment with it.
General Myers: Yeah, I think that’s the point. And I think—and it’s—and we have, I think, from the
beginning of this conflict—I think General Franks has been very open to looking at new things, if there are new
things available, and has been willing to put them into the fight, even before they’ve been fully wrung out. And I
think that’s—not referring to these particular cases of directed energy or high-powered microwaves, but sure.
And we will continue to do that.
Chapter Six
CIA Cults
ntelligence agencies have infiltrated and created a number of satanic groups, beginning with their resurgence in
1966 with the birth of the Church of Satan, founded by Anton LaVey. LaVey studied criminology in San Francisco,
and worked in the San Francisco Police Department crime lab, as well as an informant for Interpol. Prior to the
Church of Satan, LaVey ran a group called the Magic Circle. LaVey’s most famous associate was the NSA’s Army Lt.
Col. Michael Aquino. At the time of his membership in LaVey’s group, Aquino was an Army specialist in intelligence
and psychological warfare. In 1973 he became the executive officer of the 306th Psychological Operations Battalion,
contemporaneously with his founding of the Church of Set.22
Michael Aquino:
While an Army Reservist Major in the 7th Psychological Operations Group, Michael Aquino co-authored with
Col. John Alexander “From Psyop MindWar: The Psychology of Victory,” the thesis of which is that an enemy
population could be subdued by inflicting a state of psychological terror and feelings of imminent destruction. He
discusses the use of psychotronic weapons or electromagnetic weapons that influence the mind. Capitulation could be
induced without firing a shot by extremely low frequency (ELF) signals piggybacked on broadcasts of radio, TV, or
microwave communications, to influence and manipulate the thoughts and feelings of the target population. During
the 1960s, he was prominent in the Church of Satan and a close friend of Anton LaVey, until he started his own
Church of Set. A police intelligence report dated July 1, 1981 reads, “The Church of Set is a group with hundreds of
members that operates on a national level. Aquino is the official head of the organization and rules through a council
of nine, who are in fact his Lieutenants.” At least two members of the “council of nine” at that time were members of
Army intelligence.
In the late 1980s, Aquino was accused by the San Francisco Police Department of being involved in a satanic child
molestation ring centered on the day care at the Presidio military base, where Aquino was stationed at the time.
Probable victims were numbered at 68, many of whom had contracted venereal disease. Twenty-two families filed
$66 million in claims against the Army, claiming that criminal charges against Aquino were dropped, due to pressure
from the Army. Aquino admitted to renting the German castle where the Nazi SS was formed and, along with fellow
spooks decked out in full Nazi regalia, re-enacted the secret formative ceremony.23
It is important to note that Michael Aquino is first and foremost a military intelligence officer with over forty
years experience in counterinsurgency/infiltration operations. Members of Army intelligence and others in the
intelligence agencies are possibly involved in an infiltration/counterinsurgency operation aimed at destabilizing the
Constitutional centers of power in the United States. These cults and other cause-oriented groups have been started
or infiltrated by Aquino and his associates in order to control large numbers of people. It should be noted that all of
I
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
32
these cults are closed systems with their own belief systems that are insular and separate from the reality that most
people take for granted. These individuals are used to engage in anti-social acts that members of the greater society
would not contemplate, including satanic ritual abuse (SRA) programming and organized gang stalking. According to
Keith, Constantine, and other researchers, the following cults are linked to Aquino or his associates in the intelligence
community.
Jonestown:
The mass suicides at Jonestown of 850 people had similar threads, a cult with sinister connections. Jim Jones,
who had connections to the CIA, set up his Utopian experiment on the same land that the CIA had used to train
mercenaries to fight in Angola. According to investigators, “the Jonestown experiment was conceived of by Dr.
Lawrence Laird Layton, staffed by him, and financed by Layton.” The African-American cult had at its core a
Caucasian inner-council, composed of Layton and his family. Layton was a chemist in the Manhattan Project and head
of the Army’s chemical warfare research division in the 1950s. The People’s Temple cult took over the Mendocino
State Hospital as part of a government pilot project to evaluate the feasibility of de-institutionalizing mental patients.
After a reduction in state funding, most of the patients at Mendocino were released into the custody of the Peoples’
Temple. Congressman Leo Ryan was assassinated in his attempt to investigate the cult. The pathologist in Guyana
reported 80-90% of the victims’ bodies had fresh needle marks. Other victims had been shot or strangled. In 1981
survivors sued the former head of the CIA for “enhancing the economic and political powers of James Warren Jones”
and of conducting “mind control and drug experimentation” on the Temple flock.24
Symbionese Liberation Army:
The Symbionese Liberation Army (SLA) kidnapped Patty Hearst in 1974 and went on a crime spree that
terrorized California and discredited the anti-establishment counterculture. The group’s leader, Donald
DeFreeze, was a paid informant for the LAPD’s Public Disorder Unit from 1967-69, and then directed the
Black Cultural Association at the Vacaville Medical Facility, a prison where behavior modification was
performed, including electronic brain implanting and lobotomies. The Black Cultural Association was run by
Colston Westbrook, a black CIA expert in psychological warfare who participated in Operation Phoenix
assassination and mind control program in Vietnam. Westbrook’s controller is alleged to have been the
CIA’s William Herrmann, the man who originated the idea of the violence center championed by Louis
Jolyon West during Reagan’s governorship of California.
Patty Hearst was placed in a dark closet for 40 days, brought out only to be raped or tortured and
traumatized, and then returned to the darkness. She was prosecuted for participating in various crimes and
was later pardoned by President Carter. The debate at her trial revolved around the question of
brainwashing and if such a thing really existed. The opinion that prevailed—no, it does not exist—was put
forth by psychiatrists who held themselves out as impartial, but were connected to the intelligence
community.
Manson Family:
The Manson Family was associated with the Process Church, which, according to the Utah Dept. of public
Safety, moved to southern Utah and changed their name to The Foundation. In 1990 an internal memo authored by
the Process Church authority Glenn L. Pace, allegations were made of ritual abuse and human sacrifice. Pace writes
he has met with 60 victims of ritual abuse, but there are probably two to three times as many victims; 53 were female
and 7 were male, 8 of which are children, and all were members of the Mormon Church. Forty-five victims alleged
they witnessed or participated in human sacrifice. The majority of them were abused by relatives; all had developed
psychological problems such as multiple personality disorder. “The memories come in layers…the first might be of
incest. Another layer might be the memory of seeing people hurt or even killed. Then they remember having seen
babies killed. Another layer is realizing that they participated in the sacrifices. One of the most painful memories may
be that they even sacrificed their own baby… I have only seen those coming forth to get help. They are in their
twenties and thirties for the most part. I can only assume that it is expanding geometrically, and am horrified by the
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
33
numbers represented by the generation who are now children and teenagers.” Dr. Mengele found that trauma
bonding and mind control worked best when the victim is forced to kill someone they love. Mengele usually
accomplished this by having one twin kill another.
The Franklin Conspiracy
The Franklin Conspiracy refers to a sexual blackmail operation and savings and loan fraud that began in Omaha,
Nebraska in the early 1980s. Larry King, a 300-pound pedophile, operated a national child prostitution network that
catered to wealthy patrons and Republican Party insiders. King was one of the fastest rising stars in the party, he sang
the National Anthem at the Republican convention in 1984 and 1988. King and his associates defrauded Franklin
Savings of $40 million, and used residents of Boy’s Town and other children to video-tape powerful and influential
men and women engaged in sex acts with minors. These blackmail operations took place during fund-raising parties
for the RNC. Those involved stayed late for the “after party,” which included drugs and sex with minors. (Franklin)
The strategy of early MK-Ultra was to use sexual blackmail operations which targeted political figures, in order
to ensure continued funding from legislators. Victims who came forward testified that King and his associates
performed satanic rituals and human sacrifices. Many of the children who came forward with their stories have since
been murdered or imprisoned. The most prominent and vocal victim, Alisha Owens, has been held in solitary
confinement longer than any other person in Nebraska history. King served two years for fraud and was promptly
employed by his good friend the editor of an Omaha newspaper.25
Unification Church:
The Unification Church of Reverend Sun Myung Moon had close connections to KCIA since its creation by the
CIA. Four of Moon’s early leaders were army officers with KCIA credentials, and Moon’s most influential aide, Bo
Hi Pak, was liaison between CIA and KCIA, making numerous trips to the NSA at Fort Meade, Maryland. Moon’s
church is fabulously rich and influential, with at least 600 front groups. It purchased the Washington Times
newspaper for over a billion dollars.
The Children of God:
The Children of God cult in Argentina has been involved in ritual abuse of children for decades, but has evaded
conviction, despite voluminous undeniable evidence and victim testimony. David “Moses” Berg founded the church in
the 1970s, advocated using sex to entice new members into the church. Berg’s own children and former members
have stated that they were forced into sex between the ages of 4 to10 years with high-level church members. The
victims also testified to a sexual blackmail and infiltration campaign aimed at some of the most powerful men in
Europe, particularly “in the media, legal community, and government.” Powerful figures of political and financial
support for the Family include Libyan president Muommar Kaddafi, Chilean dictator Augusto Pinochet, and King
Juan Carlos of Spain. (Constantine, 147) The sect currently estimates its numbers at 300,000 converts in 60
countries. In 1992 the Family children’s choir sang in the White House for Barbara Bush to kick off a Christmas show
in the East Room. The sect also sang for George H.W. Bush after he toured the damage of Hurricane Andrew in
south Florida.
McMartin Preschool:
In preparation for the McMartin Preschool child abuse trial, 389 toddlers were interviewed; nearly all of them
described abuse at the preschool, and do to this day. Some 80% had physical symptoms, including blunt force trauma
of sexual areas, scarring, rectal bleeding and sexual diseases. Paul and Shirley Eberle published the only two books
available on the case (The Politics of Child Abuse, 1986) achieving national status as child abuse experts. In courts of law
their work is frequently cited, they lecture widely to receptive audiences and have been speakers at a conference held
by Victims of Child Abuse Laws (VOCAL). These two individuals ran an underground tabloid (Finger, 1970s)) which
delved heavily into sadomasochistic sex, sex with children and sex acts involving human excrement. These two
pedophiles who seek to portray every abuser as a victim of mass hysteria, satanic panic and witch hunts are just two of
many. The parents of the McMartin preschoolers hired scientists and technicians who unearthed a series of
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
34
underground tunnels beneath the school, confirming the children’s testimony. The longest tunnel was 45 feet long
and six feet below the school, with a nine-foot chamber, spoken of by the children. Another branch led to the triplex
next door, surfacing beneath a roll-away bathtub. Forensic tests on thousands of objects found at the site included two
hundred animal bones. The tunnels were dug in 1966, the year of the schools construction by the father of the
defendant, Charles Buckey, who built the school and worked for the Hughes tool company. There is an old adage:
Hughes is the CIA.
Scientology:
The Cult Awareness Network (CAN) was founded two decades ago in the wake of the murders and mass suicides
in Guyana that claimed the lives of 850 of the late Jim Jones’ followers. The nonprofit national organization assisted
the desperate loved ones of people caught up in the ever-proliferating cult scene. The organizations targeted by CAN
were the KKK, the Aryan Nations, dozens of obscure fundamentalist and evangelical Christian groups, the Church of
Satan, the Moonies, followers of political extremist Lyndon LaRouche, and the Church of Scientology. (Ron Russell,
L.A. New Times, 9/99) An organized blizzard of lawsuits produced judgments totaling $5.2 million and led to the anticult
group’s financial ruin. In 1996 CAN’s logo, furniture, and phone number were auctioned off at the order of a
bankruptcy judge. Scientology lawyers took possession of 20 years’ worth of CAN’s highly sensitive case files
containing information on thousands of people who had turned to CAN for help in rescuing their friends and
relatives. Scientology is known for harassing its enemies in the courts, and retaliating against “suppressives,” people
who ridicule Scientology teachings.
Those teachings include Hubbard’s decree that humans are made of clusters of spirits, called “thetans,” who were
banished to Earth about 75 million years ago by an evil galactic ruler named Xenu. Hubbard was a pulp fiction writer
who had served in the Navy and hit it big in 1950 by coming up with the concept of Dianetics, which he dubbed a
modern science of mental health. It remains at the core of Scientology practice. One of its staples is a simplified lie
detector called an E-meter, which is supposed to measure electrical changes in the skin while subjects discuss intimate
details of their lives. Hubbard claimed that unhappiness sprang from mental aberrations, called “engrams,” and that
counseling sessions with the E-meter could help get rid of them. Scientologists refer to the extensive (and expensive)
process of “clearing” the mind in order for this to occur as “auditing.” But during the 1970s, the Internal Revenue
Service conducted some auditing sessions of its own and accused Hubbard of skimming millions of dollars from the
church, laundering it through dummy corporations, and stashing it in Swiss bank accounts. And although he died
before the case was adjudicated, his wife and 10 other former church leaders went to prison in the early 1980s for
infiltrating, burglarizing, and wiretapping dozens of private and government agencies in an attempt to block their
investigations.
Masons:
The vast majority of Masons join and undergo rituals and rites that seem to have no meaning; it is only when one
enters the highest levels, the circle within a circle, if you will, that that secret knowledge is shared as to what this
organization and its rituals are really about. This knowledge is imparted to a select few who achieve 32nd degree status
or higher. What these rites are and what this secret knowledge is has yet to be proven. Masons are one of the most
prominent links between victims of Satanic Ritual Abuse. Victims of SRA are in effect, victims of MK-Ultra
experiments in childhood. Literally thousands of people from different parts of the country who have never been in
contact with each other are telling essentially the same story—that as very young children these people were forced
to participate in SRA, including child rape and ritual sacrifice.
The consistency of stories, the links to MK-Ultra and SRA, seems to be a fantastic story at first, but victim
testimony is very consistent and the association of both programs to high-level mason members has been repeated
many times. Many of the personalities involved in the original MK-Ultra experiments were high-level Masons,
including Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, George Estabrooks, Ewen Cameron, and others in the intelligence community.
Masons have been accused of many things over the years, but it is equally likely that the Masons were infiltrated by
CIA perpetrators of MK-Ultra in an effort to control a closed system and have access to experimental subjects. MKUltra
was moved out of the lab to these closed systems of various kinds that could be manipulated and used to supply
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
35
large numbers of children for mind control experiments and blackmail operations without directly implicating the
CIA.
False Memory Syndrome Foundation/Satanic Ritual Abuse:
MK-Ultra programming was codified into a standard methodology. Child victims of Satanic Ritual Abuse are in
fact victims of MK-Ultra experiments/programming. The following are several examples of CIA MK-Ultra
psychiatrists and pedophiles who are engaged in an organized cover-up to discredit the victims who come forward
with memories of MK-Ultra/SRA programming. The “remote viewers” named below are tied to development of
psychotronic weapons, designed to influence the central nervous system. These personalities are also tied to cults that
perpetrate SRA, suggesting that MK-Ultra and nonlethal weapons development are tied together in a hidden agenda.
Dr. Martin T. Orne:
Dr. Martin T. Orne is an original board member of the False Memory Syndrome Foundation (FMSF) and a
senior CIA/Navy researcher at the University of Pennsylvania’s Experimental Psychiatry laboratory, as well as a close
friend of George Estabrooks. The FMSF was created to deny the existence of cult mind control and child abuse and is
staffed with psychiatrists connected to the CIA and their mind control experimentation. The phenomenon of children
being coached or led to invent tales of abuse or making up such stories does exist, but comprises a small minority of
the reported cases of child abuse, between 2 to 8% of reported cases. (Constantine, 62) One survey found 88% of
therapists consider ritual child abuse to be a very real social problem. Only 5% of all child abuse cases ever enter the
courtroom, half of these end with the child returned to the custody of the abusive parent.
Dr. Orne’s research into hypno-programming at Cornell University in the 1960s was paid for by the Human
Ecology Fund, and SEI, which also funded some of Dr. Ewen Cameron’s brainwashing and remote mind control
experimentation. CIA-funded black psychiatry at that time specialized in electroshock lobotomies, drugging agents,
incapacitants, hypnosis, sleep deprivation, and radio-control of the brain.
FMSF founder Ralph Underwager and his wife openly advocate pedophilia, saying that it was “God’s Will” that
adults engage in sex with children. He told British reporters in 1994 that “scientific evidence proved 60% of all
women molested as children believed the experience was good for them.” Dr. Underwager is the world’s foremost
authority on false memory, but in court is repeatedly revealed as a charlatan.
Numerous other members of the FMSF have connections to pedophilia, covert operations, and black psychiatry.
Peter and Pamela Freyd, executive directors of the FMSF, have been accused of sexual abuse by their daughter, a
professor of psychology at the University of Oregon. The industrial production of FMSF stories in journals,
newspapers, and TV have shaped public opinion. The very concept of false memory serves the same purpose as
holocaust denial. Crimes are obstructed, the accused wears the veil of a martyr and the victim is reviled.26
Douglas Besherov:
Dr. Douglas Besherov is the director of the American Enterprise Institute and former director of the National
Center on Child Abuse and Neglect. He writes articles that attack the victims of abuse and has been caught fabricating
statistics when claiming scientific rationale for his claims. In 1986 Besherov published “Unfounded Allegations—A
New Child-Abuse Problem,” and numerous other cover stories to confuse the issue. These individuals are engaged in
a psychological warfare operation to cover-up reports of the Agency’s mind-control operations. For years the CIA has
collaborated with cults (many of them founded by the government) to conceal the development of mind-control
technology. Besherov associated with Irving Kristol, a veteran CIA psychological warfare specialist. Ritual abuse
“skeptics” with CIA connections are covering up the latest phase in Agency-sponsored mind-control
experimentation.27
Remote Vewing:
Remote viewing programs were publicly touted as an attempt to spy on the USSR using psychic powers to find
hidden Russian bases and gather intelligence information. The military intelligence personalities involved in remote
viewing often have ties to development programs for microwave and radio frequency radiation weapons designed to
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
36
influence the central nervous system, referred to collectively as psychotronics. They often have ties to religious cults
as well. Remote viewing began with Operation Scanate and Grill Flame run by the NSA and INSCOM at Fort Meade
under such personalities as Lt. Col. Thomas Bearden, Albert Stubblebine, Ingo Swann, Keith Herrary, Ed Dames,
Harold Puthoff, Russell Targ, Paul Smith, and others. Operation Scanate leader, Thomas Bearden, went on to lead
the U.S. Psychotronics Association. Project Grill Flame leaders Ed Dames and Albert Stubblebine began Psi Tec
Corporation, a private remote viewing company which holds a Smirnov patent for a psychotronic weapon.
Remote viewers Puthoff, Herrary, and Dames have counseled the traumatized victims of death cults and mass
shootings such as the Jonestown mass deaths and the Columbine shootings, even though they are not councilors, but
physicists and military intelligence officers by training. Dr. Harold Puthoff exemplifies the contradiction. He is a
former NSA officer who developed the pulse microwave laser, a remote viewer, and a high level Scientologist who
likes to council traumatized victims of cults. The concept of remote viewing is being used as a cover for a
psychological warfare operation, involving screening the development of psychotronic weapons and conducting MKUltra
operations. The same people involved in remote viewing programs for the NSA and INSCOM at Ft Meade and
Psi Tec Corporation, are also closely tied to psychotronic weapons development and religious cults that use MKUltra
methodology to induce MPD. Strange threads such as nonlethal psychotronic weapons development, remoteviewing
operations, and cults engaged in ritual abuse are all woven together, suggesting that MK-Ultra and nonlethal
psychotronic weapons development may have evolved into Dr. Estabrooks’ infiltration operation.
Gen. Edmund Thompson:
Gen. Edmund Thompson ran the second remote viewing project called Project Grill Flame at Fort Meade, home
of the NSA, with oversight by the DIA. Jack Verona, a nuclear physicist and head of the DIA’s Scientific and
Technical Intelligence Directorate, managed the project as well as Sleeping Beauty, dealing with the offensive use of
microwave weapons. In 1981 US Army Intelligence and Security Command (INSCOM) took over the project and it
was renamed Center Lane, supervised by General Albert Stubblebine, who is married to psychiatrist and UFOlogist
Rima Laibow. Remote viewers recruited to the program included Capt’s Ed Dames, Bill Ray, Paul Smith; all had
been trained by Scientologist Ingo Swann. General Stubblebine later became chairman of the civilian remote viewing
company Psi Tech, founded by Major Ed Dames.
Following the Oliver North debacle, the Secretary of Defense officially terminated Grill Flame, fearing bad
publicity if the program were to become known to the public. The leading members of the project, including Dames,
immediately relocated to the privately owned and newly formed Psi Tech, and continue their work to this day,
operating under government contract. In the course of his work, Dames was (and remains) close to many of the
leading figures and proponents of anti-personnel electromagnetic weapons, especially those that operate in the
neurological field. During NBC’s “The Other Side” program, Dames stated, “The US Government has an electronic
device which could implant thoughts in people.” He refused to comment further. The program was broadcast in April
1995.
Psi Tech was sponsoring Operation Guiding Light, that is, remote viewing classes for students of Chatfield Senior
High School, the school which absorbed the Columbine students after the mass killing took place. Dr. Louis Jolyon
West was responsible for medical oversight of Grill Flame, the author of the 1994 paper “Pseudo-identity and the
Treatment of Personality Changes in Victims of Captivity and Cults.” West states, “Prolonged environmental stress
or life situations profoundly different from the usual can disrupt the normally integrative functions of personality.”28
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
37
Chapter Seven
The Trojan Horse
he Athenians laid siege to Troy for many years and then abruptly departed, leaving the Trojan horse. The
Prophet Laocoon warned the city that the Trojan horse held their doom. He hurled his javelin into the side of
the Trojan horse and was attacked by a giant multi-headed serpent that emerged from the sea and pulled him and his
son into the sea to their deaths. The inhabitants took this as an omen to mean that the Trojan horse was a gift from the
gods, and thus sacred. They brought the offering inside the city gates, and at night the Athenians emerged, opened
the gates to their awaiting army, and the city was sacked and destroyed, the men killed, and the women and children
enslaved.
George Orwell, Aldous Huxley, and Marshall McLuhan were three prophetic voices of the twentieth century
who warned of the technological subjugation of mankind. Orwell wrote the novel 1984, which is about a world
controlled by three empires in a state of perpetual war and shifting alliances. Big Brother and the Thought Police
were monitoring all human activity, and the population was kept in a constant state of war hysteria and fear of the
enemy. One percent of the population composed the inner party, 15 percent the outer party, the remaining 84
percent of the population were “proles.” The technology of control possessed by the totalitarian state made rebellion
impossible; slavery was eternal.
Aldous Huxley wrote the novel Brave New World, which is about a future technological state controlled by the
drug Soma. Human reproduction was an industrial process, cloning different models of genetically designed humans
for specific tasks within the social hierarchy. Huxley despaired that humanity would destroy itself, but decided finally
that a spiritual evolution could avoid such a catastrophe.
Marshall McLuhan wrote about the effects of technology on society. In the 1950s and 60s he was the prophet of
the Internet. He spoke of the concept of the Maelstrom and described it as the movement from a literate society
based on the written word back to a symbolic post-literate society based on electronic imagery. He said that this
vortex of technology would disrupt human civilization and obliterate everything that came before.
In Greek mythology, King Minos received a gift from the gods, a perfect white bull. Instead of sacrificing the
animal to the gods, as agreed, he substituted an inferior one, and usurped for himself that which came from the gods.
Poseidon placed a curse upon the land and Minos’ wife gave birth to a monster, the body of a man and the head of a
bull. Minos forced Daudelaus to create an inescapable maze to imprison the nightmare creation. Minos forced human
sacrifices into the maze to wander lost until they were killed and eaten by the Minotaur. Theseus was forced into the
maze, but the King’s daughter had given him a magic ball of string to trace his path in the maze and a whistle to
disarm the Minotaur. He slew the monster and freed himself from the maze. This story has persisted for three
thousand years and many different cultures because the themes are eternal. King Minos creates the monster by
usurping power for himself and placing himself above the law. Minos has created fascism, the Minotaur nightmare
that survives on human sacrifice, the beast that feasts on human flesh—dictatorship. The hero, Theseus slays the
beast, destroys fascism and the tyrant, and frees the land from its curse.
What face has the Minotaur assumed in the twentieth century that we would recognize? Nazi Germany
personifies the technological totalitarian state and serves as a model. The subjugation of the Weimar Republic began
with the creation of private militias, which were used as a springboard to infiltrate the German military, and finally
the police forces. The Reichstag fire was an excuse to seize power and kill those that might stop them. The Night of
the Long Knives refers to the creation of hit lists of enemies, and the hunting down and execution of hundreds of
internal political rivals, opponents, and potential threats. Once Hitler had crossed the Rubicon of mass assassination,
he publicly declared his actions above the law. This was the moment of the birth of the Minotaur in the twentieth
century.
The pseudoscience of eugenics and the dogma of German racial superiority and the theoretical subhuman level of
other races was the rationale for wars of annihilation. Hitler’s plan was to depopulate vast regions of the east and
replace them with Germanic stock. Lebensraum, or living space, was the key word. Ten million Jews came under their
geographical control, of which six million were systematically murdered in an effort to wipe out the Jewish race.
Three million others perished in the camps: gypsies, Slavs, other supposed subhuman races, homosexuals, dissident
Catholic priests, POWs, union leaders, political opponents, Germans caught aiding Jews, Jehovah’s Witnesses and
T
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
38
other religious sects, and the intellectuals of conquered nations. The concentration camp of Auschwitz alone
processed 4,756 human beings a day.
The political propaganda machine was in many ways a work of art. School textbooks were altered and
controversial books were burned ceremonially. State-of-the-art movies were made to reinforce the racial dogma. The
propaganda was so irresistible that many Jews and other targeted groups were caught up in the excitement and joined
the Nazi movement. In the aftermath of the war, 50 million people had died and Europe lay in ashes. The question
that the victors wanted to answer was how had the most civilized and technologically advanced nation on earth
descended into the pit of hell.
Who were these men, were they madmen? Worst of all, if it could happen there, could it happen here? The
psychiatrist who virtually lived with them during the Nuremberg trials wrote their collective portrait. Their problemsolving
strategies, of which there are three, were the least effective. They were born followers; they needed someone
to tell them what to think. Their collective IQ was 140, a rigid view of the world, black and white without grey.
Though they had some very unusual characteristics and some unusual personalities among them, they were not
madmen. The psychiatrist noted that there were plenty of similar individuals in the United States who would gladly
step over half the bodies of their fellow countrymen to control the remainder. The answers they received were not
the answers they were prepared to hear. No they were not madmen, and yes, it could happen here.
Once in power, Joseph Stalin immediately had half the Russian parliament shot or exiled to Siberia. And, to
solidify his hold on power, he deliberately starved millions of his own people to death and personally signed a million
death warrants. The Molotov-Ribbentrop pact was a secret agreement between Stalin and Hitler to attack Poland and
divide the nation between them. And when Hitler double-crossed him and attacked the USSR, 20 million Russians
perished. Stalin was totally devoid of human feeling for his own countrymen or anyone else, and the world was right
to fear him.
Mao led a Chinese communist peasant revolution that overthrew Chiang Kai Shek in 1949. The degree of
individual conformity demanded by the state to Communist dogma in the world’s most populous nation was
terrifying. The Great Leap Forward was a failed attempt at crash industrialization that resulted in famine and the
deaths of millions of people. Mao’s favorite tactic was to set opposing groups of people against each other to instill
fear, eliminate potential rivals, and retain power despite popular discontent. One example was the Cultural
Revolution that established the Red Guards as a vigilante force used to attack bourgeois elements in society, meaning
anyone. The suffering of his own people left him unmoved. Mao’s cult of personality exceeded even that of Stalin.
His image and writings were inescapable.
Stalin, Mao, and Hitler personified the totalitarian dictatorship as an external threat to the Republic. We were
right to fear them, their cult of personality, and their vise-like control on their own societies. However, ancient
wisdom and the mythology of the Minotaur point towards a tyranny that emerges from within, not one imposed from
without.
The three prophets of the twentieth century have warned of a technological dictatorship that is imposed from
within—not a foreign threat, but one that emerges internally, as it did in Nazi Germany.
Alexis D’Tocqueville was perhaps the greatest historian of the age. He visited the US in the 1831 and wrote a
description of our country that exceeds all others. He identified the US and Russia as the two emerging world powers
and, in effect, predicted the Cold War 120 years before it began. D’Tocqueville wrote about how the Minotaur
would manifest itself in this country. His description of a kinder, gentler fascism resembles the words of the three
prophets: a manner of control that makes people love their servitude; fascism wearing a silk tie.
If the technological dictatorship spoken of by the three twentieth-century prophets should arise now, it would
have to happen here in the technologically most advanced country. The racial dogma would be replaced by super
patriotism and religion. If such a dictatorship, a new Minotaur, should arise here, how would we recognize its form?
If the US intelligence services are using state-of-the-art microwave weapons to commit war crimes and are actively
subverting the constitutional authority of the Republic and foreign governments, it is logical that a previous pattern of
behavior or similar crimes would have been exhibited by these personalities and organizations and by their forbearers.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
39
Chapter Eight
Cointelpro
ointelpro was the counterintelligence program primarily run by the FBI as a covert action program against
domestic dissidents. The use of infiltration, psychological warfare, harassment through the legal system, and the
use of extralegal force and violence, including murder, probably began in the 1950s, and is now a permanent feature
of US government. Targets included the civil rights movement, the anti-war movement, the environmental
movement, opposition political parties—basically any progressive group in American society. Dissidents stole FBI
files in 1971 that detailed Cointelpro operations at the same time the Pentagon Papers were published detailing
decades of systematic government lying about the Vietnam War to the American people. Watergate hit the front
pages with the story of a clandestine squad of White House “plumbers,” who broke into Daniel Ellsberg’s psychiatrist
office in an effort to smear him. The “plumbers” were caught burglarizing the offices of the democratic national
committee (DNC) and eventually nationally televised congressional hearings revealed a full-blown program of “dirty
tricks” to subvert the anti-war movement, as well as the Democratic Party, by forging letters, leaking false news
items to the press, stealing files, and roughing up demonstrators.
The operation was traced back to the attorney general, and the White House, implicating the FBI, and the
President and his top staff. The fact that President Nixon felt compelled to use former intelligence assets and their
Cuban mercenaries to form his own personal Cointelpro squad to attack his enemies was curious, considering that
this could have been accomplished much easier by simply getting the FBI or other agency to do what they had been
doing so successfully for decades. Watergate was exposed fairly well, but the Senate and House congressional
hearings into the activities of the FBI and CIA were crushed. The Senate committee’s report was edited by the
agencies being investigated before its publication. The House committee’s report, including an account of FBI and
CIA obstruction of its inquiry, was suppressed altogether. Senator Frank Church and Congressman Otis Pike, the
committee chairs, were both targeted in their reelection campaigns by the intelligence agencies and defeated, their
careers destroyed.
The Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) did open up access to FBI documents, and lawsuits forced the release of
some Cointelpro files to the media, but many of the most important files were withheld or destroyed, and former
operatives report that the most heinous crimes were never committed to writing. William C. Sullivan, who ran the
Cointelpro program in the 1960s was killed in 1977 in an uninvestigated “hunting accident” shortly before he was to
testify before a grand jury. The only FBI officials who were ever prosecuted for Cointelpro crimes were quickly
pardoned by the President Ford. There was an appearance of reform that was largely aimed at placating a weary
public, which had become disillusioned with government. Due to scrutiny, the programs were muted for several
years but began to increase in activity again in the 1980s.
The most prominent target of Cointelpro in the 1960s was Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., who received a
blackmail letter from J. Edgar Hoover detailing evidence of Dr. King’s extramarital affairs and suggesting that he
should commit suicide in order to preclude the release of the material to the press and its negative effect on his family
and his movement. The surveillance of King included the 112th military intelligence unit and the use of the U-2 spy
plane to take photos. King was marked, barely a month before his murder, for elimination as a potential “messiah”
who could “unify and electrify” the Black movement. The FBI planned to replace him “in his role of the leadership of
the Negro people” with conservative black lawyer Samuel Pierce (later named to Reagan’s cabinet).
The theme of a forced suicide is repeated on others targeted by Cointelpro, most notably Jean Seberg, an actress
involved in civil rights. Seberg’s husband received a forged letter detailing an affair she was supposedly having with a
black activist. The actress, who was pregnant at the time, attempted suicide, suffered a miscarriage, and eventually
did commit suicide. Forced suicide on a target allows intelligence agencies deniability for the crime. In effect, it is the
perfect crime.
A total of 2,370 officially-approved Cointelpro actions were admitted to the Senate Intelligence Committee, but
thousands more have since been revealed. Ultimately, FBI documents disclosed six major official counterintelligence
programs, as well as non-Cointelpro covert operations against Native Americans, Asian-Americans, Arab-Americans,
Iranians, and others. The major violence of the domestic terrorist campaign was directed at the Black Nationalist and
C
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
40
American Indian movements. Individuals of these groups were readily imprisoned on false charges or assassinated.
Cointelpro did murder Caucasian targets, but did so in fewer numbers than minority personalities.
The theory of counterinsurgency operations was codified by Frank Kitson, the British commander in Malaysia
and Northern Ireland, among other places. His book, Low-Intensity Operations: Subversion, Insurgency, and Peacekeeping,
insists that infiltration and “psychological operations” be mounted against dissident groups in “normal times,” before
any mass movement can develop. These tactics have been adopted by US intelligence agencies against individuals and
progressive movements within American society. Infiltration of the KKK by the FBI reached 10-20% of its
membership at the height of the Civil Rights struggle, these assets, along with neo-Nazi groups, were used to attack
civil rights workers and activists. The man who bombed the Black church in Birmingham, Alabama, was an FBI
informant and agent provocateur.
The favorite tactic used in infiltration of activist groups is the “snitch jacket,” where suspicion of being an
informant is used against legitimate leaders. The operatives are directed to disrupt meetings; spread rumors; inflame
disagreements over what people normally fight over—money, politics, race, and gender; exacerbate rivalries and
jealousy; and to lead zealous activists into unnecessary danger and set them up for prosecution. False news stories,
forged documents, and anonymous letters and phone calls, as well as pressure on landlords and employers, make up
just some of the strategies used.
Cointelpro operations are presently being incorporated into the development of microwave and radio frequency
weapons. Dissidents that in the past were visibly attacked or assassinated in a traditional manner are now targeted for
elimination using electromagnetic weapons. These domestic dissidents are used as human guinea pigs and
experimental subjects in terminal experiments that are designed to force suicide, incarceration, or premature death
due to the effects of non-ionizing and ionizing radiation. These political assassinations are accomplished with invisible
bullets that leave no obvious injuries. The theme of forced suicide, such as the Martin Luther King, Jr. and Seberg
blackmail letters, has remained constant. What is different is that driving a target to suicide using microwave hearing,
as well as other techniques, is perfectly deniable, because these individuals are tormented invisibly and unable to
receive help from the psychiatric community due to the symptoms of the attacks’ mimicking symptoms of
schizophrenia, which naturally affect several million Americans. Thus, the intelligence agencies achieve perfect
deniability for their crimes.29
Chapter Nine
CIA Blowback
he United States has destabilized dozens of countries and overthrown their elected governments. Just how many
countries is uncertain. What follows is a brief history of three nations.30
Iran:
In 1953, the Eisenhower administration joined forces with British intelligence to overthrow the government of
Iran, which was seeking a larger share of its country’s oil revenues. Britain began pumping oil in Iran in 1908,
installed a fictitious monarchy to guard their profit of $116 million pounds sterling (1935-1950). The monarchy was
overthrown by Mohammed Mossadeq, who then sought more than the 5-15% share of domestic oil revenues. Allen
Dulles and Kermit Roosevelt, the son of FDR, were able to direct Iranian army officers in a coup of the elected
government and the reinstallation of the Shah. The Shah immediately granted British Petroleum a 40% share of the oil
concession, and American firms received 40% as a reward for their participation. The overthrow of Mossadeq
emboldened the CIA and became a blueprint for future destabilization operations. Mossadeq represented the
legitimate aspirations of a nationalist democracy that were thwarted in the name of anticommunism. The resulting
chaos and radicalization of Iran was a direct result of interference in the internal affairs of that nation, what is referred
to as blowback—the unintended negative consequences of covert actions against foreign elected governments.
T
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
41
The Shah was described in a confidential CIA report as a sociopath who suffered from a dominating father and a
sense of the illegitimacy of his mandate to rule. SAVAK is perhaps the most feared term in Iran, it is the name of the
Shah’s secret police agency that was set up with the help of the CIA and MI5. One archeologist who worked with an
Iranian female student found that she was missing and reportedly arrested by agents of SAVAK. Her political
affiliations with an opposition party had brought her to their attention, even though these actions amounted to an
American college student joining the McCarthy Democrats. He was later informed that she had been interrogated,
tortured, violated, and then executed. This occurred to thousands of students, professionals, and loyal opposition
members who criticized or opposed the Shah’s regime. When publicly informed about these actions of his
government by journalists, the Shah was sanguine and considered it the price of stability. The excesses of the
American-selected and -trained SAVAK, as well as the unequal distribution of wealth, led directly to the emergence
of the Ayatollah Khomeini and the Iranian Revolution, which resulted in the kidnapping of American embassy
personnel and a hostile regime that views the US as a force of evil in the world, hence the litany of referring to the US
as “The Great Satan.”
Guatemala:
In 1954, the CIA accepted and carried out a proposal from United Brands (Chiquita Banana) to overthrow the
Guatemalan government, which was the only democratically-elected government Guatemala had ever had. Chiquita
and the CIA replaced that government with 30-plus years (and still counting) of bloodshed under a series of almost
barbaric right-wing dictators. The US taxpayers continue to fund these regimes under the recurrent threat that if they
do not, the Guatemalan people will fall prey to the evils of communism. A mere 2% of the population owned 72% of
the land. 90% of landowners were confined to the poorest 15% of the land. United Brands owned the railroads, the
major port, and vast tracts of some of the most productive land on earth.
President Arbenz had won the election with 65% in 1950. He tried to fulfill his mandate, which was land
reform, minimum wage, and other extravagances modeled on FDR’s efforts in the US. He seized the largest land
holdings and distributed the 1.5 million acres to 100,000 families, including confiscating his own families land
holdings. The land was paid for with 25 year interest bearing bonds, which was perfectly within the guidelines of the
Kennedy-era Alliance for Progress program, or US programs in El Salvador and Chile, the only difference being the
investment by United Brands and the political influence that they could bring to bear on the Arbenz government. US
Secretary of State under Eisenhower was John Foster Dulles, a partner of the law firm Sullivan and Cromwell. He had
personally handled the purchase of the Central American railroads for United Brands. Together with his brother Allen
Dulles, head of the CIA, they orchestrated a campaign to paint the Arbenz government as “red” and launch a
mercenary war from Honduras.
John Moors Cabot attacked from the State Department, Henry Cabot Lodge attacked them in the UN, and
Eisenhower’s personal secretary lobbied him for her husband, who was public relations director for United Brands.
Arbenz tried to buy weapons on the open market to defend his country, but the shipment was captured and held up as
proof that he was “red.” A mercenary army invaded Guatemala in force and was about to be defeated when CIA pilots
intervened and turned the tide of battle. Arbenz fled to Mexico and United Brands and CIA representatives in
Guatemala handpicked an unknown, Carlos Castillas Armas.
The bloodletting among the peasant population numbered several hundred thousand, and at times took on the
character of a genocidal war carried out by forces trained, equipped, and supervised by the US. In 1979, 90% of the
farmers continued to own 16.2% of the land, an eternal source of revolution that will continually have to be crushed
with the help of the US taxpayer.
In 1966, a swell of revolution brought a full-scale counterinsurgency response program to Guatemala, including
arms, advisors, and even Green Berets. A State Department study analyzed the program years later and stated, “To
eliminate a few hundred guerillas, the government killed perhaps 10,000 Guatemalan peasants.” Father Ronald
Hennessy wrote of one event among many. “July 14, 1982: The local military commander sent word for all of the
people of the aldea of Pentenac to be assembled for his 11:00 arrival…At 4:00pm all of the men, with hands tied
behind their backs, were escorted by the soldiers to one house, shot, stabbed, piled one on top of the other, and
covered with burnable items of the very house, which were sprinkled with gasoline and set on fire. The women were
treated the same as the men, differing only in that some had live babies on their backs when they were stacked for
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
42
burning. The other children were tied, one to another, and pulled alive into the flames of a third house by the
soldiers. In September of 1981, an association of Guatemalan coroners had complained that they couldn’t keep up
with the demand for autopsies because the number of violent deaths had increased so rapidly (50% higher each month
than the last).
Michael Deaver was instrumental in the election of Reagan in 1980 and was one of his three closest advisors,
along with Edwin Meese and James Baker. His public relations firm of Deaver and Hannaford took on various rightwing
Central and South American landowners and businessmen as clients, among them a group of Guatemalans.31
Iraq:
In 1958 General Abdel-Karim Kassem led a coup, took power, and proclaimed a republic, legalized the
Communist party, decreed land reform, and granted autonomy to the Kurds. Allen Dulles declared Iraq “the most
dangerous spot in the world,” and in 1963 the CIA-supported Ba’ath Party overthrew Kassem. The Ba’ath Party
shared power until 1968, when the CIA again instigated a coup that culminated in the rise of Saddam Hussein, who
had been on the CIA payroll since his early twenties.
In 1980, Saddam Hussein invaded Iran, in fear of potential Iranian revolutionary influence among his country’s
majority, Shiites. Iran began to win in 1982, and the US, in fear of the Iranian revolution, began to covertly aid and
arm Saddam. The Reagan administration funneled $5.5 billion through the Atlanta branch of the Italian bank Banca
Nazionale del Lavoro, guaranteed by taxpayers under the Commodity Credit Corporation, “to promote American
farm exports.” Between 1986 and 1989, 73 transactions took place that included bacterial cultures for anthrax
production, advanced computers, and equipment to repair jets and rockets. In 2002, Iraq was forced to deliver an
11,800-page dossier on the history of its weapons program to the UN Security Council. H.W. Bush administration
officials took possession of the document first and cut 8,000 pages which detailed American and Western company
sales of weapons and dual-use technology sold to Iraq prior to 1991. President Reagan sent Donald Rumsfeld to Iraq
in 1984, and full diplomatic relations was reestablished. Saddam Hussein became privy to US satellite technology
secrets in the effort to defeat Iran. Sales of a full range of munitions were stepped up, including the helicopters which
were used to gas 5,000 Kurds in the village of Halabja in 1988.32
One winner of the Congressional Medal of Honor who spent decades in the service wrote, “[D]uring that period
I spent most of my time as a high-class muscleman for big business, Wall Street, and the bankers…Thus, I helped
make Mexico and especially Tampico safe for American oil interests in 1914. I helped make Haiti and Cuba a decent
place for the National Bank boys to collect oil revenues in. I helped in the raping of half a dozen Central American
republics for the benefit of Wall Street…In China I helped to see to it that Standard Oil went its way unmolested.”
(Chalmers Johnson)
CIA Guns, Drugs, and Fraud:
During World War II, the United States released Meyer Lansky from prison and deported him to Italy in
exchange for Mafia assistance during the military campaign to drive the Nazis from the Italian peninsula. Lansky
promptly flew to Cuba and set up large-scale illegal operations there that included working with American
corporations to control Cuba. On conclusion of the Italian campaign, the mafia was rewarded with control of the
ports in Italy to exclude unions friendly to socialist and Communist interests. Heroin smuggling through the ports
became the major pipeline to supplying the American and world markets for decades to come, exemplified in the
movie “The French Connection.” The docks were the transit point for the “rat lines,” routes that Nazi war criminals
used to escape justice from international tribunals, most of whom came to the United States or South America, aided
by Allen Dulles and the CIA in Operation Paperclip.
In China in 1949, the Communists drove out the US-backed nationalist warlord Chiang Kai Shek, whose defeated
army, the Kuomintang (KMT) fled to the Golden Triangle, and took over opium production to finance weapons
purchases and the finer things in life. By the 1950s, heroin had become a nationwide concern in the US. From Senate
hearings to popular movies and criminologists, addicts were blamed for soaring crime rates. These KMT operations
were hidden from the US public for thirty years, and it is only recently that Afghanistan has captured 90% of the
world heroin market. The US exploited the Montagnard and Hmong tribesmen as a source of opium, and used the
CIA’s Air America to bring in guns and supplies in exchange for drugs.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
43
Large quantities of heroin appeared in the US, much of it smuggled inside the bodies of dead American GIs.
Addiction plagued the Army in Vietnam to the point of reducing their fighting capacity, and after the war these men
brought their drug problems home with them. The US government promoted the drug traffic and intervened to make
sure the traffic would not be discovered. In the words of one former investigator, “you’d be running a criminal
investigation, say narcotics, you’d find out that Inspector so-and-so of your national police is involved in this. You
investigate up to a point and you can’t go any further. It would go to our headquarters and then it would go to
Washington and nothing would ever happen. The intelligence gleaned from these people was more important than
stopping the drug traffic.” The senior public relations man for the DEA offers the explanation, “Their mission was to
get people to fight against the Communists, not stop the drug traffic”.33
Edwin Wilson:
Edwin Wilson was a career CIA officer who reported to Ted Shackley, the architect of the Bay of Pigs in 1961.
Wilson “retired” in 1971 and reported to CIA officers Shackley and Robert Keith Gray (RNC), and did business
through his numerous shipping and international consulting firms used as front companies with such firms as Control
Data Corporation (Bobby Ray Inman). Wilson was paid $35,000 a year while living on a four-million-dollar estate in
Virginia, where he regularly entertained senators, congressmen, generals, admirals, political officials, and senior
intelligence officers. Wilson had began selling his services for high fees to companies or foreign governments that
wanted help obtaining US government contracts or weapons. He was discovered to have worked for Qaddafi, selling
heat seeking missiles, plastic explosives, and training programs covering ‘espionage, sabotage, and general
psychological warfare.” Wilson and Frank Terpil supplied sophisticated assassination gear, and began hiring anti-
Castro Cubans to assassinate Qaddafi’s political opponents abroad. Green Berets were hired for assassinations and
were led to believe that the covert operations were being carried out with the full backing of the CIA. When the
operation was blown, Wilson’s handler, Ted Shackley, denied all knowledge of the operations and denied that
Wilson was in fact an asset of the CIA. Wilson was convicted of arms dealing and sentenced to prison, from which he
was recently released when evidence that he actually was working for the CIA surfaced decades later. The judge in
the case freed Wilson because of air-tight proof that this was not a rogue operation.
Nugan-Hand Bank:
The Nugan-Hand Bank of Australia was the scene of the largest bank fraud in history at that time (1980). The
investment firm was set up in 1973 by covert intelligence assets from the US and the board staffed by prominent US
admirals, generals, and colonels. Millions of dollars were used to purchase weapons and trade them for heroin in the
Golden Triangle in order to finance on-going operations outside of legislative or even executive control of the elected
US government. Branches of the banking front were opened on several continents to move weapons, drugs, and
money between drug producers, customers, and covert wars in South Africa, Central America, Iran, and other
places. Corrupt foreign leaders such as Ferdinand Marcos, as well as drug lords in the Golden Triangle, were actively
courted by Nugan-Hand participants. The Stewart Royal Commission, which investigated the billion-dollar fraud,
functioned largely to cover up the nature and intent of the crime.
When the house of cards collapsed, the two owners were allowed time to flee. Michael Hand, the former Green
Beret and intelligence asset (Air America) disappeared, while Frank Nugan was found murdered in what was covered
up as a suicide. In 1975, CIA team leader Theodore Shackley issued an ultimatum to the Australian intelligence
services that their relationship would end if the Prime Minister continued to question the CIA’s influence in
Australian internal affairs. Three days later, Governor General John Kerr, a man with extensive ties to CIA front
organizations (Asia Foundation) going back many years, dismissed Prime Minister Whitlam in a constitutional coup.34
BCCI, “Bank of Crooks & Criminals International”:
Clark Clifford wrote the 1947 NSA Act, which created the national security state, and, in the twilight of his
career, was caught enmeshed in a banking scandal that was to become the yardstick by which all other terrorist-linked
corruption would come to be measured. Ramparts magazine called Clifford a “curious hybrid of Rasputin, Perry Como
and Mr. Fix it,” in an article that depicted him as an architect of US economic imperialism and linked that role to his
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
44
legal work representing major multinational corporations. BCCI, meanwhile, had its own connections. The Reagan
administration launched no investigation, even after the CIA had sent reports to the Treasury, Commerce, and State
Departments bluntly describing the bank’s role in drug-money laundering and other illegal activities. BCCI catered to
many of the most notorious tyrants and thugs of the late 20th century, including Iraqi dictator Saddam Hussein, the
heads of the Medellin cocaine cartel, and Abu Nidal, the notorious Palestinian terrorist. According to the CIA, it also
did business with those who went on to lead al Qaeda.
BCCI went beyond merely offering financial assistance to dictators and terrorists: According to Time, the
operation itself was an elaborate fraud, replete with a “global intelligence operation and a Mafia-like enforcement
squad.” The Wall Street Journal reported in 1991 that there was a “mosaic of BCCI connections surrounding Harken
Energy since George W. Bush came on board.” In 1987, Bush secured a critical $25 million loan from a bank that was
a BCCI joint venture. A French intelligence report obtained by Washington Post in 2002 identified dozens of companies
and individuals involved with BCCI who were found to be dealing with bin Laden. As one senior US investigator said
in 2002, “BCCI was the mother and father of terrorist financing operations.”
Clifford and his former law partner, Robert Altman, were indicted in July 1992 on charges of fraud and
accepting $40 million in bribes from the foreign-owned Bank of Credit and Commerce International. The two had
been attorneys for BCCI. They denied the charges against them and said they were duped by BCCI’s Pakistani
executives. BCCI pleaded guilty in January 1992 to federal racketeering charges and agreed to forfeit a record $550
million in US assets. (Washington Monthly, by David Sirota and Jonathan Baskin)
Iran-Contra:
A secret program by the Reagan administration circumvented Congress, and illegally sold weapons to Iran, a
“terrorist nation,” in order to pay for a guerilla war against the Sandinista Nicaraguan government. When the
operation was uncovered, it also uncovered an off-the-books operation that, in the words of one Senator, was a secret
government with its own permanent funding mechanism and its own army, navy, and air force. The exposure of the
Iran-Contra operation revealed the tip of the iceberg. Admiral Richard Secord ran a multi-faceted program that
concentrated on banking fraud, drug smuggling, and illegal arms dealing by officers and former officers of the US
military. Oliver L. North, a Marine lieutenant colonel assigned to the National Security Council staff beginning in
1981 until he was fired on November 25, 1986, was the White House official most directly involved in secretly
aiding the contras, selling arms to Iran, and diverting Iran arms sales proceeds to the Contras.
North, who was deputy director of political-military affairs, reported many of his activities to his superiors,
National Security Adviser Robert C. McFarlane and, later, John M. Poindexter. He claimed to have taken much of his
direction from Central Intelligence Agency Director William Casey. More significantly, North testified repeatedly
that he believed President Reagan was aware and approving of his activities. North was indicted in March 1988 on 16
Iran/Contra charges; He was found guilty of three counts. North’s convictions were vacated on July 20, 1990, after
the appeals court found that witnesses in his trial might have been impermissibly affected by his immunized
congressional testimony.
Many figures who came under criminal investigation and prosecution in Iran-Contra—such as John Poindexter,
Elliot Abrams, Richard Armitage, Dick Cheney, Otto Reich, Colin Powell, and John Negroponte—returned to serve
in the Bush administrations without serious challenge from Congress.
Contras and the Crips:
A San Francisco Bay Area drug ring sold tons of cocaine to the Crips and Bloods street gangs of Los Angeles and
funneled millions in drug profits to an arm of the contra guerrillas of Nicaragua run by the Central Intelligence
Agency, the San Jose Mercury News has found. This drug network opened the first pipeline between Colombia’s cocaine
cartels and the black neighborhoods of Los Angeles, a city now known as the “crack capital of the world.” (Gary
Webb) The investigative reporter, Gary Webb, who broke the story that no other major newspaper would run, died
in what can only be described as a staged suicide, undoubtedly murdered.
“In March, 1994, I traveled to Guatemala during spring vacation. The country was in a state of low-level civil
war, and bandana wearing AK-47-toting guerillas were nearly as numerous as the US armed government troops. The
newspapers, radio, and television were blaring the story that American citizens were kidnapping Guatemalan children
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
45
to smuggle out of the country and into the US to be used as unwilling organ donors for wealthy elderly Americans.
This did not make me too popular with the local citizens who did not know me, and children playing in the park were
hesitant to come near me. I felt as if a target had been painted on my back. A female teacher from Alaska who had
traveled there on vacation to help Habitat for Humanity build housing for poor villagers was attacked by an angry
mob and killed while I was there. The effect of the rumors was to drive a wedge between the civilian population and
US citizens who traveled there to assist people through grass roots organizations.
“Driving south into Guatemala had been an eye-opening experience that took me through several low-level civil
wars and road blocks too numerous to mention. The person I was traveling with was a Guatemalan citizen and former
member of the military who made a living importing consumer goods purchased in the US. Despite his knowledge
and connections, it was obvious to me that he could not have smuggled so much as a microwave oven into the
country, much less smuggled a Guatemalan child out of the country. The borders were closely guarded by scrupulous
officers who did not ask for bribes and checked the contents of every vehicle. From this I concluded that the
Guatemalan government itself was at least complicit in the smuggling operations, if they even existed at all, and that
the media stories were a psychological warfare operation designed to separate US citizens from helping the
Guatemalan peasants.
“I was appalled that the US military presence in the country was so obvious, propping up a military dictatorship,
despite the discontent, and violent opposition of its people. Imagine my surprise upon reading the works of authors
Gordon Thomas and Alex Constantine.”
Following is an excerpt from Alex Constantine’s Psychic Dictatorship of the USA, related to the kidnapping of
Guatemalan children.
In an investigation of the worldwide slavery underground, Gordon Thomas documented CIA participation in the
kidnap of Latin American children “flown across the border in light air craft, and sold to child sex rings, or sold
so their organs could be used in transplants.” Some of the pilots “made two or three flights a day. The more
experienced used Beech 18s because of the aircrafts capacity and maneuverability. The majority of fliers had
flown for the CIA.35
Katharine Griggs:
Katharine ‘Kay’ Griggs knows what it is like to have a gun pointed in her face. She knows what it is like to have her
face slapped, her bones broken, and her nose bloodied by her former bully of a husband, an active Marine colonel and
a man she claims is “above the law and literally gets away with murder.” Virginia court documents and photos of her
battered arms and legs tell the sad and brutal physical story of her failed marriage, a tumultuous 11-year roller coaster
ride ending in 1999.
But the real story for public consumption isn’t the private divorce court details. It is the secret military
information about drug running, weapon sales, sexual perversion, and assassination squads she learned firsthand from
her husband, US Marine Corps Col. George Raymond Griggs, now remarried and living in Mirror Lake, New
Hampshire. This isn’t the first time Griggs is going public with her story about government mob-like hit squads and
the sexually perverted secret “Cap and Gown and Skull and Bones Society” her husband belonged to, along with other
high-ranking Marine officers and public officials. Griggs first went public in 1996 after receiving death threats and
being rescued by Sarah McClendon, former senior member of the White House press corps, who believed her story
and took her under her wing, giving her a place to stay and important advice about how to stay alive when dealing
with military operatives.
“I became a whistle-blower and received death threats,” said Griggs during an extended telephone conversation
from her Tidewater, Virginia home. “I finally wound up living, for safety reasons, with Sarah, the dean of the White
House Press Corps, who had been with every president since FDR and was in Army intelligence and also an
attorney’s daughter from Texas.” Advised by McClendon to go public after being unable to get the mainstream media
to listen, she traveled to Adrian, Michigan on the advice of a friend to do a long taped interview with Pastor Rick
Strawcutter, a preacher and owner of a 500-watt pirate FM station at 99.3 on the dial in Lenawee County.
Strawcutter, who believed in free-speech radio and in empowering the public with the truth, produced two extended
interviews, which were finally released in 2000. One is a two-hour version called “Sleeping With The Enemy,” and
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
46
the other is an unedited eight-hour version. Since then, Griggs said, she went back to her Virginia home, tried to
piece her life together, and essentially talked to private groups or anybody who would take the time to listen. She
says, “I will keep repeating it to anyone.” She added that, after 9/11, the war in Iraq, the London bombings, and the
fear of terrorism, “The American people are at a point where they are ready and willing to hear the truth.” Although
they may be shocked, Griggs said the “truth will set you free,” even if it means facing up to the highest form of
corruption, including sexual perversion and government-sponsored mob-like hits orchestrated by high-ranking
military and government officials.
“My former husband, George, who is a trained assassin, calls the people he is involved with the members of The
Firm or The Brotherhood. If you are in the clique, you are above the law and literally can get away with murder. For
years, mostly when he was drinking, he told me how he and others in this elite military group would kill people,” said
Griggs, as she mentioned name after high-powered name and story after-detailed story about sexual perversion,
murder, military hit squads, brainwashing, and mind control—all activities sanctioned, participated in, and condoned
by a group of military and political elite. “There were many other things and people he told me about which were
startling, things I’ll tell you later. But George is like a robot, glazed eyes and all. While he drinks, he sort of comes
alive. It is hard to explain unless you actually see him. He told me he was the No. 1 shooter for a long time for a
group of powerful people at the top. If a guy is too honest, for example, they get rid of him.” When asked how large
an inside group it was and how she survived after going public with such damning information about so many high
powered names, she added: “I just keep myself and my story in the public eye. I am a decent, honest person who
believes in telling the truth. I have a deep, abiding faith and trust in God. I also come from a strong-minded, strongwilled
family and I am not afraid of generals and admirals. “As far as the sheer numbers of people involved in this Cap
and Gown, Skull and Bones secret society, it’s hard to say. But it is based on old friendships, college and prep school
relationships, covering up secrets, and sexual perversion. My husband told me about all the sexually perverted rituals,
like anal and oral sex in coffins at drunken parties and running naked in the woods at Bohemian Grove. Then there
was the last time I saw George, which was in 2001, and he was telling me to keep quiet, but I think he knows I will
never stop telling the truth.”
During numerous drinking binges over many years, one of the main things that sticks out in Griggs’ mind was
how easily her husband rationalized killing a small number of innocent people and how he was able to somehow
justify the killings if it accomplished a strategic goal for the elite group involved. “Who are these people?” Griggs
repeated, after being asked the same direct question, “In general, they are first-generation German sons, mostly who
run things in the military through tight friendships made in Europe and at war colleges. Psyops is a controlling group,
and Paul Wolfowitz is a major player, as are the many Zionists on this side of the Atlantic. “Truth is light. And these
guys are anxious to collect the global power now in the few hands of their Freemasonic (French Masons)
brotherhood’s elite hands. It is a very, very small group and a rather homogenized group of global top-down
existentialist Zionists and socialists—in short, Nazis who came to the US when Hitler, their boy, turned on them in
1933.
Griggs said other recognizable names and major players she learned from her husband’s arrogant ramblings,
besides Wolfowitz and other nondescript military and civilian names, involved in what she called a Zionist global
takeover, included Donald Rumsfeld, George H.W. Bush, Dick Cheney, Henry Kissinger, and Andrew Fine, to
name a few. “After what I learned from George about ‘Rummy,’ as he called him and idolized him and the others, is
that they all operate from this secret little sick society and are all basically cowards and bullies. And I don’t believe I
should ever keep quiet about who they are because the only way we are going to change their behavior is to shed light
on what they are doing and show how ludicrous , sick and inept their behavior really is. My husband, George, just
idolized ‘Rummy,’ and thinks he is just wonderful when basically he is nothing more than an in the closet-Nazi. Also,
George liked to brag how he and Wolfowitz were down in Indonesia in the 1970s, down there training young
assassins. After what I heard all those years and now putting it into perspective after 9/11, I think they are trying to
destroy America. Their whole game is all about war, selling weapons, and creating a militaristic society. I know
firsthand from listening to my husband, they will do anything—I mean anything, including murder—to get what they
want.”
Although Griggs said her husband never mentioned anything specific about 9/11 during their marriage, she
claims he hinted several times that “war-gaming and airplane crashes” were necessary elements to control and
manipulate the American population. Putting many of her husband’s comments together with other acquaintances
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
47
made through him, she had this to say about 9/11: “Before 9/11, there were some things which let me know that it
was involved with war gaming going on at ACT Commands center in Suffolk. War games and diversions and
manipulations of American public opinion he said are “necessary.” George explained some examples such as airplane
“crashes” and the bombing by the Israeli Lebanese Bekka valley recruits who blew up the Marine Corps barracks. I
believe my husband knew ahead of time 9/11 was going to occur. I know that there was a war game going on via
Tampa, I think it was called Bright Star, which was being run on 9/11 by a weird and insecure USMC General who
was in charge while the Army head was conveniently away in the Near East. I am sure 9-11 was a joint and combined
military operation, using boys who were recruited via A.Q. Khan’s Israeli network in Pakistan and South Africa
through Zionists in Hamburg. I believe that certain MI6 British Zionists with the Ian Goodwin-Peter, Goodwin-Basil,
Cardinal Hume- Yorkshire network were also involved in funding and recruiting these guys. It was a large and
ongoing operation to set up, and involved lots of CIA Zionists and lots of funny money.”
Griggs grew up in the elite Virginia Southern class, the child of a Reserve Military family of Scottish and French
Huguenot descent. Raised with strict Christian ideals, moral character, deep faith, and impeccable ethics, she carried
with her the headstrong outspoken nature of her father and the truth-seeking characteristics of her mother. However,
a victim of old Southern male chauvinism and backward traditions, she was married young in an arranged fashion to
John Garland Pollard III, the wealthy grandson of a Virginia governor who lived off his inheritance in a typical
aristocratic Southern-style plantation. “Looking back it was just horrible and suffocating,” said Griggs, who, after
getting a divorce in 1983, went on to teach after getting a degree in history with a specialty in Virginia history and the
Scottish Reformation. After resettling in a Virginia Beach home and working as an Asst. Director of the Chamber of
Commerce, she was about to meet a dashing Marine Colonel who would forever change the course and direction of
her life.
After renting the main portion of her house to Col. Griggs, the couple dated for two months, and were quickly
married—a speedy decision the young bride would quickly learn to regret. The story of the couple’s courtship is of
little importance, but what happened afterwards regarding the colonel’s drunken ramblings takes center stage. “He
started drinking—did a lot of heavy drinking—and at first I thought I could change him,” said Griggs, who listened
closely over the years about her husband’s role as a military assassin and his role as a military trainer who brought
new, young assassins into the fold.
“He started talking openly about murder, corruption, assassinations, and lies. It was just incredible the names
that were involved and the people who were being killed. “He gave me very detailed and graphic descriptions about
how Waco was carried out, as well as how many other hits went down, including Malcolm Kerr, the head of the
American University in Beirut, and Ron Brown, who was trying to take away the State Department’s monopoly on
drug money and arms deals. My husband would get into these crazed stupors where he would be running around the
house naked, and there were times I would find him lying in the grass that way. I learned about how he was sexually
molested by homosexual teachers at the elite Hun School, where a lot of the others in this small, elite group also
attended, including the members the Saudi Royal family. He told me how sex is used to control, intimidate, and
groom boys into this type of military service from a young age. He mentioned how many of The Brotherhood, as he
liked to call them, are members of the ‘Cap and Gown’ Princeton group or the ‘Skull and Bones’ Yale crowd, and
how they performed sexually perverted induction ceremonies with anal and oral sex performed inside coffins.”
During the final two years of the marriage, Griggs said her husband basically disappeared. When she finally
decided to blow the whistle on her husband’s activities and others surrounding him, she met privately with attorney
and former CIA Director William Colby, seeking advice. “I really thought I would get some help, but Colby was later
found dead,” said Griggs about Colby, whose body was found several days after he disappeared on April, 27, 1996,
while supposedly canoeing near his Rock Point, Maryland vacation home. “Then I started getting death threats, had
my house burglarized, my car messed with. And every time I would try to get the FBI or police to act, strangely
nothing would be done. They would do things like steal my underwear, leave black dots on all my blouses, and leave
twelve screw drivers on my kitchen counter. They would do strange things like this, which if you think about it, is
really hard to explain to the police without them thinking you are crazy. I later found out I was flagged by Marine
General Al Gray, my husband’s boss who put the wheels in motion on much of the criminal activity. He flagged me as
a trouble-maker, knowing I was a free-thinker who was not about to keep quiet like all the other military wives who
knew too much. Finally, I sought help from Sarah McClendon, who basically saved my life.”
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
48
After weathering the storm of harassment in Washington D.C., Griggs was encouraged by friends to publicize
her story nationally through the alternative media, since major publications wouldn’t touch it with a ten-foot pole. In
1998, she then met Pastor Strawcutter, who believed in her and who basically told the same story Griggs is telling
today, but in much more detail.
Pastor Strawcutter’s 1998 Taped Interview:
Besides running a ministry in Adrian, MI., Strawcutter’s main passion is truth-telling, his philosophy turning out
to be a perfect match for Griggs when she finally contacted him one morning in 1998, as he broadcasted live during
drive-time on his pirate FM radio station. “I remember one morning getting this call during a commercial break, and
then we put Kay on live for about 45 minutes. I couldn’t believe what I was hearing,” said Strawcutter in a telephone
interview from his Michigan church. “After the show, I arranged for Kay to come to Michigan with her
documentation and photos of the story.”
When Griggs arrived with her husband’s diary and photos, providing credible documentation for some of what
she claimed, Strawcutter taped her story for over eight hours. After the taping session, he recalls that, out of all the
controversial stories he worked on, the Griggs story was one of the most troubling and difficult to deal with, due to
the sensitive nature of the allegations and the number of high-ranking names involved. Finally, after sitting on the
story for a year, Strawcutter decided to release it in the long, unedited, 8-hour long version and the 2-hour
condensed version.
And, as Griggs later recounted, the Strawcutter tapes are even more detailed about how members of The
Brotherhood operate in a world of treachery, deceit, lies, murder, drug running, sex slavery, and illegal weapon
sales—all in the name of forming a new world order. “People need to know the truth about 9/11, Waco, the
Oklahoma City bombing, and, of course, what Kay Griggs is saying,” said Strawcutter, who for a long time on his FM
station had been testing the waters of truth by broadcasting controversial stories, many coming from the likes of
Michael Collins Piper and other writers for the American Free Press, an alternative paper which also delves into subjects
taboo to the mainstream media. “I basically believed she was telling the truth and decided to go with the story as she
told it.”
Asked if he was ever harassed for bringing the Griggs tapes public, he added, “No, not really. I never worry
about things like that. But I do know after winning a landmark federal case to stay on the air in the 1990s, the feds
came down real hard on me about three months after 9/11 with another legal challenge to my station, which had
become wildly successful, becoming the second top rated show in the county.” Shortly thereafter, Strawcutter was
forced to take his brand of truth-telling radio off the air waves in the wake of legal roadblocks and challenges designed
by the government to bankrupt his efforts.
Katharine ‘Kay’ Griggs Today:
The headstrong, truth-telling woman who first provided America with her shocking story in 1996, is really no
different today, although she readily admits the government is still trying to ruin her financially, and still monitors her
closely. Although still under the government’s microscope, her energy and curiosity remain strong as ever. “With all
that’s happening in the world, the time is right now for truth,” said Griggs. “I think America can handle the truth
now, and I basically want people to know that my husband and the people involved with him are really nothing but
cowards and bullies. But they are, at the same time, dangerous, evil people that must be stopped. I am not a
vindictive person, and I also am not seeking publicity. I simply want people to know the truth about how these people
are trying to destroy this country.” And still trying to “connect the dots” in an attempt to expose The Brotherhood,
she added, “I’m in the midst of research on the headmistress of my Episcopal girls school, St. Margaret’s, who spent
years working with MI6 at Cheltenham!! This is Victor Rothschild’s group with “6” representing the six-sided star and
MI5 being more Masonic, but I’m still not sure about all of this yet.” Single and living in the same home she shared
with her former military husband, Griggs still holds firm to her strong Christian beliefs, saying she will talk to
anybody who is interested in listening, since she firmly believes “truth is light and only the truth will set you free.”36
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
49
Chapter Ten
Russian Mind Control: Directed Energy Weapons
ontrolled Offensive Behavior—USSR, was a 1972 Army study of Soviet experimentation that focused on the
targeting of individuals, not groups. Soviet dissidents were the target of microwave anti-personnel weapons and
mind-altering techniques that sought “the total submission of one’s will to some outside force.” The American effort
at the time was just as exotic. Brain researcher Wilder Penfield demonstrated that electrical stimulation kicked up
lost memories with perfect recall. Acoustical telemetry allowed American scientists to create scallops of infra-sound
waves in the head, wiping clean all information stored by the brain cells. An EM arms race was in progress. EM mind
control surfaced at the 1973 Russian Conference on Psychotronic Research. The agenda for the Prague meeting
included the following five topics: erasure of the subconscious mind, development of ESP, induction of paranormal
effects in dreams, the mechanical equivalent of neuropsychic energy, and the Psi gene.
The Soviets were known to have potent blinding lasers. They were also feared to have developed acoustic and
radiowave weapons. The 1987 issue of Soviet Military Power, a cold war Pentagon publication, warned that the
Soviets might be close to “a prototype short-range tactical RF [radio frequency] weapon.” The Washington Post
reported that year that the Soviets had used such weapons to kill goats at 1 kilometer’s range. The Pentagon, it turns
out, has been pursuing similar devices since the 1960s.37
The Russian capability, demonstrated in a series of laboratory experiments dating back to the mid-1970s, could be
used to suppress riots, control dissidents, demoralize or disable opposing forces, and enhance the performance of
friendly special operations teams. Pioneered by the government-funded Department of Psycho-Correction at the
Moscow Medical Academy, acoustic psycho-correction involves the transmission of specific commands via static or
white noise bands into the human subconscious without upsetting other intellectual functions. Experts said laboratory
demonstrations have shown encouraging results after exposure of less than one minute. Moreover, decades of
research and investment of untold millions of rubles in the process of psycho-correction have produced the ability to
alter behavior on willing and unwilling subjects, the experts add. In an effort to restrict potential misuse of this
capability, Russian senior research scientists, diplomats, military offices and officials of the Russian Ministry of Higher
Education, Science, and Technology Policy are beginning to provide limited demonstrations for their US
counterparts.
Further evaluations of key technologies in the United States are being planned, as are discussions aimed at
creating a framework for bringing the issue under bilateral or multilateral controls, US and Russian sources said. An
undated paper by the Psycho Center, a Moscow-based group affiliated with the Department of Psycho-Correction at
the Moscow Medical Academy, acknowledges the potential danger of this capability. The Russian experts, including
George Kotov, a former KGB general now serving in a senior government ministry post, present in their report a list
of software and hardware associated with their psycho-correction program that could be procured for as little as
$80,000. “As far as it has become possible to probe and correct psychic contents of human beings despite their will
and consciousness by instrumental means…results having been achieved can get out of [our] control and be used with
inhuman purposes of manipulating psyche.” The Russia authors note that, “World opinion is not ready for dealing
appropriately with the problems coming from the possibility of direct access to the human mind. Therefore, the
Russian authors have proposed a bilateral Center for Psycho-technologies where US and Russian …could monitor and
restrict the emerging capabilities.”
Dr. Igor Smirnov
Dr. Igor Smirnov, a Russian expert on nonlethal weapons, was brought to the US for a series of meetings in
Virginia in 1993. The meetings were attended by representatives of the CIA, DIA, FBI, and ARPA.38 Civilians
included representatives of the NIMH and GMC’s Director of Biomedical Research. Smirnov and his nonlethal
weapons technology were brought to Waco during the Branch Davidian Siege in 1993, in hopes of using them on
David Koresh, even though Smirnov could not guarantee its safety, but a software problem reportedly made the use
of the equipment impossible. A firm called Psychotechnologies Corp., based in Richmond, Va., entered into an
agreement with the Russians to share and develop this technology for American use. Dr. Smirnov died of a heart
C
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
50
attack in 2005, and the patent is now held exclusively by Psychotechnologies Corp. Psi Tech is controlled by Col.
John B. Alexander, Lt. Col. Michael Aquino, and Maj. Gen. Albert Stubbblebine.
Woodpecker, WWIV:
Full scale electromagnetic warfare between the US and USSR began on July 4, 1976, when the Russians began
broadcasting a broadband short-wave radio signal that could be heard all over the world. The signal is maintained at
enormous expense and is made up of the most powerful radio transmitters in the world. The “Russian Woodpecker”
radio signal varies between 3.26 and 17.5 megahertz. Shortly after it came on line, complaints emerged, mostly
centered in Oregon, of headaches, anxiety, lack of body coordination, and other symptoms. Dr. Andrija Puharich,
who has connections to the US intelligence community, has researched electromagnetics since the early 1950s, and is
considered among the leading world authorities. According to Dr. Puharich, the Soviets caught US intelligence
unaware with their 100megawatt transmissions of extremely low frequency waves (ELF), the pulse of which covers
the frequency range of the brain. “I had a hypothesis that this was a new mind-control weapon that could entrain a
human being’s EEG. I designed an experiment and conclusively proved that the Soviet transmission could entrain the
human brain and thereby induce behavioral modification. They (CIA) proved a certain ELF frequency could cause
cancer, I have repeated these experiments and found this to be true…a single ELF frequency (classified) can cause
cancer.
The US Air Force identified five different frequencies in this compound harmonic the Russians were sending
through the earth and the atmosphere. The intention was to affect a change in consciousness in mankind. The ELF
waves will penetrate anything and everything, the specially shielded Faraday cage, the ocean. Nothing stops or
weakens these signals.”
Puharich and Beck proved that a signal of 6 Hertz easily penetrated the copper walls of a Faraday cage, and so
could the rate the Russians used, 6.6 Hertz, which causes depression. “7.83 hertz could make a person feel good. This
was the Schumann Resonance, the earth’s pulse rate. 10.8 Hertz could cause riotous behavior. Whole populations can
be controlled by ELF waves. Intensive research on such behavior modification is now being conducted by the US
government to find out just what such waves do to people. This electromagnetic research is similar to the secret drug
experiments conducted on the unsuspecting populace in the 1950’s.”
Puharich went over the heads of the disbelieving US military and hand-delivered a secret report to President
Carter, Prime Minister Trudeau of Canada, and other Western dignitaries. The government moved quickly to shut
him up, burning down his home and much of his research. While in hiding in Mexico, he managed to arrange a
meeting, and an agreement was reached. He has had no trouble with the CIA to date, save that his book on the
subject of the ELF war has been blocked from publication, therefore the public remains uninformed. On the subject
of the ELF cancer-causing wave he says, “These waves cannot be jammed. The lower-frequency Hertz waves are as
long as 300,000 miles. The government has built huge transmitters in South Africa, Australia, and other places to
beam ELF waves back to Russia. There is no shield that will stop these signals.” (Keith 203)
Although the US govt. did not officially acknowledge that the country was under electromagnetic assault from a
foreign power, they apparently responded in kind, beyond what Puharich documented. Operation Pique involved
firing electromagnetic signals off the ionosphere, to ricochet down on Eastern Europe, with a particular focus on
Eastern European nuclear installations.39
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
51
Chapter Eleven
Unclassified Science and the Scientists
he Military financed all scientific research into development of directed energy weapons. After decades of work,
real progress was on the horizon, and much of the research became classified; or, once a breakthrough of some
kind was made, the public program was shut down and restarted elsewhere in conditions of absolute secrecy. The
published scientific papers that concerned potential weapons and even bioelectric medicine were reduced to a trickle,
but occasional information about their existence continued to emerge. The works of Allen Sharp, Joseph Sharp, Allen
Frey, José Delgado, Ross Adey, J.F. Schapitz, Andre Puharich, Herman Schwann, James Lin, Bill Van Bise, Eldon
Byrd, Robert Becker, James Lilly, Igor Smirnov, and many others present sufficient evidence of these weapons’
existence.
The earliest work on the effects of electromagnetics on humans was done by Nikola Tesla. Drs. Chaffee and
Light in 1934 published “A Method for Remote Control of Electrical Stimulation of the Nervous System.” The same
year, Soviet scientist Vasilev wrote “Critical Evaluation of the Hypogenic Method.” The experiments showed, “At a
distance…mental suggestion to go to sleep was complied with within a minute.
The background to the development of anti-personnel electromagnetic weapons can be traced to the earlymiddle
1940s, and possibly earlier. The earliest extant reference was contained in a review of Japanese research and
development efforts on a “Death Ray” by the US Strategic Bombing Survey (Pacific Survey, Military Analysis Division,
volume 63). While not reaching the stage of practical application, research was considered sufficiently promising to
warrant the expenditure of 2 million yen from 1940 to 1945. Summarizing the Japanese efforts, allied scientists
concluded that a ray apparatus might be developed that could kill unshielded human beings at a distance of 5 to 10
miles. Studies demonstrated that, for example, automobile engines could be stopped by tuned waves as early as 1943.
It is therefore reasonable to suppose that this technique has been available for many years. Research on living
organisms (mice and ground hogs) revealed that waves from two meters to 60 centimeters in length caused
hemorrhage of lungs, whereas waves shorter than two meters destroyed brain cells.
André Puharich and Warren S. McCulloch:
André Puharich studied the effects of radio waves on animals at Northwestern University in the late 1940s, and
later founded a laboratory he called the Round Table Foundation of Electrobiology. His associate in the organization
was Warren S. McCulloch, of Bellevue, an early advocate of electronic brain implants, and chair of conferences,
sponsored by the Josiah Macy Jr. Foundation. Puharich was later employed at the Army’s Chemical and Biological
Warfare Center at Fort Detrick, Maryland, researching the effects of LSD for the CIA in 1954. He perfected the
radio tooth implant, “a small little relay and receiver and transmitter.” Puharich also worked at the Permanente
Research Foundation, and was funded by Sandoz Chemical Works.40
Dr. Allan Frey:
Dr. Allan Frey, a biophysicist at GE’s Advanced Electronics Center of Cornell University, and a contractor for
the office of Naval Research, discovered in 1958 that the auditory system responds to EM energy in a portion of the
RF (radio frequency) spectrum at low-power densities, well below that necessary for biological damage. According to
Frey, “The human auditory system and a table radio may be one order of magnitude apart in sensitivity to RF energy.”
He proposed “stimulating the nervous system without the damage caused by electrodes.” He wrote two papers,
“Microwave Auditory Effect and Applications” and “Human Auditory Response to Modulated Electromagnetic
Energy”. Frey’s work had obvious implications for covert operations. He synchronized pulsed microwaves with the
myocardial rhythm of a frog’s heart: the heart stopped beating. Frey had perfected the inducement of heart seizures
by beamed electromagnetics. He microwaved cats and found that stimulation of the hypothalamus had a powerful
effect on emotions. Frey found that human subjects exposed to 1310MHz and 2982 MHz microwaves at average
power densities of 0.4 to 2mW/cm2 perceived auditory sounds. The peak power densities were on the order of 200
to 300 mW/cm2, and the pulse repetition frequencies varied from 200 to 400 Hz. Frey referred to this auditory
phenomenon as the RF sound. The sensation occurred instantaneously at average incident power densities well below
T
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
52
that necessary for known biological damage, and appeared to originate from within or near the back of the head. Frey
was reluctant to experiment on humans, but others, particularly Paperclip scientist were not.
Dr. Ross Adey:
Dr. Ross Adey worked at UCLA, rigged the brains of lab animals to transmit to a radio receiver, which shot
signals back to a device that sparked any behavior desired by the researcher. Adey had worked closely with émigré
Nazi technicians after WWII. Adey determined that emotional states and behavior can be remotely influenced merely
by placing a subject in an electromagnetic field. By directing a carrier frequency to stimulate the brain and using
amplitude modulation to shape the wave to mimic a desired EEG frequency, he was able to impose a 4.5 CPS theta
rhythm on his subjects. Drs. Joseph Sharp and Allen Frey experimented with microwaves, seeking to transmit spoken
words directly into the audio cortex via a pulsed-microwave analog of the speaker’s sound vibration. Indeed, Frey’s
work in this field, dating back to 1960, gave rise to the so-called “Frey effect,” which is now more commonly referred
to as “microwave hearing.” Within the Pentagon this ability is now known as “Artificial Telepathy.” Adey and others
have compiled an entire library of frequencies and pulsation rates which can affect the mind and nervous system.41
Dr. Herman Schwann:
Dr Herman Schwann is hailed as the father of bioelectric medicine. Out of his research came the 10-milliwatt
safety standard set in the 1950s. Schwann worked at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute of biophysics in Germany, became a
Paperclip scientist after the war, and taught bioengineering at the University of Pennsylvania. Schwann was heavily
funded, mostly by the DoD. Schwann was lionized at the University of Pennsylvania as a great humanitarian; his
portrait still hangs in a place of honor. Schwann was a German scientist who came to the US under a military
recruitment program after the war. He has worked at the University of Pennsylvania on numerous government
contracts, and set the first health and safety standards for electromagnetic radiation, adopted by the US government.
In Physical Properties of Biological Matter: Some History, Principles, and Applications (1982), Schwann writes, “Rajewsky and
I had published a paper on the conductivity of erythrocytes, reporting, for the first time, dielectric measurements on
biological materials extending up to 1,000 MHz…. I mention all of these things to indicate the decisive role that the
Navy and NIH played. Navy support has been available to me, in one form or another, ever since 1947, and NIH
support since 1952.” The book continues, “While a young physics student, financial problems forced me to interrupt
my studies until I found employment as an electronics technician at the Oswalt Institute for Physics in Medicine, now
the Max Planck Institute for Biophysics… [C]ell membranes are not likely to be affected directly by microwaves since
fields of interest can only apply potentials across the membranes that are vanishingly small in comparison with
potentials needed to yield significant membrane responses. And significant responses of biopolymers require field
strength levels very much higher than those causing undue heating.”
Schwann has worked extensively in the biomedical engineering field. He has claimed, up to the 1990s, that the
non-thermal effects of electromagnetic radiation have not been proven. In a March 22, 2000 e-mail response to
questions regarding classified electromagnetic, neurological weapons, he stated, “I am not aware of military
antipersonnel weapons using electromagnetic (EM) radiation. There was a lot of talk about it some years ago. I
believe the potential for such weaponry is small since EM radiation field strength decreases inversely with the distance
square in the ‘distant’ field.42
Dr. J. F. Schapitz:
Dr. J.F. Schapitz was funded by the DoD in 1974 for a proposal to research the use of radio broadcasting in
conjunction with hypnotic control. He wrote, “The spoken word of the hypnotist may be conveyed by modulated
electromagnetic energy directly into the subconscious parts of the human brain—i.e., without employing any
technical devices for the receiving and transcoding the messages and without the person exposed to such influence
having a chance to control the input consciously. His second experiment was the implanting of hypnotic suggestions
for simple acts, like leaving the lab to buy some particular item, which were to be triggered by a suggested time,
spoken word, or sight. Subjects were to be interviewed later. “It may be expected that they rationalize their behavior
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
53
and consider it to be undertaken out of their own free will,” he wrote. The results of Schapitz’ experimentation have
never been released to the public.43
Eldon Byrd:
Eldon Byrd, a specialist in medical bioengineering, worked for the Marine Corps from 1980 to 1983 at the
Armed Forces Radiobiology Research Institute of Bethesda, Maryland. Byrd experimented on small animals, and
himself, to see if electromagnetic waves could be used to influence or entrain the brain activity of living organisms.
Byrd said, “We could put animals into a stupor by hitting them with these frequencies. We got chick brains in vitro to
dump 80% of the natural opioids in their brains. The effect was nonlethal and reversible. You could disable a person
temporarily, it would have been like a stun gun, we would have had a weapon in one year.” Byrd reported having his
work taken away from him and the project going black. Numerous other researchers in electromagnetics report
having their work taken away from them at the precise point when they begin to get successful results.44
Dr. Dietrich Beischer:
Dr. Dietrich Beischer exposed 7,000 naval crew men to dangerous levels of microwave energy, claiming the
exposure limits could be “obtained no other way,” given the ‘exquisitely complex and dynamic nature of the human
organism.” Dr Beischer disappeared or died in 1977, like scores of other scientists engaged in research on microwave
weapons. Nobel laureate Robert O. Becker received a phone call from Beischer: “He blurted out, I’m at a pay phone,
I can’t talk long, they are watching me. I can’t go to the meeting or ever communicate with you again. I’m sorry,
you’ve been a good friend. Goodbye.” Soon after I called his office at Pensacola and was told, “I’m sorry, there is no
one here by that name.” Just as in the movies, a guy who had done important research there for decades just
disappeared.” According to author Ford Rowan, Richard Helm’s dream of biocommunication was achieved by the
CIA in the late sixties. Microwaves penetrated the skull, the miniaturized receiver linked the brain to a remote
computer. Brain waves were deciphered, recorded, and beamed to another person—a two-way mental
communication.45
Dr. Joseph C. Sharp:
At the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, Dr. Joseph C. Sharp was himself the subject of an experiment in
which pulsed microwave audiograms, or the microwave analog of the sound vibrations of spoken words, were
delivered to his brain in such a way that he was able to understand the words that were spoken. Military and
undercover uses of such a device might include driving a subject crazy with inner voices in order to discredit him, or
conveying undetectable instructions to a programmed assassin. In his autobiography, The Scientist, John C. Lilly
records a conversation he had with the director of the National Institute of Mental Health—in 1953. The director
asked Lilly to brief the CIA, FBI, NSA, and the various military intelligence services on his work using electrodes to
stimulate directly the pleasure and pain centers in the brain. Lilly refused, noting, in his reply, “Dr. Antoine Remond,
using our techniques in Paris, has demonstrated that this method of stimulation of the brain can be applied to the
human without the help of the neurosurgeon; he is doing it in his office in Paris without neurosurgical supervision.
This means that anybody with the proper apparatus can carry this out on a person covertly, with no external signs that
the electrodes have been used on that person. I feel that if this technique got into the hands of a secret agency, they
would have total control over a human being and be able to change his beliefs extremely quickly, leaving little
evidence of what they had done.”46
Dr. James Lin:
Dr. James Lin of Wayne State University wrote a book entitled Microwave Auditory Effects & Applications, in which
he states, “The capability of communicating directly with humans by pulsed microwaves is obviously not limited to
the field of therapeutic medicine.”
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
54
Dr. Karl Pribram:
EM mind control machines were championed at Stanford University by Dr. Karl Pribram, director of the
Neuropsychology Research Laboratory: “I certainly could educate a child by putting an electrode in the lateral
hypothalamus and then selecting the situations at which I stimulate it. In this way I can grossly change his behavior.”
Psychology Today celebrated Pribram as “The Magellan of Brain Science.” Having obtained his BS and MD degrees at
the University of Chicago and Stanford University, respectively, he studied how the brain processes and stores
sensory imagery, and is credited with discovering that mental imaging bears a close resemblance to hologram
projection (the basis for transmitting images to the craniums of test subjects under the misnomer “remote
viewing”?).47
Dr. Michael Persinger:
Dr. Michael Persinger, a psychologist and neuroscientist, “did research on the effects of electromagnetic
radiation on the brain for a Pentagon weapons project.” He has worked in the field for 40 years, and has been funded
by the Navy and reportedly the NSA as well. Persinger perfected a means to make experimental subjects feel they
have been abducted by aliens or had an encounter with angels or God, through the use of a modified motorcycle
helmet equipped with solenoids to send electromagnetic pulses through the frontal lobes of their brains. “Human
experience of God can be generated by a process that has nothing to do with whether God exists or not.” Persinger
published, “On the Possibility of Directly Accessing Every Human Brain by Electromagnetic Induction of
Fundamental Algorithms” (1995). “A process which is coupled to the narrow band of brain temperature could allow
all normal human brains to be affected by a sub-harmonic whose frequency range at 10 Hz would only vary by 0.1
Hz…Random variations, of noise within the matrices could potentially differentiate between individual brains.” In
other words, individuals could be identified by the specific characteristics of their brain output. “Identification of
these sequences could also allow direct access to the most complex neurocognitive processes associated with the self,
human consciousness, and the aggregate of experimental representations (episodic memory) that define the individual
within the brain.” In short, a person’s memory, consciousness, and sense of self can be fully accessed and modified by
electromagnetic means. Essentially, a person’s personality can be completely shaped by electromagnetic means much
like the research of Dr. Ewen Cameron sought to do with more primitive means.
Persinger says brain processes can be “circumvented by direct induction of this information within the brain…the
basic premise is that synthetic duplication of the neuroelectrical correlates generated by sensors to an actual stimulus
should produce identical experiences without the presence of that stimulus.” According to Persinger, virtually any
mental state can be artificially injected into a human brain from an exterior source. The most frightening thing is that
the means for doing this already exist in a fully operational form on a worldwide basis. “The power levels for these
amplitudes are similar to those associated with the signals (generated globally by radio and communication
systems)… Within the last two decades a potential has emerged which was improbable but which is now marginally
feasible. This potential is the technical capability to influence directly the major portion of the approximately six
billion brains of the human species…by generating neural information within a physical medium within which all
members of the species are immersed.” Persinger’s message, minus the jargon, is that the entire human race can be
mind controlled through the use of television and radio networks.48
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
55
Chapter Twelve
Building the Perfect Beast: Strategic Defense Initiative
he Star Wars program routinely falsified research data. “We would lose hundreds of millions of dollars in
Congress if we did not perform it successfully, we put a beacon with a certain frequency on the target vehicle,
on the interceptor we had a receiver. The hit looked beautiful so Congress did not ask questions. . . The very idea of
Star Wars, an umbrella that would shield America from Soviet nuclear warheads, was itself a massive deception. No
knowledgeable scientist thought for a minute such a shield was feasible. Yet the Pentagon proceeded with this fraud
and faked other tests in 1990 and 1991 after the Soviet threat had disappeared.” Edward Teller was charged with
falsifying test data on “Super Excalibur,” a nuclear-powered x-ray laser built by Lawrence Livermore Laboratory. The
project was canceled in 1992.49
“All the talk about death rays and charged particle beams has been little more than an elaborate smokescreen
designed to hide the fact that the US is developing a directed energy weapon that uses a high-power microwave
pulse.” (Brodeur) Livermore has been a central participant in SDI since 1982, when Teller, the lab’s founder
suggested SDI to Reagan. The father of the H-bomb received 40,000 shares of a laser research company, which later
defrauded investors. Dr. Teller tried to sell Alaska on Project Plowshare, the use of six thermonuclear weapons to
excavate a harbor at Cape Thompson, Alaska. In 1987, Teller returned to Alaska to propose the installation of a laserlike
weapon system on the North Slope of Alaska. The weapon system Teller was trying to sell was classified and not
openly discussed, but the presentations indicated this “Star Wars” weapon was HAARP. In 1995, Congress killed
funding for “Star Wars,” but HAARP continues as the ultimate SDI radio frequency radiation weapon. The Reagan
administration intensified the push into EM weapons development under project Sleeping Beauty. A scientist working
for the Army’s ballistic defense command complained to the House Government Operations Committee that as much
as half the entire SDI budget had disappeared into classified projects. When Ronald Reagan spoke to the UN about
Star Wars, he promised that the weapons system would be shared with all of humanity and that, “should we be
invaded by aliens it would be used to defend the earth.”
High Frequency Active Auroral Research Project (HAARP):
HAARP is the world’s largest electromagnetic broadcasting station, and may represent an escalation in the
WWIV electromagnetic war. The project is a creation of US Air Force and Naval Research. Publicly, it is for
ionospheric research, but can be used to control weather and do electromagnetic sweeps that can be used for mind
control of large populations.
HAARP, 30 miles from Fairbanks Alaska, is the real focus of anti-missile defense that SDI purported to be, and it
is much more. The title of the public patent is “A Method and Apparatus for Altering a Region of the Earth’s
Atmosphere, Ionosphere and Magnetosphere.” Dr. Bernard Eastland, a physicist who holds a patent for the “fusion
torch” also holds about a dozen others related to HAARP that were eventually purchased by E-Systems and Raytheon.
Patent #4,686,605 claims the following uses: “cause total disruption of (all forms) of communications over very large
portions of the earth… missile or aircraft destruction, deflection or confusion… weather modification…by altering
solar absorption,” and also altering composition of the atmosphere. This patent was classified by the Navy under a
National Security Order in 1987, but other patents exist for purposes of “Power Beaming Systems,” “Artificial
Ionospheric Mirror Composed of a Plasma Layer,” “Creation of Artificial Ionizing Clouds Above the Earth,” “Defense
System for Discriminating Between Objects in Space,” and “Nuclear-Sized Explosions Without Radiation.”
HAARP is described as a research instrument for studying the ionosphere. It is an Ionospheric Heater (IRI), of
which many exist, but HAARP is special. The ability to focus energy and the unprecedented amount, in gigawatts
(billion watts), makes it millions of times more effective at heating the region about 120 miles high. The atmosphere
has most of its density below 30 miles altitude. The ionosphere is the very thin layer above that absorbs dangerous
ultraviolet radiation and makes life possible on earth. There is little mixing normally between the two layers, but
disturbances in the ionosphere translate to changes in weather, such as those caused by normally occurring sunspots
and the solar wind. The main idea behind HAARP is the ability to direct electrons along the naturally occurring
magnetic field lines of the earth and accelerate them to near the speed of light to form a protective shell of highly
T
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
56
excited particles that not only block communications worldwide, but destroy missiles in their trajectory as they
descend from space. The effects can be localized by punching a hole through the Ionosphere to super heat an area of
30 Km in diameter into a plasma shield. Any missile or aircraft would be destroyed that tried to fly through the
plasma, which is the fourth state of matter. A hole in the ionosphere over an enemy country could kill by allowing
solar radiation to strike the surface unhindered. Weather modification could also be used as an instrument of warfare
by manipulating the electrojet and the jet streams that dictate climate.
The publicly-stated aim of HAARP is C3, or communications. The margin of victory in war is to block or
intercept enemy communications and to secure your own. The signals in the ELF range can be generated by HAARP
and heard anywhere in the world, and are used for earth-penetrating tomography, basically finding enemy submarines
or underground bases. Volcanoes and earthquakes cause electromagnetic disturbances, and it is theorized that EM
disturbances might of themselves trigger earthquakes and volcanoes. Dr. Richard Williams says the high-energy
experiments will generate the equivalent of the output of 10-100 large power generating stations and that “Tests of
these kinds could cause irreversible damage.”
David Yarrow states, “Earth’s axial spin means that a burst lasting more than a few minutes will slice through the
ionosphere like microwave knife…producing not a ‘hole’ but a long tear—an incision.” According to Elizabeth
Rauscher, Ph.D., “The ionosphere is prone to catalytic reactions, so if a small part is changed, a major change in the
ionosphere can happen.” HAARP documents admit that thousand-fold greater amounts of energy can be released into
the ionosphere than injected. Stanford University experiments beaming radio waves (VLF) into the magnetosphere
detected the signals halfway around the world, some amplified a thousand times. HAARP documents describe
intentionally trying to get a “runaway” effect in the ionosphere, stating that “the instabilities commonly studied are
approaching their maximum RF energy dissipative capacity, beyond which the plasma process will ‘runaway’ until the
next limiting factor is reached.”
The first atomic weapon testing was done without knowing if the chain reaction would stop or keep going.
Oppenheimer admitted years later, “The government knew that the scientists didn’t know.” The decision to pulse
several gigawatts of energy into the ionosphere could cross a threshold. In The Lost Millennium, Walter Richmond
wrote an account of such an event, which began with a “solar tap” and a planetary short circuit. “The surge of power
became an avalanche…at the pole in the vertical plane of the earth’s magnetic field where the winds of magnetism
would not rise to blow it out. One trillion watt-seconds of energy unleashed their fury on the polar cap in the first
flash…Even as it discharged, the ionosphere was recharged from the solar furnace. The first flash became a mighty
roar that poured an increased and now steady stream…of energy through the now-stabilized short circuit. Kilo cubit
after square kilo cubit of frozen wasteland boiled. Watt after watt of ever-increasing avalanche energy lit the polar
cap with a glare that had never before been seen…Earth’s an electrical motor…When the motor began to run wild,
it would increase its rotational speed…Eventually the Earth would explode from increased centrifugal stress.”
The project manager of HAARP, the ultimate SDI radio frequency radiation weapon, describes the “experiment”
of earth-penetrating capability using “frequencies of 10 to 20 Hertz (pulses per second) or maybe one Hertz, one
cycle per second type waves.”
This range of frequencies are the same dominant frequencies within which the human brain normally operates.
Objections to nondisclosure of the biological effects of ELF on living things were ignored. The military, particularly
the Navy and Air Force, have extensive research on the negative effects of ELF. These effects have been well
documented, but the government easily deflects public concern by playing down the effects and minimizing the risks.
This is the same method used for other military systems, including nuclear weapons tests, LSD experiments, and
radiation experiments, all carried out on unknowing subjects under the guise of National Security. The
Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) has been falsified as to the true nature of the weapon system, its capabilities,
and its possible fallout.
The military will never abandon this aspect of the miniature Manhattan Project regarding RFR weapons, because
of the extreme versatility and relative inexpensiveness of this weapons system. Among its many applications, HAARP
can: generate an EMP to disable electronic devices; provide improved submarine communications; produce more
flexible and accurate radar; disrupt enemy communications while maintaining ours; produce earth-penetrating radar
for finding hidden installations or oil, gas, and mineral deposits; and detect low-flying missiles and planes. These are
only the publicly-stated capabilities.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
57
E-Systems is “part of the central nervous systems for the nation’s intelligence community,” with nearly 90% of
$2 billion in sales in classified projects. Most of these projects were for the NSA and CIA, while the employees are
often former Agency officials. Raytheon purchased E-Systems for $2.3 billion and holds at least twelve patents related
to HAARP. E-Systems was the most secretive company in the US; after Raytheon acquired it, its details are even
more shrouded in mystery.50
The brain operates with a narrow band of frequencies: beta waves, or normal activity, are 13-35 Hz; alpha
waves, or focused mental functioning are 8-12 Hz; theta waves, or mental imagery, are 4-7 Hz; and delta waves, or
sleep, are .5-3 Hz. External stimulation of the brain by electromagnetic energy causes the brain to become entrained
or locked in phase with an external signal. Specific waveforms and frequencies trigger precise chemical responses in
the brain. The release of these neurochemicals cause specific reactions in the brain, which result in feelings of fear,
lust, depression, love, etc. The power level needed to achieve a level of control over brain activity is very small, from
5 to 200 microamperes, which is a thousand times less than the power to run a 60watt light bulb. The trick to
influencing brain activity is in the combination of frequency, power level, and wave form.
In 1958, at the age of 14, Daniel Patrick Flanagan invented the Neurophone, a device to convert sound (words,
music) into electrical impulses, which can be transferred through any point on the body directly into the brain,
bypassing the ear entirely. The patent office refused a patent and told the inventor that if the device could make one
of their deaf employees hear, he would issue the patent. The device was tested, the employee “heard,” and the patent
was granted. The Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) classified the invention and froze research for years. In 1978,
after the secrecy order was lifted, Flanagan produced the Mark XI and Thinkman Model 50, which were used as
learning tools because they literally download taped information into long term memory. Recent discussions with
Flanagan about the subject of HAARP revealed that this radio transmitter could be used as a wireless neurophone
covering the entire planet. The HAARP transmitting system could be used inadvertently or intentionally to alter
mental functions.51
Chapter Thirteen
Patents and Spin-offs
lassification under the heading of National Security is sufficient to hide the experimental work of scientists
engaged in directed energy weapons research. However, if an inventor wishes to reap financial rewards for a
device, a patent must be filed. There are hundreds of patents related to directed energy weapons and what the
Pentagon now refers to as “psychotronica” or “synthetic telepathy.” The existence of these patents, together with the
body of scientific research, and the testimony of victims of human experimentation is incontrovertible proof that the
weapons exist. The earliest patents for directed energy weapons belong to Nikola Tesla. Tesla built the first electrical
generating station, single handedly beginning the modern age. The SDI patent drawings submitted 70 years later by
Dr. Bernard Eastland who holds numerous SDI patents are essentially Tesla drawings. It is hard to imagine a technical
genius that far ahead of his time. J.P. Morgan was the primary investor in Tesla, but he eventually cut off his funding
and confiscated the rights to the many devices and patents, and Tesla died in poverty and obscurity.
Robert G. Malech patented in 1976 an “Apparatus and Method for Remotely Monitoring and Altering Brain
Waves” (Patent #3951134). The patent abstract states, “Apparatus for method of sensing brain waves at a position
remote from the subject, whereby electromagnetic signals of different frequencies are simultaneously transmitted to
the brain of the subject. The present invention relates to apparatus and a method for monitoring brain waves wherein
all components of the apparatus are remote from the test subject. High frequency transmitters are operated to radiate
electromagnetic energy of different frequencies through antennas which are capable of scanning the entire brain of the
test subject or any desired region thereof. The signals of different frequencies penetrate the skull of the subject and
impinge upon the brain where they mix to form an interference wave modulated by radiation from the brain’s natural
electrical activity. The modulated interference wave is transmitted by the brain and received by an antenna at a
remote station where it is demodulated, and processed to provide a profile of the subject’s brain waves. In addition to
passively monitoring his brain waves, the subject’s neurological processes may be affected by transmitting to his
C
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
58
brain, through transmitting compensating signals. The latter signals can be derived from the received and processed
brain waves.”52
Robert A. Monroe:
“Method for Inducing Mental, Emotional and Physical States of Consciousness, Including Specific Mental Activity
in Human Beings” (1993), patented by Robert A. Monroe, a practitioner of “remote viewing,” founder of the Monroe
Institute in Charlottesville, Virginia. Specific states of consciousness can be induced, “through generation of stereo
audio signals having specific wave shapes…human brain waves, in the form of EEGs, are superimposed upon specific
stereo audio signals, known as carrier frequencies which are within the range of human hearing.” Monroe filed a later
patent as an improvement. He is reported to have had close connections to the CIA, and is now deceased.
Mind Control Weapon-Related Patents By Number
6011991, Mardirossian: A system and method for the enabling of human beings to communicate by way of their
monitored brain activity. The brain activity of an individual is monitored and transmitted to a remote location (e.g.
by satellite). At the remote location, the monitored brain activity is compared with pre-recorded normalized brain
activity curves, waveforms, or patterns to determine if a match or substantial match is found. If such a match is found,
then the computer at the remote location determines that the individual was attempting to communicate the word,
phrase, or thought corresponding to the matched stored normalized signal.
6017302, Loos: In human subjects, sensory resonances can be excited by subliminal atmospheric acoustic pulses that
are tuned to the resonance frequency. The 1/2 Hz sensory resonance affects the autonomic nervous system and may
cause relaxation, drowsiness, or sexual excitement, depending on the precise acoustic frequency near 1/2 Hz used.
The effects of the 2.5 Hz resonance include slowing of certain cortical processes, sleepiness, and disorientation. For
these effects to occur, the acoustic intensity must lie in a certain deeply subliminal range. Suitable apparatus consists
of a portable battery-powered source of weak sub audio acoustic radiation. The method and apparatus can be used by
the general public as an aid to relaxation, sleep, or sexual arousal, and clinically for the control and perhaps treatment
of insomnia, tremors, epileptic seizures, and anxiety disorders. There is further application as a nonlethal weapon that
can be used in law enforcement standoff situations, for causing drowsiness and disorientation in targeted subjects. It is
then preferable to use venting acoustic monopoles in the form of a device that inhales and exhales air with sub audio
frequency.
3773049 LIDA: An apparatus for the treatment of neuropsychic and somatic disorders wherein light-, sound-, VHF
electromagnetic field-pulses and radiation from light-, sound-, VHF electromagnetic field- and heat-sources,
respectively, are simultaneously applied by means of a control unit to the patient’s central nervous system with a
predetermined repetition rate. The light radiation and sound radiation sources are made so as to exert an adequate
and monotonous influence of the light-and sound-radiation on the patient’s visual analyzers and auditory analyzers,
respectively. (USSR 1960’s era technology)
4858612 Stocklin: A method and apparatus for simulation of hearing in mammals by introduction of a plurality of
microwaves into the region of the auditory cortex is shown and described. A microphone is used to transform sound
signals into electrical signals which are in turn analyzed and processed to provide controls for generating a plurality of
microwave signals at different frequencies. The multifrequency microwaves are then applied to the brain in the region
of the auditory cortex. By this method sounds are perceived by the mammal which are representative of the original
sound received by the microphone.
4877027 Brunkan: Sound is induced in the head of a person by radiating the head with microwaves in the range of
100 megahertz to 10,000 megahertz that are modulated with a particular waveform. The waveform consists of
frequency modulated bursts. Each burst is made up of ten to twenty uniformly spaced pulses grouped tightly
together. The burst width is between 500 nanoseconds and 100 microseconds. The pulse width is in the range of 10
nanoseconds to 1 microsecond. The bursts are frequency modulated by the audio input to create the sensation of
hearing in the person whose head is irradiated.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
59
5123899 Gall: A system for altering the states of human consciousness involves the simultaneous application of
multiple stimuli, preferable sounds, having differing frequencies and wave forms. The relationship between the
frequencies of the several stimuli is exhibited by the equation
5159703 Lowery: A silent communications system in which non-aural carriers, in the very low or very high audio
frequency range or in the adjacent ultrasonic frequency spectrum, are amplitude or frequency modulated with the
desired intelligence and propagated acoustically or vibrationally, for inducement into the brain, typically through the
use of loudspeakers, earphones, or piezoelectric transducers. The modulated carriers may be transmitted directly in
real time or may be conveniently recorded and stored on mechanical, magnetic or optical media for delayed or
repeated transmission to the listener.
5356368 Monroe: Improved methods and apparatus for entraining human brain patterns, employing frequency
following response (FFR) techniques, facilitate attainment of desired states of consciousness. In one embodiment, a
plurality of electroencephalogram (EEG) waveforms, characteristic of a given state of consciousness, are combined to
yield an EEG waveform to which subjects may be susceptible more readily. In another embodiment, sleep patterns
are reproduced based on observed brain patterns during portions of a sleep cycle; entrainment principles are applied
to induce sleep. In yet another embodiment, entrainment principles are applied in the work environment, to induce
and maintain a desired level of consciousness. A portable device also is described
TECHNOLOGICAL SPIN-OFFS:
Technological spin-offs from microwave weapons and José Delgado’s stimoceiver brain implant have applications
in the medical field and in the field of criminology. Implants allow a doctor now to check on the health of thousands
of distant patients, and to treat them with a keystroke. Paraplegics can now control a computer cursor with their
minds, and may soon walk. The blind may be able to see and the deaf to hear with the virtually limitless potential of
bioelectric medicine. Published research papers into bioelectric medicine were very numerous for several decades,
but classification by the military and intelligence services, who jealously guard what they consider the “Sword of
Excalibur,” reduced the output to a mere trickle and dried up funds for medical applications research.
Currently, a new generation of bioelectric medical research has begun to show promise of incredible
breakthroughs, so that what has been restricted for 30 years is now beginning to emerge on its own. Criminology has
taken much the same turn as the military, concentrating on the uses of technology to imprison the human mind and
spirit in a virtual straightjacket. The military financed secret research and suppressed its dissemination through the use
of classification, stopping the legitimate use of bioelectric medicine to heal. The terrible weapons they have so
laboriously developed to attack the minds of enemy populations have been turned upon the American people. In the
same breath, the criminal justice system and the penal system have applied the new technology in an equally arrogant
and criminal manner. What began as a program to monitor and control the behavior of prisoners has resulted in a
virtual prison and unimaginable torment for thousands of innocent citizens.
Biocybernetics: 1. The science of communications and control in animals, especially physiologic feedback
mechanisms and central nervous system control. 2. The study of how communication and control occurs within the
bodies of living things between different parts of the body.
Spin-offs include medical applications of the transmitter-reinforcer, a device that transmits data on a patients’
health. The microwave signal sends accurate readings of a patient’s condition to a computer, which digests the data.
Many patients can be monitored simultaneously, and if a patient needs a dose of aversion treatment, the computer
acts as a controller, delivering a tone signal or a shock. One study suggested that transmitter receivers implanted in
the brains of patients could monitor and control the patients’ behavior. The form of this new revolution most familiar
to the public is the RFID chip which is implanted in family pets to ID them if they lost. Also common now are
implants designed to be read remotely in order to track valuable livestock on vast ranches or track rare wildlife in
their natural habitat. These RFID chips are smaller than a grain of rice and can be injected with a special syringe or
even fired from a specially designed rifle to avoid anesthetizing endangered wildlife.
The Chinese have developed just such a rifle, but this one is designed to fire RFIDs into Chinese dissidents in
order to track them and to interfere with their activities using the above-mentioned technique of aversion “therapy.”
Dr. Robert Becker, Nobel Prize recipient and author of The Body Electric, has used bioelectric medicine to regenerate
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
60
missing limbs on animals, as well as missing organ systems. The coming revolution in biocybernetics and bioelectric
medicine has been funded by the military in the early years, but now the obvious utility and potential for nearly
biblical cures in the high-tech realm have drawn investment from companies who are not dependent on the military
or CIA for research funds. Many of these companies are viewed as strategic assets by the intelligence community, and
have been purchased or are led by prominent members of the “Community.” Despite the effort at controlling the
future direction of the technology, the cat is out of the bag, and the flood of new inventions and processes will
eventually swamp the effort to control it.
Personal Tracking and Recovery System:
Patent number 5,629,678, filed Jan. 10, 1995, is an apparatus for tracking and recovering humans utilizes an
implantable transceiver incorporating a power supply and actuation system allowing the unit to remain implanted and
functional for years without maintenance. The implanted transmitter may be remotely actuated, or actuated by the
implantee. Power for the remote-activated receiver is generated electromechanically through the movement of body
muscle. The device is small enough to be implanted in a child, facilitating use as a safeguard against kidnapping, and
has a transmission range which also makes it suitable for wilderness sporting activities. A novel biological monitoring
feature allows the device to be used to facilitate prompt medical dispatch in the event of heart attack or similar
medical emergency. A novel sensation-feedback feature allows the implantee to control and actuate the device with
certainty.
In a 1972 article in Issues in Criminology, the CIA/Pandora telemetric implants were advocated as a means to
monitor and manipulate the minds of the probationers. “The technique of telemetric control of human beings offers
the possibility of regulating behavior with precision on a subconscious level.” DoD official Joseph Meyer describes the
technology’s application in policing: “Surround the criminal with a kind of externalized conscience, an electronic
substitute for social conditioning, group pressure, and inner motivation.” The ideal subject was “the poor and
uneducated urban dweller [who] is fundamentally unnecessary to the economy.”
In light of these developments, scientists at Lockheed and Stanford Research Institute prepared a report for the
Third International Conference on Artificial Intelligence at Stanford University. It postulated the rise of a technocratic
elite with dominion over intelligence and identification systems to monitor whole countries.
An article published in a 1970s issue of the law review Crime and Justice called “The Use of Electronics in the
Observation and Control of Human Behavior and its Possible Use in Rehabilitation and Control” stated, “In the very
near future, a computer technology will make possible alternatives to imprisonment. The development of systems for
telemetering information from sensors implanted in or on the body will soon make possible the observation and
control of human behavior without actual physical contact…it will be possible to maintain 24-hour surveillance over
the subject and to intervene electronically or physically to influence and control selected behavior. It will thus be
possible to exercise control over human behavior and from a distance without contact.” (Keith, 102)
Hitachi is selling microchip technology to the public, called the Mu Chip, which can be attached to passports and
banknotes, and, at 0.4 mm by 0.4 mm, about the size of a flat grain of sand, can also be easily implanted into human
beings by subdermal injection. It is also an RFID, meaning that, when the chip is scanned, it will instantly register
your personal bar code, which will then plug into the master database of your life. A larger chip sold by Verichip and
more the size of a grain of sand is capable of sending radio signals, locating you via GPS, and accessing you remotely.
The Verichip is being marketed as a way to automatically debit your bank account for purchases, enter restricted
areas, or interface with computer systems. The public has been gradually drawn into accepting microchips that are
now routinely put into pets, and even young children.
In 1972, doctors at the University of Mississippi implanted electrodes into the brains of black children as young
as five years old, with the purpose of controlling “hyperactive” and “aggressive” behavior. A report by one researcher
stated, ‘Their brains were being implanted with electrodes that were heated up to melt areas of the brain that
regulate emotion and intellect.”
“Brain-actuated control” is under development at the Dayton, Ohio base to help pilots deal with the increasing
amounts of information needed to fly modern jets, said Grant McMillan, director of Patterson’s biocybernetics lab.
Eventually, pilots may be able to control flight using only their minds, he added. With biofeedback, in which changes
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
61
in the brain are portrayed on screens, volunteers learn how to control the electrical activity created by their thought
processes. Scalp monitors pick up the electrical signals, and a computer translates them into mechanical commands.”53
A tool called the Bio-Pacer can, according to its manufacturer, produce a number of mood altering
frequencies—without attachment to the subject. Indeed, the Bio-Pacer III (a high-powered version) can affect an
entire room. This device costs $275, according to the most recent price sheet available. What sort of machine might
$27,500 buy? Or $275,000? There is already in use a small EDOM generator-transmitter which can be concealed on
the body of a person. Contact with this person—a casual handshake or even just a touch—transmits a tiny electronic
charge plus an ultra-sonic signal tone, which for a short while will disturb the time orientation of the person affected.
CIA psychologists assigned to the Phoenix Program worked on suspected members of the Vietcong at Bien Hoa
Prison near Saigon. In one experiment, POWs had brain implants stimulated in an effort to get the enemy soldiers to
attack each other. When the experiment failed to produce the desired results, the prisoners were executed and their
bodies cremated.54
Chapter Fourteen
Mind War
puzzle piece crucial to an understanding of the current infiltration counterinsurgency program is a little-known
military doctrine paper called “From Psyop to MindWar: The Psychology of Victory,” which was submitted in
1980, at the beginning of the Reagan administration. The paper’s authors are Colonel Paul E. Vallely, Commander of
the 7th Psychological Operations Group, headquartered at Presidio of San Francisco, and Major Michael Aquino,
Psyop Research and Analysis Team Leader. Divulging classified information or technology is punishable by life
imprisonment; therefore, when writing about current technology which is secret, military strategists commonly use
the ruse of talking about existing systems as being future technology, or they veil their comments so that only the
select few will see the deeper meaning. It is standard practice to produce an unclassified version that can be published
publicly and a classified version that is more explicit, or in many cases contradictory. In other words, often that which
is printed publicly is made up of lies. Despite this practice, the public version of this document is historical, for a
number of reasons, including that it contains several revealing passages:
[In Vietnam] our PSYOP failed…because it was outmatched by the PSYOP of the enemy. …Our own PSYOP
did not really change the minds of the enemy populace, nor did it defend the US populace at home against the
propaganda of the enemy. Furthermore the enemy’s PSYOP was so strong that it—not bigger armies or better
weapons—overcame all of the weapons systems we fielded. The lesson is not to ignore our own PSYOP
capability, but rather to change it and strengthen it so that it can do precisely that kind of thing to our enemy in
the next war for the mind.
Psychotronic research is in its infancy, but the US Army already possesses an operational weapons system
designed to do what Lt. Col. J.B. Alexander would like ESP to do—except that this weapons system uses
existing communications media. It seeks to map the minds of neutral and enemy individuals and then change
them in accordance with US national interests.
It must strengthen our national will to victory and it must attack and ultimately destroy that of our enemy. It
both causes and is affected by physical combat, but it is a type of war which is fought on a far more subtle basis as
well-in the minds of the national populations involved.” “If we do not attack the enemy’s will until he reaches the
battlefield, his nation will have strengthened it as best it can. We must attack that will before it is locked into
place. We must instill in it a predisposition to inevitable defeat.
Strategic MindWar must begin the moment war is considered to be inevitable. It must seek out the attention
of the enemy nation through every available medium, and it must strike at the nation’s potential soldiers before
they put on their uniforms. It is in their homes and their communities that they are most vulnerable to MindWar.
Was the US defeated in the jungles of Vietnam, or was it defeated in the streets of American cities. In its strategic
context, MindWar must reach out to friends, enemies, and neutrals alike across the globe- neither through
primitive “battlefield” leaflets and loudspeakers of PSYOP nor through the weak, imprecise, and narrow efforts
A
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
62
of psychotronics—but through the media possessed by the US which have the capabilities to reach virtually all
people on the face of the Earth.
For the mind to believe in its own decisions, it must feel that it made those decisions without coercion.
Coercive measures used by the operative, consequently must not be detectable by ordinary means. There is no
need to resort to mind-weakening drugs such as those explored by the CIA; in fact the exposure of a single such
method would do unacceptable damage to MindWar’s reputation for truth.
Existing PSYOP identifies purely sociological factors, which suggest appropriate idioms for messages.
Doctrine in this area is highly developed, and the task is basically one of assembling and maintaining individuals
and teams with enough expertise and experience to apply the doctrine effectively. This, however, is only the
sociological dimension of target receptiveness measures. There are some purely natural conditions under which
minds may become more or less receptive to ideas, and MindWar should take full advantage of such phenomena
as atmospheric electromagnetic activity, air ionization, and extremely low frequency waves (21).”
If we do not accept Excalibur, then we relinquish our ability to inspire foreign cultures with our morality. If
they then desire moralities unsatisfactory to us, we have no choice but to fight them on a more brutish level.
A footnote (21) in the document described ELF:
Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) waves: ELF waves up to 100 Hz are naturally occurring but they can also be
produced artificially (such as for the Navy’s Project Sanguine for submarine communication). ELF-waves are not
normally noticed by the unaided senses, yet their resonant effect upon the human body has been connected to
both physiological disorders and emotional distortion. Infrasound vibration (up to 20 Hz) can subliminally
influence brain activity to align itself to Delta, Theta, Alpha, or Beta wave patterns, inclining an audience toward
everything from alertness to passivity. Infrasound could be used tactically, as ELF-waves endure for great
distances; and it could be used in conjunction with media broadcasts as well.
This description of ELF is fairly specific and admits that it is to be used in “conjunction” with television and radio. In
short, the ELF MindWar attack signal will be piggybacked on a TV carrier wave to target civilian populations in their
homes to instill feelings of fear and terror prior to the start of a conflict. The power of ELF to change the mood and
thoughts of enemy populations was well understood by the US Psyop forces, and to Valley and Aquino in particular.
If these weapons were turned against friendly populations, it would be extremely difficult to detect their influence.
“The Psychology of Victory,” paper represents a scheme for waging perpetual psychological warfare against friend and
enemy populations alike, particularly against the American people. This “MindWar” paper was provoked by an article
by Lt. Col. John Alexander, which appeared in the December 1980 edition of Military Review, advocating the
introduction of ESP (extra-sensory perception), “telepathic behavior modification” parapsychology, psychokinesis
(“mind over matter”), remote viewing, out of body experiences, and other New Age and occult practices into US
military intelligence. Alexander’s paper was titled “The New Mental Battlefield: Beam Me Up, Spock.”
As the résumé of Lt. Col John B. Alexander indicates, he has been in charge of nonlethal weapons development
for twenty years: Director, advanced concepts US Army Lab. Command, Adelphi, MD 1985-88; Manager, nonlethal
weapons defense technology, Los Alamos National Laboratory, 1988-1995 (ret); Manager, anti-material technology,
Defense Initiatives Office, 1988-91; Program Manager, contingency mission technology, Conventional Defense
Technology; Director for science liaison, National Institute for Discovery Sciences, 1995 to present; Visiting
Scientist, Los Alamos, 1995 to present.
THE AVIARY
The Aviary is an alleged cabal of intelligence agents and others who seek to mislead, debunk, and/or enlighten the
UFO research community. Here is a list of several members and their codenames:55
Colonel John B. Alexander (Penguin):
Education: BGS in Sociology, University of Nebraska, 1971; MA in Education, Pepperdine University, 1975;
PhD in Education, Walden University, 1980; Postgraduate work at UCLA (1990); MIT (1991); and Harvard (1993).
Entered the Army as a Private in 1956, and retired as a Colonel in 1988.Commander, Army Special Forces Teams,
US Army, Thailand, Vietnam, 1966-69. Chief of Human Resources Division, US Army, Ft. McPherson, GA, 1977-
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
63
79. Inspector General, Department of Army, Washington, 1980-82. Chief of Human Technology, Army Intelligence
Command, US Army, Arlington, VA 1982-83. Manager of Tech. Integration, Army Materiel Command, US Army,
Alexandria, VA, 1983-85. Director, Advanced Concepts US Army Lab. Command, Adelphi, MD 1985-88. Manager,
Nonlethal Weapons Defense Technology, Los Alamos National Laboratory, 1988-1995 (ret). Manager, Anti-material
Technology, Defense Initiatives Office, 1988-91. Program Manager, Contingency Mission Technology, Conventional
Defense Technology. Director for Science Liaison, National Institute for Discovery Sciences, 1995 to present.
Visiting Scientist, Los Alamos, 1995 to present.
Col. Alexander received a National Award for Volunteerism from President Ronald Reagan in 1987, and the
Aerospace Laureate Award from Aviation Week in 1993 and 1994. Alexander organized a national conference
devoted to researching “reports of ritual abuse, near-death experiences, human contacts with extraterrestrial aliens
and other so-called anomalous experiences,” the Albuquerque Journal reported in March 1993. The Australian magazine
Nexus reported last year that in 1971, Alexander “was diving in the Biminis Islands looking for the lost continent of
Atlantis. He was an official representative for the Silva mind control organization and a lecturer on precataclysmic
civilizations … [and] he helped perform ESP experiments with dolphins. . . In The Warrior’s Edge: Front-line Strategies
for Victory on the Corporate Battlefield, a 1990 book he co-authored with Maj. Richard Groller and Janet Morris,
Alexander describes himself as having ‘evolved from hard-core mercenary to thanatologist.’ As a Special Forces ATeam
commander in Thailand and Vietnam, he led hundreds of mercenaries into battle, the book explains. At the
same time, he studied meditation in Buddhist monasteries and later engaged in technical exploration and
demonstration of advanced human performance.” (Aftergood)
Alexander was formerly with the US Army Intelligence & Security Command (INSCOM) under Maj. Gen.
Albert Stubblebine, 1982-1984, and was reportedly one of Stubblebine’s closest officers. He is married to alien
abduction researcher Victoria Lacas (now Alexander). “After retiring from the Army in 1988, Alexander joined the
Los Alamos National Laboratory and began working with Janet Morris, the Research Director of the US Global
Strategy Council (USGSC), chaired by Dr Ray Cline, former Deputy Director of the CIA.”
“Born in New York in 1937, he spent part of his career as a Commander of Green Berets Special Forces in
Vietnam, led Cambodian mercenaries behind enemy lines, and took part in a number of clandestine programs,
including Phoenix. He currently holds the post of Director of Nonlethal Programs in the Los Alamos National
Laboratory. In 1971, while a Captain in the infantry at Schofield Barracks, Honolulu, he was diving in the Biminis
Islands looking for the lost continent of Atlantis. He was an official representative for the Silva mind control
organization and a lecturer on pre-cataclysmic civilizations. Alexander is also a past President and a Board member of
the International Association for Near-Death Studies, and, with his former wife, Jan Northup, he helped Dr C.B.
Scott Jones perform ESP experiments with dolphins.”56
C.B. Scott Jones (Falcon):
President of the Human Potential Foundation, he “served in Naval Intelligence for approximately 15 years,
including assignments with Carrier Division 14, and as Assistant Naval Attaché, New Delhi, India, and Kathmandu,
Nepal in the 1960s. He collected intelligence and provided intelligence support throughout Southeast Asia, the
Middle East, and North Africa. Jones has briefed the President’s Scientific Advisory Committee, and has testified
before House and Senate committees on intelligence matters.” He retired from the Navy around 1976 due to a
parapsychological experience. After retiring, he worked for several companies, including R. F. Cross Associates,
Ltd., and Kaman Tempo, a division of Kaman Sciences. This work involved development in projects sponsored by the
Defense Nuclear Agency, Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), and the US Army Intelligence and Security Command
(INSCOM). “In 1989, MUFON appointed Jones as a Special Consultant in International Relations. Scott has been on
the Board of Trustees of the American Society for Psychical Research (ASPR) since 1985, and now [1992] serves as its
President.”
He formed the Human Potential Foundation in 1989. “Jones has conducted his own dolphin telepathy studies
along with Colonel John Alexander and Theodore Rockwell, a prominent (Who’s Who) nuclear engineer, who has
worked on naval nuclear propulsion systems and who also [has] serve[ed] as vice president of the US Psychotronics
Association.” In his paper “Government UFO Connections” (included in Phoenix in the Labyrinth), he claims to have no
knowledge of government involvement in UFOs. Michael Persinger “is/was a big buddy of C. B. Jones. A Navy pilot
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
64
and intelligence officer for forty years, he retains his security clearance. While a Navy attaché in India, he experienced
an unknown paranormal event that “enabled me to do my intelligence assignment with much greater speed than one
ordinarily expected.” He has been a believer in UFOs since he saw one during the Korean War. His book Phoenix in
the Labyrinth reportedly deals with the company Psi Tech a great deal.
On the registration questionnaire for the May 1995 conference When Cosmic Cultures Meet, Jones asked
attendees if they would consider taking a drug that would result in telepathic contact with aliens. While working for
Senator Pell, Jones was in contact with many psychics, and often put them in touch with intelligence agencies. In
1989, Scott claimed that the government probably didn’t have a large parapsychology program. In this essay, he also
seems to doubt that the US could carry on a mind-control program (again), due to the checks and balances of our
democratic system. Jones has attended conferences in the former Soviet Union, and his foundation is also involved
with the research of the Russian scientist Dr. Igor Smirnov.
Jack Verona (Raven):
Jack Verona, a nuclear physicist, is a former high-ranking Pentagon scientist. He is a former head of the DIA’s
Scientific and Technical Intelligence Directorate. In this capacity, he oversaw the funding and tasking of Grill Flame.
Another project he oversaw was code-named Sleeping Beauty, which dealt with researching microwaves and how
they affect the human mind. Reportedly the former boss of Michael Persinger, he retired in late 1989.57
Harold Puthoff (Owl):
Harold E. Puthoff was born June 20, 1936. He earned his BS and an MS in electrical engineering from the
University of Florida, an his PhD from Stanford University in 1967. After graduating, he served in the Army on duty
with the NSA at Fort Meade, Maryland, where he worked as an engineer with Project Light, which studied fiber
optics, lasers, and high-speed computers (very cutting-edge at the time). Puthoff served as an officer in the Navy from
1960-63 at Ft. Meade. In 1971 he joined Stanford Research Institute (SRI) as a specialist in laser physics, having
worked for the previous eight years in the Microwave Laboratory at Stanford University. He was head of the SRI
remote viewing program from 1972 to 1985. After leaving, he invented the tunable infra-red laser. Today, Puthoff is
Director of the Institute for Advanced Studies at Austin. A theoretical and experimental physicist specializing in
fundamental electrodynamics, his research ranges from theoretical studies of quantum vacuum states as they apply to
the stability of matter, gravitation, cosmology, and energy research, to laboratory studies of innovative approaches to
energy generation.” He has published over 30 technical papers in the areas of electron-beam devices, lasers, and
quantum zero-point-energy effects. He also has issued and pending patents in the laser, communications, and energy
fields, and is co-author (with R. H. Pantell) of a textbook called Fundamentals of Quantum Electronics (New York:
Wiley, 1969), which is also published in French, and Russian.
Puthoff is reported to have been at OT (Operating Thetan) Level III with the Church of Scientology at the time
of his experiments. He wrote the preface to Scientology: A Religion, and he was married in a Scientology church, even
though “Puthoff says his involvement with the church more than a decade ago was casual.” He joined the church in the
1960s, and left in the mid-1970s, after which he lent support to a group that criticized it. It was during a Los Angeles
training seminar that he met Pat Price, who later worked at SRI. Peter Tompkins and Christopher Bird state in The
Secret Life of Plants that while at SRI Puthoff conducted experiments on chicken eggs. Using an e-meter (invented by L.
Ron Hubbard and used in the practices of Scientology), he attempted to see if an egg would react if another was
broken nearby.
US Psychotronics Association
Lt. Col. Thomas E. Bearden (Ret.):
A US Army lieutenant colonel (ret.) and former Pentagon analyst, Thomas E. Bearden is President and CEO of
CTEC, Inc., a private research and development corporation which engages in research on free energy devices and
the mechanisms for interaction of electromagnetic fields and radiation with biological systems. Bearden is president of
the Association of Distinguished American Scientists (ADAS), a life member of the Alabama Academy of Science. He
served on the Board of Directors of the US Psychotronics Association and the American Association of Metascience
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
65
(AAMS), and served as editor of the latter organization’s publication, Specula Journal, for four years. He also served
on the Board of Directors of Astron, Inc., a private aerospace research and development corporation in the greater
Washington D.C. area, which is noted for its specialized radio frequency antennas. He and his wife, Doris, live in
Huntsville, Alabama, where Bearden, although retired, continues private research and serves as a special consultant to
the aerospace industry on scalar electromagnetics processes”
Virtual Times’ biography of Bearden states the following. “Lt. Col. Thomas E. Bearden is a nuclear engineer,
war games and weapons analyst, and military tactician. He has an MS in nuclear engineering from Georgia Tech and is
a graduate of the US Army Command and General Staff College and several US Army artillery and guided missile
schools. He has over 30 years experience in air defense systems, technical intelligence, Soviet electromagnetic
weaponry, artificial intelligence, computerized war games, and anti-missile radiation countermeasures. He is a senior
scientist with a large aerospace company [Colsa Corp.] Col. Bearden personally developed and published the basis for
a drastic revision of electromagnetic theory and engineering, based on the work of Whittaker and Maxwell. His work
is primarily responsible for the widespread interest and research into scalar electromagnetic phenomena in this
country over the past decade.”58
In Mind Wars, Ronald McRae states that, as a member of the US Psychotronics Association, he claimed that
“Soviet psychic experiments have caused Legionnaire’s disease, cattle mutilations, UFO abductions, and the sinking of
the US submarine Thresher.” According to McRae, he also claimed that “these experiments have aroused mankind’s
collective unconsciousness, called ZARG. Many of his theories were published before his retirement and are available
through the Defense Documentation Center. His views are supported by John Alexander. After retirement, Bearden
was contracted by the Pentagon to study the ‘photonic barrier modulator,’ ‘hyper spatial nuclear howitzer,’ and the
connection between ESP and UFOs.”59
In The Controllers: Mind Control and Its Role in the “Alien” Induction Phenomenon, Martin Cannon argues that “alien
abductions” might actually be a cover for government mind control and experimentation. His study is based on his
research on accessible documentation of mind control technology, especially brain implants. “Perhaps the most
disturbing wanderer into this mind-field,” Cannon writes, “is Joseph A. Meyer, of the National Security Agency, the
most formidable and secretive component of America’s national security complex. Meyer has proposed implanting
roughly half of all Americans arrested—not necessarily convicted—of any crime; the numbers of ‘subscribers’ (his
euphemism) would run into the tens of millions. ‘Subscribers’ could be monitored continually by computer wherever
they went. Meyer, who has carefully worked out the economics of his mass-implantation system, asserts that taxpayer
liability should be reduced by forcing subscribers to ‘rent’ the implant from the State. Implants are cheaper and more
efficient than police, Meyer suggests, since the call to crime is relentless for the poor ‘urban dweller’—who, this
spook-scientist admits in a surprisingly candid aside, is fundamentally unnecessary to a post-industrial economy.
‘Urban dweller’ may be another of Meyer’s euphemisms: He uses New York’s Harlem as his model community in
working out the details of his mind-management system.”60
Russell Targ:
Russell Targe joined SRI’s electronics and bioengineering laboratory in 1972, and is now a senior research
physicist at the Institute. He was a partner of Hal Puthoff in the Institute’s remote viewing project. Prior to that, he
spent 10 years in laser and plasma physics research with Sylvania Corporation, developing gas lasers. He is also
president of the Parapsychology Research Group. He says, “In May 1982, Elisabeth Targ and I were invited to hold a
workshop at Esalen Institute for a group of twenty-five professional men and women.” Before officially leaving SRI in
1982, Targ, Harary, and businessman Tony White, founded Delphi Associates. Their first project was to develop a
psi-related game for Atari, but Atari went under before the deal was completed. Delphi then served as a consultancy
which sought to apply psi (remote viewing) to find such resources as oil and gas. Using Harary as a viewer, they
claimed to have successfully traded in the silver market and to be capable of predicting silver futures on the market.
After several reported successes, there were two misses, which scared off their investor. Each blamed the others for
their failure, and the argument went public during a lecture Harary gave at the Esalen Institute.
Russell Targ is now apparently working with Lockheed Martin Missiles and Space Co., where his work deals
with using lasers to determine wind patterns. In April, 1996, he co-chaired a session called Advanced Sensor
Technologies at the Aerospace/Defense Sensing and Controls Conference. He is also identified as being associated
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
66
with the Bay Research Institute in Palo Alto and being involved with the Physics/Consciousness Research Group.
Targ is President of the International Remote Viewing Association.61
Special access programs (SAPs) employ a variety of security measures that are far more restrictive than those
used in “ordinary” classified programs, and shield them from independent oversight. These controls provide
extraordinary protection by keeping personnel access to the minimum needed to meet program goals and naming
officials so as to screen persons seeking access, and by using access lists and registered unclassified nicknames and
classified code words. Only “core secrets” have special access controls, examples of which might be a technological
breakthrough, or exploitation of an enemy’s weakness.
“Cover stories may be established for unacknowledged programs in order to protect the integrity of that program
from individuals who do not have a need to know. Cover stories must be believable and cannot reveal any
information regarding the true nature of the contract. Cover stories for SAPs must have the approval of the program
`security officer (PSO) prior to the dissemination.” One such example of a cover story is: “In the darkest days of the
cold war, the military lied to the American public about the true nature of many unidentified flying objects, in an
effort to hide its growing fleet of spy planes. The deceptions were made in the 1950s and 60s amid a wave of UFO
sightings that alarmed the public and parts of official Washington.” The lies, experiments, and cover stories continue
in every field of science. The lies have been institutionalized with breakthroughs in health, energy, propulsion,
communications, and information technology which are classified and hidden from view.62
In 1939 Orson Wells broadcast the radio program “War of the Worlds, which had the effect of general panic
along the entire East Coast of the United States. People who listened to the broadcast and did not hear the disclaimer
at the beginning of the program actually believed they were under attack. The program’s unintentional and
unfortunate effect, which would have been considered a success had it been a psychological warfare operation, may
have been the basis for the military’s use of UFO stories as a cover for other sensitive military operations, such as the
masking of Air Force experimental aircraft. Implanting memories of alien abduction as a cover for kidnapping and
mind control experimentation may have been another. Many of the UFO organizations and conventions have military
intelligence assets present, and much of the UFO literature may be attributed to authors with connections to
intelligence agencies.
Mind War:
Psychological warfare operations are aimed at sowing confusion, chaos, and terror among the enemy. One early
example of a psychological warfare operation during the Boer war against the British, who were using Muslim troops
against the Boers, was the spreading of a rumor that the grease and oil used to maintain their British supplied rifles
was derived from hog fat. The Musm troops recoiled at the idea of cleaning their rifles using pig grease, and were
thereby neutralized. As the sixth-century Chinese military strategist Sun-tzu said,“To capture the enemy’s entire
army is better than to destroy it; to take intact a regiment, a company, or a squad is better than to destroy them. For,
to win one hundred victories in one hundred battles is not the acme of skill. To subdue the enemy without fighting is
the supreme excellence. Thus, what is of supreme importance in war is to attack the enemy’s strategy. Next best is to
disrupt his alliances by diplomacy. The next best is to attack his army, and the worst policy is to attack cities.”63
During WWII, psychological warfare was used effectively by the US military as well. The fusion of psychological
warfare and military deception contributed greatly to the stunning success of the invasion of Normandy. Before DDay,
Operation Quicksilver created the “First United States Army Group” (FUSAG), a fictional company, supposedly
commanded by General George Patton, which would invade France at the Pas-de-Calais. American troops used false
signals, decoy installations, and phony equipment to deceive German observation aircraft and radio intercept
operators. The operation achieved the desired effect of misleading the German High Command as to the location of
the primary invasion, and thereby keeping their reserves away from the actual landings. The OSS parachuted many
agents behind enemy lines with the intent that they be captured and interrogated. These agents had been told that the
invasion was to take place at Calais and were sacrificed to further what became known as The Great Deception.
During the Vietnam War, special units of US troops dressed as the enemy, massacred entire villages, leaving no one
alive and making it appear as if the NVA (Vietcong) had perpetrated the crime in order to alienate the civilian
populations against the enemy. It is doubtful, however, that strategies of this type were effective.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
67
Military Doctrine Publications:
The Strategic Studies Institute of the US Army War College produced a paper in 1994 entitled “The Revolution
in Military Affairs and Conflicts Short of War,” which discusses a revolution in military affairs (RMA), which “will not
only change the nature of warfare, but also alter the global geopolitical balance of power.” An example of an RMA is
the invention of gunpowder, or atomic weapons, in short, an innovation that turns the world upside down.” The
authors Metz and Kievit claim, “Behavior modification is a key component of peace enforcement,” and that
modification will be directed at the American people. This will take place, the authors state, through directed energy
systems, whose primary advantage is “deniability,” they are straightforward about the unlimited possibilities inherent
in “perception molding” through the use of psycho technologies. Anyone who objects to this kind of mind warping
will be “identified using comprehensive interagency integrated databases,” then categorized into “computerized
personality simulations,” which will be used “to develop, tailor and focus psychological campaigns for each.”64
New World Vistas: Air and Space for the 21st Century, a book published in 1996 by the US Air Force Advisory Board,
discusses “Biological Process Control”: “We will have achieved a clear understanding of how the human brain works,
how it really controls the various functions of the body, and how it can be manipulated (both negatively and
positively). One can envision the development of electromagnetic energy sources, the output of which can be pulsed,
shaped, and focused, that can couple with the human body in a fashion that will allow one to prevent voluntary
muscle movements, control emotions (and thus actions), produce sleep, transmit suggestions, interfere with both
short-term and long term memory, produce an experience set, and delete an experience set…It would also appear
possible to create high-fidelity speech in the human body, raising the possibility of covert suggestion and psychological
direction. When a high-power microwave pulse in the gigahertz range strikes the human body, a very small
temperature perturbation occurs. This is associated with a sudden expansion of the slightly heated tissue. This
expansion is fast enough to produce an acoustic wave. If a pulsed stream is used, it should be possible to create an
internal acoustic field in the 5-15 kilohertz range, which is audible. Thus, it may be possible to talk to selected
adversaries in a fashion that would be most disturbing to them.”65
A 1996 military paper entitled “Information Operations: A New War-Fighting Capability,” written for the Chief
of Staff of the Air Force, designed to identify what is required for the US to remain “the dominant air and space force
in the future.” The paper asserts that “for continued success as a superpower” the key is “information dominance.”
Part of this dominance will be the development of a space satellite-linked Information Integration Center, or IIC,
which will act as a central information processing and control center. The IIC will monitor people who have been
implanted with a “microscopic brain chip,” which performs two functions. First, it links the individual to the IIC,
creating a seamless interface between the user and the information resources (in-time collection data and archival
databases); in essence, it relays the processed information from the IIC to the user. Second, the chip creates a
computer generated mental visualization. “Implanting ‘things’ in people raises ethical and public-relations issues,” the
authors admit, but in the future, they add, “The civilian population will likely accept an implanted microscopic
microchip that allows military members to defend vital national interests.” The paper goes on to note that “The
California Institute of Technology has developed an energy-efficient computer chip which emulates the analog
thinking of the human brain” and that “when this capability is fully mature, this chip could provide the baseline for a
brain implant hooked to all the sensory segments of the brain, not just the eye.”66
The military theorists writing about “psychological, biological, and defensive technologies” and “Technologies
specifically designed for conflicts short of war” observe that overcoming the ethical restraints of American attitudes
towards the technology and its uses would require “an ethical and political revolution would be necessary to make a
military revolution.” However, they point out, “There is another alternative: we could deliberately engineer a
comprehensive revolution, seeking utter transformation rather than simply an expeditious use of new technology.”67
A 1996 Air Force Scientific Advisory Board report on future weapons includes a classified section on an “RF
Gunship.” Other military documents confirm that radio-frequency antipersonnel weapons programs are underway.
The Air Force’s Armstrong Laboratory at Brooks Air Force Base in Texas is heavily engaged in such research.
According to budget documents, the lab intends to spend more than $110 million over the next six years “to exploit
less-than-lethal biological effects of electromagnetic radiation for Air Force security, peacekeeping, and war-fighting
operations.” Typical of some of the more exotic proposals are those from Clay Easterly. Last December, Easterly,
who works at the Health Sciences Research Division of Oak Ridge National Laboratory, briefed the Marine Corps on
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
68
work he had conducted for the National Institute of Justice, which does research on crime control. One of the
projects he suggested was an electromagnetic gun that would “induce epileptic like seizures.” Another was a “thermal
gun, [which] would have the operational effect of heating the body to 105 to 107” degrees Fahrenheit. Such effects
would bring on discomfort, fevers, or even death.68
Unclassified Nonlethal Weapons:
Millitech (http://www.millitech.com/) and Millivision (http://www.millivision.com/index.htm) sell
millimeter wave radars to defense and security firms. Their websites offer the following information on their
products:
Active (radar) millimeter wave imaging systems are able to “see through” most wall materials, providing the
technology of choice for developing situation assessment systems. Such systems extend the ability of users to view
activities from one or two rooms away, or from the outside of a building into its interior. Using this technology,
hostage, terrorism, demolition, and other unlawful and dangerous situations can be assessed remotely and evaluated
for action. Millimeter wave radar imaging systems can be made extremely sensitive to movement, even to the level of
detecting heartbeats. This makes them ideally suited for search and rescue and other applications where individuals
may be alive, but unable to respond to rescuers. And active millimeter wave systems use low radiation levels
incapable of penetrating human skin making them completely safe for operators and other individuals in the scene.
Millimeter waves are electromagnetic radiation with wavelengths in the range 1 cm to 1 mm (with
corresponding frequencies of 30 to 300 GHz), located between the microwave and infrared portions of the spectrum.
Because they are capable of “seeing through” most packaging, clothing, and many wall materials, while still providing
sufficiently detailed images, millimeter waves are ideally suited for use in security and emergency applications.
What the websites don’t say is that these military radars used for fighting house to house are now for sale to the
general public and that the entire world has been turned into a fish bowl. When these radars are given to police and
fire units, they are often abused, that is, used to spy on people in their homes for voyeuristic motives, or worse. Any
normal building material is transparent to these devices but the water in your body lights up with great definition,
enough so as to identify you in a crowded room from outside the building. These radars do have biological effects,
and if subjected to them on a regular basis, health complications will arise. The energies and frequencies that hit the
human body are strong enough to alter the behavior of cells and the proteins that make life possible.
During the siege at the Mt. Carmel church near Waco, Texas, FBI agents discussed with Russian counterparts the
use of acoustic psycho-correction on David Koresh and the Branch Davidians. It is understood that this contingency
did not proceed. However, some unusual EM weapons were deployed at Waco. BBC World News and FBI filmfootage
both show the Russian equipment being demonstrated, as well as a previously unseen noise generator and an
unusual low frequency strobe array in use at Waco.69
Active Denial System (ADS):
Wade Smith, deputy director of the active denial system (ADS) program for Raytheon, has voluntarily felt the
beam during testing. “This is an effect that literally gets under your skin,” said Smith. “I can assure you, once you
come in contact with the beam, you will be inclined to stop whatever you are doing.” Active denial technology uses a
transmitter to send a tight beam of 95-Ghz millimeter waves. The energy reaches the subject and penetrates less than
1/64th of an inch into the skin. A two-second burst can heat the skin to a temperature of 130 degrees Fahrenheit,
creating a sensation like that experienced when touching an ordinary light bulb. The flesh does not burn, however,
because of the low levels of energy used, since exposure of at least 250 seconds would be required before burns
would result. The website of Sandia National Laboratories, a government research and development laboratory
(http://www.sandia.gov/), has the following information: “ADS systems are a new class of nonlethal weaponry
using 95 GHz-millimeter-wave directed energy. This technology is capable of rapidly heating a person’s skin to
achieve a pain threshold that has been demonstrated by AFRL human subject testing to be very effective at repelling
people, without burning the skin or causing other secondary effects.”
Active Denial Technology (ADT) provides an effective nonlethal, active-response mechanism to disperse,
disturb, distract, and establish the intent of intruders. ADT emits a 95 GHz non-ionizing electromagnetic beam of
energy, which penetrates approximately 1/64 of an inch into human skin tissue, where nerve receptors are
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
69
concentrated. Within seconds, the beam will heat the exposed skin tissue to a level in which intolerable pain is
experienced and the body’s natural defense mechanisms take over. This intense heating sensation stops only if the
individual moves out of the beam’s path or if the beam is turned off. The sensation caused by the system has been
described by test subjects as feeling like touching a hot frying pan, or the intense radiant heat from a fire. Burn injury
is prevented by limiting the beam’s intensity and duration. DoD-sponsored millimeter-wave human effectiveness
testing, initiated in 2001, has demonstrated ADT as effective and safe, without any long-term effects. According to a
press release issued by Sandía in late June 2005, the lab expected the DoD-funded human-effectiveness testing of the
small-beam ADS by the Human Effectiveness Directorate (HEDR) of the Air Force Research Laboratory (AFRL)
would within eight months validate the effectiveness and safety of ADT as a nonlethal weapon system. (“Team
investigates Active Denial System for security applications,” Sandía National Laboratories, June 30, 2005,
http://www.sandia.gov/news-center/news-releases/2005/def-nonprolif-sec/active-denial.html)
The ADS is the public face of a brand of technologies that have never seen the light of day, but have been in
existence for decades. These weapons are lethal, depending on the distance to the target (person) and the power level
setting. Second- and third-degree burns are possible at shorter ranges, higher power settings, or longer time periods
of exposure. Besides using the most benign terms for these new weapons, the public face of the new technology is
restricted to those systems that will cause less resistance among the general public to their development.
Nonlethal Weapons Publications:
In 1972 the Army issued a classified report, “Analysis of Microwaves for Barrier Warfare,” from US Army
Mobility Equipment Research and Development Center: “It is possible to field a truck-portable microwave barrier
system that will completely immobilize personnel in the open with present-day technology and equipment.”
(Meradcom Report 2048: “Analysis of Microwaves for Barrier Warfare”)
A NASA report written in 1970 by Thomas Fryer of Ames Research Labs concerned “Implantable Biotelemetry
Systems.” A 1976 DIA report mentions “anti-personnel applications” of pulsed microwaves that carry, “sounds and
possibly even words which appear to be originating intercranially.”70
In 1882, the US Air Force Review of Biotechnology warned, “Radio frequency radiation (RFR) fields pose
powerful and revolutionary anti-personnel military threats…electromagnetic fields can be disruptive to purposeful
behavior and may be capable of directing or interrogating such behavior. Passage of 100 milliamperes through the
myocardium (of the brain) can lead to cardiac standstill and death. A rapidly scanning RFR system could provide an
effective stun or kill capability over a large area. Crowd-control devices using RFR do exist…complementing sonic
and infra-red weapons, which are well known, and were advertised in the British Defense Equipment Catalogue until
1983.” Prominently listed were the Valkyrie is an infra-red device causing night blindness, and the Squawk Box or
Sound Curdler, developed by the US for use in Vietnam. In 1984 the (UK) Ministry of Defense ordered that all
advertisements and references to “frequency weapons” be cut from the Defense Catalogue.
Columnist Jack Anderson wrote in 1985 that brain researchers had told him that the US and the USSR were close
to perfecting a mechanism that interferes with the electrical signals of the brain with remote transmissions of EM
radiation. This interference could “switch off” the brains vital functions, that is, killing the targeted victims.”
Dr. Sam Koslov, scientific assistant to the Secretary of the Navy in 1977 tried to cancel several projects, one at
the Stanford Research Institute titled “ELF—Extremely Low Frequency Radiation and Mind Control. According to
the Washington Post, the funding was diverted to a different project heading and continued forward. (Keith, 212)
“The Development of New Antipersonnel Weapons” (1990) stated, “Research in this field has been carried out in
almost all industrialized countries…with a view to using these phenomenon for anti-material or anti-personnel
purposes. It is possible to generate a very powerful microwave pulse (between 150 and 3,000 megahertz) with an
energy level of several hundreds of megawatts. Using specially adapted antenna systems, these generators in principle
could transmit over hundreds of meters sufficient energy to cook a meal…lethal effects can be expected from this
system at much lower energy levels using the principle of magnetic field compensation, which permits the control of
the geometry of the target. By means of antennas specially designed for that purpose, the radiation can be
concentrated on very small surfaces of the human body, for example the base of the brain, where relatively low
energy can produce lethal effects.”
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
70
In 1991, ITV News Bureau reported the first known use of electronic subliminals on the battlefield and the true
reason for the seemingly illogical and apparently suicidal attack by Iraqi troops on the deserted city of Al-Khafji…12
miles south of the Kuwaiti border…the Iraqi’s destroyed an FM radio station that had been installed in Al-Khafji by
the US DoD’s psyops branch. Outwardly the station was broadcasting Tokyo Rose-style propaganda. Deserting Iraqi
soldiers claimed that the real purpose of the station was to broadcast “the new, high-tech type of subliminal messages
referred to as ultra-high-frequency “silent sounds,” or “silent subliminals.” The report stated, “Although completely
silent to the human ear, the negative voice messages placed on the tapes alongside the audible programming by psyops
psychologists were clearly perceived by the subconscious minds of the Iraqi soldiers and the silent messages
completely demoralized them and instilled a perpetual feeling of fear and hopelessness in their minds.”
In July 1996, the Spotlight, a widely circulated right-wing US newspaper, reported that well-placed DoD sources
confirmed a classified Pentagon contract for the development of “high-power electromagnetic generators that
interfere with human brain waves.” The article cited the memorandum of understanding dated 1994 between
Attorney General Janet Reno and Defense Secretary William Perry for transfer of LTL weapons to the law
enforcement sector. A budget of under $50 million has been made available for the funding of associated “black”
programs. Dr. Emery Horvath, a professor of physics at Harvard University, referring to the generator that interferes
with human brain waves, stated, “These electronic ‘skull-zappers’ are designed to invade the mind and short circuit
its synapses… In the hands of government technicians, it may be used to disorient entire crowds, or to manipulate
individuals into self-destructive acts. It’s a terrifying weapon.”
In a US Air Command and Staff College paper of 1993 entitled “Nonlethal Technology and Air Power,” authors
Maj. Jonathan W. Klaaren (USAF) and Maj. Ronald S. Mitchell (USAF) outlined selected NLT weapons. These
included “Acoustic” (pulsed/attenuated high-intensity sound, infrasound (very low frequency) and Polysound (high
volume, distracting) as well as high-power microwaves (HPM) that possessed the ability to deter or incapacitate
human beings. (J. W. Klaaren and R. S. Mitchell, “Nonlethal Technology and Air Power: A Winning Combination
for Strategic Paralysis”71
On 21 July 1994, Defense Secretary William J. Perry issued a memorandum on nonlethal weapons which
outlined a tasking priority list for use of these technologies. Second on the list was “crowd control.” Coming in at a
poor fifth was: “Disable or destroy weapons or weapon development/production processes, including suspected
weapons of mass destruction.” It is therefore clear that nonlethality is fundamentally seen as antipersonnel rather than
antimateriel.
Directed-energy weapons currently being deployed include a microwave weapon manufactured by Lockheed-
Sanders and used for a process known as “Voice Synthesis,” which is remote beaming of audio (voices or other audible
signals) directly into the brain of any selected human target. This process is also known within the US government as
“Synthetic Telepathy.” This psychotronic weapon was demonstrated by Dr. Dave Morgan at the November 1993
nonlethal weapons conference. (Nexus, Oct-Nov, 1994) Nonlethal weapons, which including microwave and radio
frequency weapons were the main topics of discussion. Other topics were related to implant technology, for
example, the use of brain-to-computer-to-brain linkage using ELF communication to allow soldiers in the field to stay
in constant contact with each other and with command and control. Implants would allow real-time physiological
data to be evaluated, whether the soldier is wounded, and how badly, as well as the mental status, including fear,
anger, and complete train of thought. In August 2006, the DoD announced that military personnel would be required
to submit to microchip implanting, just as they have been required to take experimental vaccines. The first Gulf War
saw fewer than 200 US combat casualties, yet 15 years later over 30% have become completely disabled or deceased
due to a disease (set of common symptoms) of which the DoD has denied existence (Gulf War Syndrome or Gulf
War Illness).
In early February, Newsweek reported on the DoD’s pursuit of so-called nonlethal weapons under a headline
“Soon, ‘Phasers on Stun’”: “The search for new ‘tools’ has spawned the first systematic effort to develop nonlethal
weaponry in U.S. military history. Newsweek has learned that in the wake of Somalia, Defense Undersecretary John
Deutch has authorized a team of Pentagon officials to explore the feasibility of nonlethal weapons (NLWs) and the
exotic technologies behind them. This team, headed by Frank Kendall, the Pentagon’s director of tactical systems,
aims to set up priority programs for NLWs that could be funded as early as 1995.. .Warden and other new-wave
military thinkers say that the list of exotic technologies that could be harnessed for nonlethal weapons is already large
and growing, and includes lasers, microwaves, sound waves, strobe lights, electromagnetic pulses, microbes,
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
71
chemicals, computer viruses—even giant nets. Potentially these seem to offer US forces new options across the
whole range of missions, from crowd control to a strategic shutdown of an entire nation. Beanbag bullets, chemical
sprays and noise generators would be handy against hostile crowds. Other technologies, like “super-caustic” chemicals
that eat through metal or rubber or plastic, would disable not only tanks and trucks but virtually any machine. The
most devastating would be electromagnetic pulses, high-powered microwaves and computer viruses that, by disabling
all electrical and electronic systems, could cripple a whole society.” (John Barry, The Science Of War: A New
Generation of Nonlethal Weapons May Help Rout Mobs, Subdue Gunmen, Even Win Wars—Without Killing the
Innocent”72
On May 16, 1996, Admiral Boorda was found shot through the heart on a bench outside his official residence in
the Washington Navy Yard. The police instantaneously ruled it a suicide. However, Boorda’s recent advocacy of
suicide prevention cast an eerie shadow on the official story. The Boorda mystery deepens when a whole range of
facts gleaned from worldwide press coverage of his shocking death is integrated with the experiences of alleged mind
control (MC) experimentees. In March 1996 the Air Force and the Navy had finally opened investigations into claims
that about 500 people were being tortured by remotely controlled, neuroelectromagnetic (NEM) or RF weapons.
Bizarre stories alleging surveillance, electronic harassment, and remote-controlled torture of people throughout the
world were already posted on many Web sites. The amply referenced research of Cheryl Welsh, founder in 1997 of
Citizens Against Human Rights Abuse (CAHRA), supports many of these claims, especially nonconsensual brainwave
and personality studies by the US Government, the 1950s secret discovery of the “code of the brain,” and the Russian
Book Translation Project. In an article published last year in Matrix 3000, Band 4, a German publication, Welsh
writes, “Heart attacks, suicides, assassinations, blackmail, all can be done remotely, leaving no trace of evidence to tie
it to the perpetrators.
According to Arlene Tyner, “Boorda could easily have been done in by one of the surefire assassination methods
the Navy has finessed after 50 years of covert research and field testing. This little-known secret slipped out on July 6,
1975 in an article in the London Sunday Times, “How the US Navy Brain-Trains Political Assassins.” The Times quoted
a speech by Navy Lt. Commander Thomas Narut to a group of 120 psychologists at a NATO conference in Oslo,
Norway. Narut worked at the US Regional Medical Center in Naples, Italy. He reported the Navy had been
programming ‘hit men and assassins’ who would kill on command; some subjects were drawn from the ranks of
convicted murders serving time in military prisons.73
James V. McConnell, Professor of Psychiatry and head of the Department of Mental Health Research at the
University of Michigan and author of Understanding Human Behavior (1974), wrote in the April 1970 issue of Psychology
Today, “[T]he day has come when we can combine sensory deprivation with drugs, hypnosis and astute manipulation
of rewards and punishment to gain almost absolute control over an individual’s behavior…a very rapid and highly
effective type of positive brainwashing that would allow us to make dramatic changes in a person’s behavior and
personality…[In] a few months—or perhaps even less than that…The techniques of behavioral control make even the
hydrogen bomb look like a child’s toy, and, of course, they can be used for good or evil. But we can no more prevent
the development of this new psychological methodology than we could have prevented the development of atomic
energy.”
USAF Naval Captain Paul Taylor discusses the “death ray” in “The Electromagnetic Spectrum in low-Intensity
Conflict” (1986): “With a ‘speed of light effect,’ EM devices with stun or kill settings could sweep across entire
armies (or cities). The passage of approximately 100 milliamperes through the myocardium (leads) to cardiac
standstill and death.” He further discusses radio frequencies as “disruptive to human behavior” and the brain as “an
electrically mediated organ.”74
The following are excerpts from the Southwest Research Institute’s (SwRI) Final Report on Biotechnology Research
Requirements for Aeronautical Systems through the Year 2000: San Antonio, Texas (note the references to “interrogating’’
mental functioning, i.e. reading thoughts): “Experience with electroshock therapy, RFR [radiofrequency radiation]
experiments, and the increasing understanding of the brain as an electrically mediated organ suggest the serious
probability that impressed electromagnetic fields can be disruptive of purposeful behavior and may be capable of
directing and/or interrogating such behavior. Further, the passage of approximately 100 milliamperes through the
myocardium can lead to cardiac standstill and death, again pointing to a speed-of-light weapons effect. … While
initial attention should be toward degradation of human performance through thermal loading and electromagnetic
field effects, subsequent work should address the possibilities of directing and interrogating mental functioning, using
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
72
externally applied fields within the possibility of a revolutionary capability to defend against hostile actions, and to
collect intelligence data prior to conflict onset.’’75
Another document is the Department of Defense Directive “Policy for Nonlethal Weapons,” Office of the
Assistant Secretary of Defense, Draft, July 21, 1994. This is the draft of a policy which was intended to take effect in
January of 1995. It described using nonlethal weapons against the government’s domestic “adversaries’’: “The term
‘adversary’ is used above in its broadest sense, including those who are not declared enemies but who are engaged in
activities we wish to stop. This policy does not preclude legally authorized domestic use of the nonlethal weapons by
United States military forces in support of law enforcement.” This sounds like a prescription for an American dirty
war using secret, deniable technology.76
A 1995 document by a Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) task force discusses using these weapons against
people labeled as terrorists and drug traffickers. It recommends that these weapons be used secretly, so the victims do not know
where the attack is from, or if there even is an attack. How was this strategy tested and developed? This CFR policy is in
fact a recommendation for extrajudicial torture. If they would put that in an open document, causes one to wonder
what other ideas were going around behind the veil of secrecy?77
Following the US Senate Intelligence Committee had censured the CIA for its global political assassination plots,
including one against Fidel Castro, US Navy psychologist Lt. Commander Thomas Narut, of the US Regional Medical
Center in Naples, Italy, made a statement at a NATO conference in Oslo before 120 fellow psychologists that the
Office of Naval Intelligence had taken convicted murderers from military prisons, used behavior modification
techniques on them, and then relocated them in American embassies throughout the world. According to Dr. Narut,
the US Navy was an excellent place for a researcher to find “captive personnel” whom they could use as guinea pigs in
experiments, and the Navy had provided all the funding necessary. In further revelations during a press conference
attended by reporters from many nations, Dr. Narut explained how the Navy was secretly programming large
numbers of assassins, saying the men he had worked with for the Navy were being prepared for commando-type
operations, as well as covert operations in US embassies worldwide.
Narut described the men who went through his program as “hit men and assassins” who could kill on command.
Careful screening of the subjects was accomplished by Navy psychologists through the military records, and those
who actually received assignments where their training could be utilized, were drawn mainly from submarine crews
and from among paratroops, but many were convicted murderers serving military prison sentences. Several men who
had been awarded medals for bravery were drafted into the program. The assassins were conditioned through “audiovisual
desensitization,” a process which involved the showing of films of people being injured or killed in a variety of
ways, starting with very mild depictions and leading up to the more extreme forms of mayhem. Eventually, the
subjects would be able to detach their feelings even when viewing the most horrible of films. The conditioning was
most successful when applied to “passive-aggressive” types, and most of these ended up being able to kill without any
remorse.
The prime indicator of violent tendencies was the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI). Dr.
Narut knew of two Navy programming centers: the neuropsychiatric laboratory in San Diego and the US Regional
Medical Center in Italy, where he worked. During the audio-visual desensitization programming, restraints were
used to force the subject to view the films. A device was used on the subject’s eyelids to prevent him from blinking.
Typically, the preliminary film was on an African youth being ritualistically circumcised with a dull knife and without
any anesthetic. The second film showed a sawmill scene in which a man accidentally cut off his fingers. In addition to
the desensitization films, the potential assassins underwent programming to create prejudicial attitude in the men, to
think of their future enemies, especially the leaders of these countries, as subhuman. Films and lectures were
presented that demeaned the culture and habits of the people of the countries where it had been decided they would
be sent. Dr. Alfred Zitani, an American delegate to the Oslo conference, verified Narut’s remarks, and they were
published in the Sunday Times.
After his NATO lecture, Dr. Narut disappeared. He could not be located. Within a week or so after the lecture,
the Pentagon issued an emphatic denial that the US Navy had “engaged in psychological training or other types of
training of personnel as assassins.” They disavowed the programming centers in San Diego and Naples and stated they
were unable to locate Narut, but did provide confirmation that he was a staff member of the US Regional Medical
Center in Naples. During the NATO conference in Oslo, Narut had remarked that the reason he was divulging the
information was because he believed that the information was coming out anyway. The doctor was referring to the
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
73
disclosures of a Congressional subcommittee concerning various CIA assassination plots that were appearing at the
time in the press. However, what Narut had failed to realize at the time was that the Navy’s assassination plots were
not destined to be revealed to the public at that time.
Sometime later, Narut surfaced again in London and recanted his remarks, stating that he was “talking in
theoretical and not practical terms.” Shortly thereafter, the US Naval headquarters in London issued a statement
indicating that Narut’s remarks at the NATO conference should be discounted because he had been having “personal
problems.” Narut never made any further public statements about the program.
The exploitation of this technology for military uses is still in its infancy and only recently has been recognized by
the United States as a feasible option: “Currently available data allow the projection that specially generated radio
frequency radiation (RFR) fields may pose powerful and revolutionary antipersonnel military threats. Electroshock
therapy indicates the ability of induced electric current to completely interrupt mental functioning for short periods
of time to obtain cognition for longer periods and to restructure emotional response over prolonged intervals.
Experience with electroshock therapy, RFR experiments, and the increasing understanding of the brain as an
electrically mediated organ suggested the serious probability that impressed electromagnetic fields can be disruptive
to purposeful behavior and may be capable of directing and or interrogating such behavior. Further, the passage of
approximately 100 milliamperes through the myocardium can lead to cardiac standstill and death, again pointing to a
speed-of-light weapons effect. A rapidly scanning RFR system could provide an effective stun or kill capability over a
large area. System effectiveness will be a function of wave form, field intensity, pulse widths, repetition frequency,
and carrier frequency. The system can be developed using tissue and whole animal experimental studies, coupled
with mechanisms and waveform effects research. Using relatively low-level RFR, it may be possible to sensitize large
military groups to extremely dispersed amounts of biological or chemical agents to which the un-irradiated
population would be immune.”78
Los Alamos Laboratory has developed EM (electromagnetic) weapons in program run by Army veteran and
psychic enthusiast Gen. John Alexander, who holds a doctorate in Thanatology—the study of death. He published a
paper in the April 1980 US Army’s Military Review in which he said that telepathy could be used as an offensive
weapon, and that electronic weapons might also be used for interfering with the brain activity of target groups.79
After conducting additional research in this field, he joined the special technologies group at Los Alamos
Laboratories.
During the Vietnam War, Alexander was involved in Operation Phoenix, the systematic assassination campaign
that eliminated 30,000 suspected Viet Minh cadres. In practice, lists of names were compiled, using personal profiles
and names supplied by informants. Many innocent people were dragged from their homes at night and summarily
executed, along with the target group; how many is impossible to know. Alexander was involved in the mind-control
aspect of Phoenix that included psychological “implanting” in enemy POWs and civilian suspects in order to get them
to attack each other. Alexander has taught neurolinguistic programming to a generation of leaders in the military and
politics. The main thrust of his career has been as an expert in counterinsurgency operations and infiltration
operations, combined with an emphasis on electromagnetic weapons.
Radio Hypnotic Induced Control/ Electronic Dissolution of Memory (RHIC/EDOM):
Remote hypnosis was first reported, using allegedly parapsychological means, in the early 1930s, by L.L. Vasilev,
Professor of Physiology in the University of Leningrad. Later, other scientists attempted to accomplish the same goal,
using less mystic means. Over the years, certain journalists have asserted that the CIA has mastered a technology call
RHIC-EDOM—RHIC meaning Radio Hypnotic Intracerebral Control, and EDOM Electronic Dissolution of
Memory. Together, these two techniques can remotely induce a hypnotic trance, deliver suggestions to the subject,
and erase all memory of the instruction period and the act which the subject is asked to perform. RHIC uses the
stimoceiver, a microminiaturized offspring of the technological device which induces a hypnotic state. Interestingly,
this technique is also reputed to involve the use of intramuscular implants. Apparently, these implants are stimulated
to induce a post-hypnotic suggestion. EDOM is nothing more than missing memory of a span of time—the erasure of
memory from consciousness through the blockage of synaptic transmission in certain areas of the brain. By jamming
the brain’s synapses through a surfeit of acetocholine, neural transmission along selected pathways can be effectively
stilled.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
74
RHIC/EDOM is the ultra-sophisticated application of posthypnotic suggestion triggered at will by radio
transmission. It is a recurring hypnotic state, re-induced automatically at intervals by the same radio control. Through
the device, an individual can be remotely brought under hypnosis, either his or her knowledge, or without, by use of
narco-hypnosis, which can be brought into play under many guises. He or she is then programmed to perform certain
actions and maintain certain attitudes while acted upon by the radio signal. Other authors have mentioned this
technique, specifically Walter Bowart, in his book Operation Mind Control: Our Secret’s Government’s Wart Against its Own
People (1978), and journalist James Moore, who, in a 1975 issue of a periodical called Modern People, claimed to have
secured a 350-page manual prepared in 1963, on RHIC-EDOM. He received it, he said, from CIA sources, although,
interestingly, the technique contained in the manual is said to have originated in the military.
The following quote by Moore on RHIC should prove especially intriguing to abduction researchers who have
confronted odd “personality shifts” in abductees: “Medically, these radio signals are directed to certain parts of the
brain. When a part of your brain receives a tiny electrical impulse from outside sources, such as vision, hearing, an
emotion is produced—anger at the sight of a gang of boys beating an old woman, for example. The same emotion of
anger can be created by artificial radio signals sent to your brain by a controller. You could instantly feel the same
white-hot anger without any apparent reason. If RHIC-EDOM exists, it goes a long way toward providing an
earthbound rationale for alien abductions—or, at least, certain aspects of them. The phenomenon of “missing time” is
no longer mysterious. Abductee implants, both intracerebral and otherwise, are explained. And note the reference to
“recurring hypnotic state, re-induced automatically by the same radio command.” This situation may account for
“repeater” abductees who, after their initial encounter, have regular sessions of “missing time” and abduction—even
while a bedmate sleeps undisturbed.80
MK-Ultra—1990s:
In 1991 Janet Morris, who was research director of the US Global Strategy Council (USGSC), a Washington
think tank chaired by former CIA Deputy Director Ray Cline, visited Russia to investigate acoustic psycho-correction
technologies. Microwave signals send commands to the subconscious that are usually acted upon within one minute
or less. The Russians demonstrated a working system which Morris (a nonlethal weapons expert) envisioned as a
miniaturized, hand-held system.
After retiring from the Army in 1988, John Alexander joined the Los Alamos National Laboratory and began
working with Janet Morris. Throughout 1990, the USGSC lobbied the main Los Alamos National Laboratory’s,
major defense contractors and industries, retired senior military, and intelligence officers. The result was the creation
of a Nonlethality Policy Review Group, led by Major General Chris S. Adams, USAF (ret.) former Chief of Staff,
Strategic Air Command. They already had the support of Senator Sam Nunn, chair of the Senate Armed Services
Committee. According to Morris, the military attaché at the Russian Embassy contacted USGSC about the possibility
of converting military hardware to a nonlethal capability. In 1991, she issued a number of papers giving more detailed
information about USGSC’s concept of nonlethal weapons. Shortly after, the US Army Training and Doctrine
Command at Fort Monroe, Virginia published a detailed draft report on the subject titled “Operations Concept for
Disabling Measures.” The report included over twenty projects in which John Alexander is currently involved at the
Los Alamos National Laboratory. In a memorandum dated April 10, 1991, titled “Do we need a Nonlethal Defense
initiative?” Paul Wolfowitz, Under Secretary of Defense for Policy, wrote to Defense Secretary Dick Cheney, “A US
lead in nonlethal technologies will increase our options and reinforce our position in the post-Cold War world. Our
Research and Development efforts must be increased.”81
In 1962, James V. Bennet, director of the US Bureau of Prisons, encouraged psychiatrists and social scientists to
use the “tremendous opportunity” that 24,000 incarcerated and helpless prisoners offered for experimentation. “We
here in Washington are anxious to have you undertake some of these things…perhaps on your own—undertake a
little experiment on what you can do with the Muslims, what you can do with sociopathic individuals.” In 1990, the
London Observer reported, “An electronic torture chamber, using a white noise generator designed to pulse sound at 11
Hz—apparently ultimately capable of destroying the human body—has been installed by a British company,
Electronic Intelligence, inside the headquarters of the Special Branch of Dubai. Called “The House of Fun,” the
torture chamber also houses a strobe light set at 11Hz, and synchronized with the white noise generator, the
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
75
combined effect of which is to reduce anyone inside the cell to a “screaming helpless suppliant within moments.” The
equipment was referred to as “Prisoner Disorientation Equipment.”82
Chapter Fifteen
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
here are basically three types of private organizations that the CIA uses. A CIA proprietary is a business designed
to provide a service wanted by the CIA. It is secretly and wholly owned by the CIA, while disguised to appear in
public as a private business. According to a Foreign Service officer, “the proprietaries tend to take on a life of their
own, and several have grown too big and too independent to be either controlled from or dissolved by headquarters.”
A second kind of operation is a “front,” an organization whose business is a sham and is kept in place to provide cover
for other activities. An example of CIA fronts the Wilson and Shackley companies, which had no real function other
than cover. A third kind of organization is an independent organization closely allied to the CIA by shared ideology
and mutual goals, usually staffed by ex-CIA personnel, for example, the Interarms Company, the world’s largest
private arms dealer, which is run by career CIA officer Samuel Cummings.83
John Perkins wrote in his book Confessions of an Economic Hit Man, that he was recruited in college by the
NSA prior to entering the Peace Corps. Perkins was later indoctrinated and told, “US intelligence
agencies—including the NSA—would identify prospective economic hit men (EHM), who could then be
hired by international corporations. These EHM would never be paid by the government; instead, they
would draw their salaries from the private sector. As a result, their dirty work, if exposed, would be chalked
up to corporate greed rather than to government policy. In addition, the corporations that hired them,
although paid by the government agencies and their multinational banking counterparts (with taxpayer
money), would be insulated from congressional oversight and public scrutiny, shielded by a growing body of
legal initiatives, including trademark, international trade, and Freedom of Information Laws.” Perkins was
hired by an international consulting firm, Chas T. Main, Inc. (MAIN), for which his specialty was falsifying
economic growth estimates to validate the building of huge infrastructure projects with loans from the IMF
and World Bank. According to Perkins, these loans were used to enrich construction firms like Bechtel and
were never intended to be paid back, but instead served to keep the host country in debt to the World Bank.
He met with leaders of Third World countries and negotiated deals which in effect lined the pockets of
Perkins’ corporate clients and those of the dictator, while leaving the general population in perpetual
poverty. Should the leader of the sovereign nation refuse to hand over the resources to corporate interests,
that leader would meet with an unfortunate accident, as happened to the presidents of Ecuador and Panama,
both of whom died in fiery plane crashes. The income ratio of the one-fifth of the world’s population in the
wealthiest countries to the one-fifth in the poorest countries went from 30 to 1 in 1960, and from 74 to 1 in
1995. By 1990, developing countries had accumulated more than $1.3 trillion in foreign debt. By 2000,
eighty-six percent of the US EXIM Bank’s $7.7 billion in new foreign export credits, and guarantees went to
just ten politically influential US companies, including Enron, Halliburton, GE, Boeing, Bechtel, United
Technologies, Schlumberger, and Raytheon.84
Economic Hit Men:
The United States’ objective is simply to control the economic decisions of a country. The preferred
instrument of US foreign policy from about 1945 to 1980 was military dictatorships. However, between
1980 and 1990 there were two tracks in US policy. One was actually increasing support for repressive
governments in Central America and elsewhere, while at the same time there was movement in the
direction of utilizing debt as leverage. For the International Monetary Fund, structural adjustment programs
became more important in the 1980s. Today, the US prefers to exercise its power through economic
channels. It wants a favorable investment economy and to make sure that unions aren’t strong and that a
country is not diverting its resources to the needs of its people— resources that are necessary for paying
T
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
76
debt and doing other things. So what the US wants is control—economic control—and it will use whatever
leverage it has. The US does not want a progressive government in power, such as what occurred in Haiti,
but rather a government that is valuable to its own interests and power. Holding back a $146 million Inter-
American Development Bank from Haiti was way of trying to force a change of government. The US is not
interested in authentic democracy, but one within various narrow channels that it can dictate in terms of
what economic choices are available to that country and its people.85
Network Solutions, a subsidiary of the National Science Foundation, registered all IP addresses as a free
public service. Scientific Applications International Corp (SAIC) purchased Network Solutions and now IP
addresses cost $50 per year. SAIC is an arm of the military industrial establishment, with forty thousand
employees and over 90% of its $1.9 billion in 1994 revenues obtained from government contracts. The
SAIC board is composed of three former Directors of the CIA; Robert Gates, John Deutch, and Bobby Ray
Inman (also NSA); two former heads of the DoD, William Perry and Melvin Laird; and assorted generals.
SAIC has been engaged in the creation and implementation of technology for the Army Global Command
and Control System—the renovation of the Pentagon’s computer and communication systems—and the
upgrading of the national, state, and local law enforcement databases. In 1995 the Rand Corp., a research
arm of the DoD, published a study entitled, “Strategic Information Warfare,” which predicted the
importance of information dominance and speculated on how to repel and absorb internet attacks on the US
and its allies. The unclassified version of the report states that it was not necessary to take over and control
the internet; however, the purchase by SAIC of Network Solutions leads one to believe the classified version
of the Rand report said something completely different.
SAIC also was involved in the remote viewing/psychic spying studies for the CIA and DIA, along with
Stanford Research Institute. It is also worth noting that SAIC is involved in developing and promoting socalled
“nonlethal weapons,” which may be using remote-viewing as a front. Also interesting is that
“Information Warfare” is often included as a sub-category of nonlethal warfare in military journals. Info War
includes all hacker and virus threats, but it also broader than that, including the capability to intercept
television and radio transmissions from hostile countries and to synthesize the voice and even the video of a
foreign leader addressing his country, for instance changing its content and re-broadcasting it via satellite
jamming. In the literature this technology is a reality to the folks at the Pentagon, and they are not
overlooking its potential for covert operations and psy-war. Another subset of Information Warfare involves
“controlling the beliefs” of its subjects, including domestic ones. This used to be known as propaganda, or
good-ole-fashioned lying, but Information Warfare includes new technology and more aggressive, and
intrusive, forms of propaganda. Military theorists like Michael Aquino have argued that all war is
psychological, and that killing people only provides an edge for the propaganda, which should not be limited
to the enemy or during wartime.86
After 9/11, the fortunes of SAIC have progressed at an astonishing rate. The Global War on Terror, a war without
end, is perfectly suited for the corporation that functions as the brains of the National Security State. Revenues for
2006 were $8 billion dollars, with 9,000 government contracts now worth $13.6 billion in the pipeline. SAIC is now
bigger than Halliburton or Bechtel and employs more people than the Department of Labor, the Department of
Education, and the Department of Housing and Urban Development combined. Despite defrauding the government
in a systematic manner and despite changes in political party of the administration, their stock with the military
industrial complex continues to rise. The standard joke among the civilians at SAIC is that the company has so many
admirals and generals in its ranks that it could start its own war. Some might argue that, in the case of Iraq, it did.
Four years before the invasion of Iraq in 2003, SAIC established the Center for Counterterrorism Technology and
Analysis. Testimonies by SAIC employees were key to making the case that Saddam Hussein was an imminent threat.
The company virtually created the Iraq Reconstruction and Development Council, managed the group, and paid them
$33 million prior to the war. The operation reported to Douglas Feith, Undersecretary of Defense Policy at the
Pentagon. Feith, a key architect of the invasion, employed Christopher “Ryan” Henry, former SAIC senior vice
president. SAIC, and employed Shaha Riza, the girlfriend of Paul Wolfowitz, deputy secretary of defense. SAIC also
contracted for the Office of Strategic Influence, set up by Rumsfeld, to function as a “Voice of America” program to
supply good news about the war. In the wake of the disastrous intelligence failures before the invasion, SAIC
personnel staffed the commission which was set up to investigate how American intelligence could have been so
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
77
disastrously wrong—a curious turn of events, considering it was SAIC personnel who supplied the false intelligence
in the first place. Their report concluded, “The Commission found no indication the Intelligence Community
distorted the evidence regarding Iraq’s weapons of mass destruction.”87
In the 1970s and 1980s SAIC was hired by the government to reconstruct the radiation dose received by military
personnel during atomic bomb tests. When SAIC did the numbers, very few veterans qualified for compensation. The
Pentagon was off the hook and the ailing veterans were out of luck. In 1988 Congress waived the rules and gave
veterans dying of cancer the benefit of the doubt. By then most of the veterans were dead. SAIC and Bechtel are
partners in constructing Yucca Mountain, the $3.1 billion repository for high-level nuclear waste, waste that will
remain lethal for at least 10,000 years. The Nuclear Regulatory Commission and the Department of Energy came
under pressure from executives in the nuclear industry to help them cut costs of storing waste. The idea was to
recycle the contaminated metals, nickel, aluminum, copper, steel, by mixing them with other metals. The diluted
metals could then be made into useable items, knives, forks, baby strollers, eye glass frames, bicycles, frying
pans…even used in construction. This had occurred before in the 1980’s when radioactive table legs began turning
up in the US everywhere from restaurants to nursing homes. A radioactive ring cost one man his arm. Because of this
in 1992 Congress banned this form of recycling. The latest scheme worked because SAIC wrote the regulations for
the N.R.C. that established a safe dose limit for recycling (there is no safe dose of radiation). SAIC at the same time
contracted with the D.O.E. to recycle the materials for which it was drafting the regulations. This conflict of interest
was discovered by accident and the contract put on hold. SAIC denied there was a conflict of interest.88
DynCorp:
DynCorp is one of the three preeminent private mercenary corporations in the world, and is the dominant entity
for training security forces in the Middle East. Herbert “Pug” Winokur a lead investor and creator of DynCorp—he
was CEO from 1987 to 1991—and previously chaired the finance committee at Enron, where he somehow escaped
the scrutiny of federal prosecutors. DynCorp is ubiquitous; it manages the congressional telephone system and does
the computerized bookkeeping for a dozen federal agencies, including DoD and HUD, and as such has presided over
the loss (or theft) of trillions of dollars. DynCorp has a contract to manage the police and court systems in the USoccupied
Iraq. Arthur Anderson is the financial auditor of DynCorp, the same auditor which handled Enron’s books.
The HUD Inspector General testified before Congress that HUD had lost $17 billion in 1998 and $59 billion in 1999.
In 2001 it was disclosed that the Pentagon could not account for $1.1 trillion for the fiscal year 2000. In a separate
loss, it later became public that the DoD could not account for $2.3 trillion dollars, amounting to over 25% of its
assets. The DoD budget is $480 billion a year, more than all the non-American military spending in the world
combined, yet they managed to lose trillions. The financial data processing for the US government accounting
systems is performed by DynCorp and Lockheed-Martin. DynCorp was given a $322 million contract to develop,
produce, test, and store FDA licensed vaccines for the DoD.
DynCorp owns Blackwater, the company that employs the majority of the tens of thousands of security contractors in
Iraq.89
Hadron:
Hadron was founded in the 1980’s by Dr. Earl Brian, who was an associate of Attorney General Edwin Meese.
Brian was convicted on fraud charges in the 1980’s. Ken Alibek is president of the subsidiary Hadron Advanced
Biosystems, formerly Colonel Kanatjan Alibekov, who headed up Project Bonfire, the crash USSR program to
destroy the US with biological weapons after an initial nuclear exchange. DARPA gave the company $12 million in
funding for medical biodefense research, the focus of which is non-specific immunity.90
The Rendon Group, whose services have been retained during “nearly every shooting conflict in the past two
decades,” as James Bamford, an investigative reporter, wrote in Rolling Stone last fall. Hired by the CIA after the first
gulf war to pave the way for regime change in Iraq, John Rendon helped to organize the Iraqi National Congress,
Ahmed Chalabi’s dissident group (which was later responsible for feeding bogus stories about Iraq’s weapons of mass
destruction to the press). More recently, though, as Bamford has reported, Rendon’s firm received a Pentagon
contract to mount “a worldwide propaganda campaign deploying teams of information warriors to allied nations to
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
78
assist them ‘in developing and delivering specific messages to the local population, combatants, front-line states, the
media and the international community.”91
Schlumberger:
Schlumberger is the world’s premier oil drilling company that is present in some manner wherever oil is being
developed. Schlumberger is also comprised of the world’s most advanced surface seismic company, WesternGeco,
jointly owned by Baker-Hughes. James Baker founded and runs Baker-Hughes; he is the world’s foremost petroleum
lawyer, a key player in the Caspian oil exploration in the 1990’s. Schlumberger’s board of directors includes John M.
Deutch, former CIA director for Clinton, and Jamie S. Gorelick, who is one of only four members of the 9/11
Commission allowed to review the presidential intelligence records. Oil companies are routinely used as a cover for
information gathering by US intelligence agencies, particularly because oil is a strategic commodity, and also because
employees have an excuse to travel to just about anywhere in the world. Exxon-Mobil, by virtue of its size, employs
more intelligence assets than any other entity. Anthropologists and journalists are also able to travel anywhere in the
world without raising too much attention, and therefore they have also historically been recruited by the CIA.92
Project for a New American Century (PNAC):
The blueprint uncovered by the Sunday Herald, for the creation of a “global Pax Americana” was laid out in a
document called Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategies, Forces and Resources for a New Century, which was written in
September 2000 by several members of the neoconservative think-tank Project for the New American Century
(PNAC), which is said to have been drawn up at the request of Dick Cheney, Donald Rumsfeld, and Paul Wolfowitz,
Jeb Bush, and Lewis “Scooter” Libby. The PNAC document supports a “blueprint for maintaining global US
preeminence, precluding the rise of a great power rival, and shaping the international security order in line with
American principles and interests.” This “American grand strategy” must be advanced for “as far into the future as
possible,” the report says. It also calls for the US to “fight and decisively win multiple, simultaneous major theatre
wars as a ‘core mission.’” American armed forces abroad are referred to as “the cavalry on the new American
frontier.” This PNAC blueprint supports an earlier document written by Wolfowitz and Libby that said the US must
“discourage advanced industrial nations from challenging our leadership or even aspiring to a larger regional or global
role.” The plan represents a blueprint for what any other country would term American hegemony—an effort to
control world affairs—and what a hostile country would term an attempt to take over the world. Key to this strategy
is the effort to militarize space, to place anti-satellite weapons in orbit to deny other nations satellite capabilities, and
to place strategic weapons in space to attack military hardware and personnel on the earth’s surface.
The placing of weapons in space is expressly prohibited by international treaties, and threatens to set off an arms
race in space. PNAC identifies four key areas of interest, one of which refers to transforming the military to exploit
the “Revolution in Military Affairs”: “TRANSFORM US ARMED FORCES. Finally, the Pentagon must begin now to exploit the
so called “revolution in military affairs,” sparked by the introduction of advanced technologies into military systems; this must be
regarded as a separate and critical mission worthy of a share of force structure and defense budgets.” This language referring to a
revolution in military affairs and advanced technologies is in fact referring to the use of microwave weapons on the
battlefield for use against large-scale forces and against individual enemy soldiers.93
Enron:
Less than ten days after he became Vice President, promising that a Bush/Cheney administration would “restore
decency and integrity to the Oval Office,” Cheney took charge of the administration’s energy policy task force,
named the National Energy Policy Development Group. No initiative interested Enron more, and Cheney welcomed
the company’s active participation in its deliberations. Cheney was hardly a stranger to the company. He had chaired
Halliburton, a Texas-based oil services and construction conglomerate, whose subsidiary, Brown & Root, helped
build Houston’s Enron Field, and his return to politics—after he selected himself to be Bush’s running mate—by
benefiting from Enron-linked contributions, which not only paid for the Bush/Cheney campaign but the Florida
recount fight and the inauguration. Cheney and his aides met at least six times with Kenneth Lay and other Enron
officials while preparing the group’s report, which is the basis for the administration’s energy policy proposals.
Additionally, Cheney’s staff met with an Enron-sponsored lobbying organization, the Clean Power Group.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
79
When Cheney and Lay met in April 2001, Lay handed Cheney a three-page “wish list” of corporate
recommendations. The task force adopted all, or significant portions, of the recommendations in seven of eight policy
areas. Seventeen policies sought by Enron or that clearly benefited the company—for example, proposals to extend
federal control of transmission lines, to use of federal eminent-domain authority to override state decisions on
transmission-line sitting, to expedite permitting for new energy facilities, and to limit the use of price controls—
were included. The Enron-Cheney connection received troublingly limited attention from Congressional Democrats.
Senator Joseph Lieberman announced that a committee he headed would issue more than two dozen subpoenas,
which could cast light on Enron-White House contacts, but he thereafter limited the scope of his inquiry. Cheney
aided an attempt by Enron to force the Maharashtra State Electricity Board in India to pay it at least $2.3 billion in
connection with a failed $2.9 billion effort to develop a power plant.
Vice President Dick Cheney cleared his calendar for an April 17 private meeting with Lay regarding what aides
described as “energy policy matters” and “the energy crisis in California.” At the meeting Lay handed Cheney a memo
that read in part, “The administration should reject any attempt to re-regulate wholesale power markets by adopting
price caps.” Connections with Enron are not limited to Cheney’s office. From Army Secretary Thomas White, a
former Enron executive, to Trade Representative Robert Zoellick, formerly on Enron’s advisory council, Enron’s
tentacles have reached throughout the Bush White House, shaping tax, trade, energy and environmental policy.94
Peak Oil:
Every oil producing field follows a bell curve. Dr. M. King Hubbert, using his model, the Hubbert Curve,
predicted in 1957 that US domestic oil production would peak in 14 years. For this assertion he was ridiculed. US
production peaked within twelve months of his prediction, and people stopped laughing. Dr. Hubbert also developed
a bell curve for world oil production that predicts when the world supply will reach maximum output and then begin
to decline. Peak oil is due to occur, by his calculations, in the year 2010. The discovery of new fields peaked in the
1960s; 2003 was the first year since the 1920s that a field in excess of 500 million barrels was not found. According
to Hubbert, the remaining oil will be found in smaller and smaller fields which are increasingly expensive to develop.
The world now consumes one billion barrels every 11.5 days. By the end of the year 2000, the Caspian Sea oil
reserves, in which the major US oil companies and BP-Amoco invested billions of dollars, were found to yield a small
fraction of what had been expected— 9-13 billion instead of 200 billion barrels. “Hubbert’s Peak,” as it is called, is
coinciding with an exploding world population and rising literacy rates, an indicator of increased consumer spending,
which put an ever-increasing demand for oil and other energy resources in China, Asia, and Africa. While most of the
developing world is tied down by an artificially engineered debt to the World Bank and the IMF, China’s auto sales
jumped by more than 50%. Policy makers, economists, and financial market analysts are aware of the potential
economic train wreck of declining supply and increasing demand, but they have not gone public with there grave
concerns.
According to Michael Rupert’s Peak Oil theory, OPEC nations will peak last, around 2010, at a time when they
will be supplying 40% of the world’s oil demand. The majority of the remaining oil in the world is on the Eurasian
continent, which includes the Middle East, the Caspian Basin, and Central Asia. The majority of the world oil supply
there is concentrated in Saudi Arabia (25%), Iraq (11%), Iran (13%), Kuwait (11%), and United Arab Emirates
(8%). In order to maintain the “American way of life,” which means saving the country from $10 per gallon of gas and
$6 for a Big Mac, the current strategy is to militarily secure the remaining large oil fields in Eurasia and the routes for
pipelines to bring these essential commodities to market. China will be forced either to buy into existing fields and
production technology or it will be forced to use military means to secure an economic future. The nation that
controls the allocation of these remaining fields will remain economically robust and able to dole out the oil to
reward friends and to punish or strangle their enemies.95
Transnational Corporations (TNCs):
The present economic reality, and that for the foreseeable future, is that the once abundant life-style for large
segments of western citizens will continue to erode. This will inevitably lead to dissatisfaction, which will increasingly
manifest itself in civil disturbance. Economically powerless to change direction, governments may possibly resort to
authoritarian remedies, fueling greater unrest and a repetition of the vicious cycle. This model is based on the clear
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
80
evidence that “nations” no longer possess the economic might to “buck” the markets. The globalization of finance and
the internationalization of “free markets” has led to (or perhaps resulted from?) giant “stateless” transnational
corporations. Collectively, TNCs far outweigh the economic power of any one sovereign state. Under the combined
onslaught of TNCs acting in concert (referred to as “market trends”), even G7 (in the form of combined Central Bank
intervention) is often rendered powerless. Under this scenario, the future does not bode well. TNCs will continue to
accrue to themselves an increasing proportion of the world’s wealth, whereas nation states will grow increasingly
reliant upon sovereign indebtedness to finance themselves or gradually assume “Third World” economies. The burden
of “servicing” sovereign debt is met by a combination of fiscal measures, primarily increased domestic taxation
(direct, indirect and more hidden measures) and decreased expenditure. Both measures impact heavily on the poorer
classes and yet generally benefit the TNCs, which remain large tax recipients. Effectively powerless, the political
structure in sovereign states will have little alternative but to present to its citizens a facade of being in control if it is
to remain in power. Bereft of economic muscle, old-fashioned real “muscle” (in the form of soft-kill-technologies) is
likely to become more meaningful to the rule of law concept. It is therefore self evident that LTL (less than lethal)
weapons will thus be directed at the “rebellious” poorer classes.96
Think Tanks:
Following is an excerpt from “The Origins of the Overclass,” by Steve Kanglas.
In the mid-1970s, at a historic low point in American conservatism, the CIA began a major campaign to turn
corporate fortunes around. They did this in several ways. First, they helped create numerous foundations to finance
their domestic operations. Even before 1973, the CIA had co-opted the most famous ones, like the Ford, Rockefeller,
and Carnegie Foundations. But after 1973, they created more. One of their most notorious recruits was billionaire
Richard Mellon Scaife. During World War II, Scaife’s father served in the OSS, the forerunner of the CIA. By his
mid-twenties, both of Scaife’s parents had died, and he inherited a fortune under four foundations: the Carthage
Foundation, the Sarah Scaife Foundation, the Scaife Family Foundations, and the Allegheny Foundation. In the early
1970s, Scaife was encouraged by CIA agent Frank Barnett to begin investing his fortune to fight the “Soviet menace.”
From 1973 to 1975, he ran Forum World Features, a foreign news service used as a front to disseminate CIA propaganda
around the world. Shortly afterwards he began donating millions to fund the New Right. Scaife’s CIA roots are
typical of those who head the new conservative foundations. By 1994 the most active were:
• Lynde and Harry Bradley Foundation
• Carthage Foundation
• Earhart Foundation
• Charles G. Koch
• David H. Koch
• Claude R. Lambe
• Philip M. McKenna
• J.M. Foundation
• John M. Olin Foundation
• Henry Salvatori Foundation
• Sarah Scaife Foundation
• Smith Richardson Foundation
Between 1992 and 1994, these foundations gave $210 million to conservative causes. Here is the breakdown of their
donations:
• $88.9 million for conservative scholarships;
• $79.2 million to enhance a national infrastructure of think tanks and advocacy groups;
• $16.3 million for alternative media outlets and watchdog groups;
• $10.5 million for conservative pro-market law firms;
• $9.3 million for regional and state think tanks and advocacy groups;
• $5.4 million to “organizations working to transform the nation’s social views and giving practices of the
nation’s religious and philanthropic leaders.”
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
81
The political machine they built is broad and comprehensive, covering every aspect of the political fight. It
includes right-wing departments and chairs in the nation’s top universities, think tanks, public relations firms, media
companies, fake grassroots organizations that pressure Congress (irreverently known as “Astroturf” movements),
“roll-out-the-vote” machines, pollsters, fax networks, lobbyist organizations, economic seminars for the nation’s
judges, and more. And because corporations are the richest sector of society, their greater financing overwhelms
similar efforts by Democrats. Besides creating foundations, the CIA helped organize the business community. There
have always been special-interest groups representing business, like the US Chamber of Commerce and the National
Association of Manufacturers, and the CIA has long been involved with them. However, after 1973, a spate of
powerful new groups would come into existence, like the Business Roundtable and the Trilateral Commission. These
organizations quickly became powerhouses in promoting the business agenda. Their efforts clearly succeeded.
With the 1975 SUN-PAC decision, corporations persuaded the government to legalize corporate Political Action
Committees (the lobbyist organizations that bribe our government). By 1992, corporations formed 67 percent of all
PACs, and they donated 79 percent of all campaign contributions to political parties. In two landmark election—
1980 and 1994—corporations gave heavily and one-sidedly to Republicans, turning one or both houses of Congress
over to the GOP. Democratic incumbents were shocked by the threat of being rolled completely out of power, so
they quietly shifted to the right on economic issues, even though they continued a public façade of liberalism.
Corporations went ahead and donated to Democratic incumbents in all other elections, but only as long as they
abandoned the interests of workers, consumers, minorities, and the poor. As expected, the new pro-corporate
Congress passed laws favoring the rich: between 1975 and 1992, the amount of national household wealth owned by
the richest one percent soared from 22 to 42 percent.
The CIA also helped create the conservative think tank movement. Prior to the 70s, think tanks spanned the
political spectrum, with moderate think tanks receiving three times as much funding as conservative ones. At these
early think tanks, scholars typically brainstormed for creative solutions to policy problems. This would all change
after the rise of conservative foundations in the early 70s. The Heritage Foundation opened its doors in 1973, the
recipient of $250,000 in seed money from the Coors Foundation. A flood of conservative think tanks followed
shortly thereafter, and by 1980 they overwhelmed the scene. The new think tanks turned out to be little more than
propaganda mills, rigging studies to “prove” that their corporate sponsors needed tax breaks, deregulation and other
favors from government. Of course, think-tank studies are useless without publicity, and here the CIA proved
especially valuable. Using propaganda techniques it had perfected at the Voice of America and Radio Free Europe, the
CIA and its allies turned American AM radio into a haven for conservative talk show hosts. Yes—Rush Limbaugh uses
the same propaganda techniques that Muscovites once heard from Voice of America. The CIA has also developed
countless other media outlets, like Capital Cities (which eventually bought ABC), major PR firms like Hill &
Knowlton, and of course, all the Agency’s connections in the national news media.
The following is a typical example of how the “New Media” operates. As most political observers know, the
Republicans suffer from a “gender gap,” in which women prefer Democrats by huge majorities. This is, in fact, why
Clinton has twice won the presidency. But, curiously enough, as the 90s progressed, conservative female pundits
began popping up everywhere in the media. Hard-right pundits like Ann Coulter, Kellyanne Fitzpatrick, Laura
Ingraham, Barbara Olson, Melinda Sidak, Anita Blair, and Whitney Adams conditioned us to the idea of the
conservative woman. This phenomenon was no accident. It turns out that Richard Mellon Scaife donated $450,000
over three years to the Independent Women’s Forum, a booking agency that heavily seeds such female conservative
pundits into the media. The most obvious criticism of the New Overclass is that their political machine is
undemocratic. Using subversive techniques once aimed at communists, and with all the money they ever need to
succeed, the Overclass undemocratically controls our government, our media, and even a growing part of academia.
These institutions in turn allow the Overclass to control the supposedly “free” market.97
Echelon:
Signals Intelligence refers to the ability to eaves drop on cell phones, land lines, radios, and email. Echelon was
the name of the program exposed in Australia when it was charged with being used for political purposes. Echelon’s
surveillance power lies in its ability “to tap all international and some domestic communications circuits, and sift out
messages which sound interesting. Computers automatically analyze every telex message or data signal, and can also
identify calls to, say, a target telephone number in London, no matter from which country they originate.” According
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
82
to the BBC, “Every international telephone call, fax, e-mail, or radio transmission can be listened to by powerful
computers capable of voice recognition. They home in on a long list of key words, or patterns of messages. They are
looking for evidence of international crime, like Terrorism.” Building on an original post WWII alliance between the
US, Britain, Australia, New Zealand, and Canada, Echelon had by the late 1980’s expanded to include joint
operations with Germany, Japan, and China. It was initiated under the legal premise that while it is not permissible
for the US government to monitor the conversations of its citizens without a warrant, it is not illegal for British
intelligence to monitor American citizens, etc. Once the “take” has been pooled, the respective agencies can have safe
access to their own domestic intelligence, because the Britons, Australians, or Germans did it, and not the home
government. The primary operating agency for all Echelon activities worldwide is the US National Security Agency.
When Boeing beat European Airbus in a major sale worth billions of dollars, the Europeans accused the US
government of conducting industrial espionage on behalf of Boeing, using Echelon or related technologies.98
PROMIS:
PROMIS is a revolutionary computer software program that was developed in the 1970’s by former NSA
programmer and engineer Bill Hamilton. In terms of computer programs, it represented the “universal translator” of
Star Trek. PROMIS (Prosecutor’s Management Information System) is able to read and integrate any number of
different computer programs or databases simultaneously, regardless of the language in which the original programs
had been written or the current operating system. According to Bill Hamilton, Edwin Meese, Reagan’s Attorney
General, along with Dr. Earl Brian and others, stole the amazing software, modified it by installing a “trap door” into
it that would allow those who knew of its existence to access the program in other computers, and then sold the
software overseas to foreign intelligence agencies. Hamilton knew his software had been stolen when requests for
tech support came in from people he hadn’t sold it to. The Israeli Mossad under Rafi Eitan again modified the
software and sold it throughout the Middle East using British publishing magnate Robert Maxwell as a cut out. The
revolutionary software allowed anyone with the trap door code to enter every database in every computer in every
language at will simultaneously.
This ability represents perfect information gathering technology that is undetectable, the ultimate prize of every
intelligence agency in the world. The CIA, through GE Aerospace in Herndon, Virginia (GAO contract
#82F624620), the FBI, and the NSA modified the back door, but, more importantly, had enhanced the ultimate
program with artificial intelligence or AI. The program, which came to be called other names such as SMART, had
originally been capable of automatically and secretly drawing any information from any and all computers connected
to the web. What new capabilities were now possible with artificial intelligence added to the mix, and what uses
were the intelligence agencies putting it to besides stealing each other’s information perfectly? The contractor that
added the AI component, GE Aerospace, was purchased by Martin-Marietta, which merged to become Lockheed-
Martin, the largest defense and aerospace contractor in the world. Ed Meese and his partisan Republican crowd were
not the only ones who recognized the potential of PROMIS. Democrats had made their moves as well.
Jackson Stevens is a presidential kingmaker, a lifelong supporter of George Bush, and the Annapolis roommate of
Jimmy Carter. The billionaire Stevens’ firm Systematics, later Axicom, had mated the illegal software with banking
software. In the late 70s and 80s, Systematics handled 60-70% of all electronic banking systems in the US. Stevens
teamed with Worthen Bank, Lippo Group, and BCCI, the drug/intelligence bank, to penetrate every banking system
in the world. PROMIS could be used to influence and predict financial markets worldwide. When Clinton was
completely out of campaign funds, it was Stevens who loaned him $3 million to keep his campaign going. Herbert
“Pug” Winokur, CEO of DynCorp from 1989-97, is a PhD mathematician from Harvard, where the mathematical
breakthroughs using block-modeling gave rise to artificial intelligence. In the 60s, Winokur did research for the DoD
on the causes of inner-city unrest in the wake of the 1967 Detroit riots.
DynCorp was heavily involved in the evolution of PROMIS software. Winokur is a member of the board of the
Harvard Endowment, which is not a benevolent university fund, but an aggressive predatory investor with $19 billion
in assets invested in HUD-subsidized housing, high-tech defense operations, and George W. Bush’s failing oil
company Harkin Energy. The Harvard Endowment saw its holdings skyrocket in the last decade, making 33% in
1999, the same year HUD announced a “manual adjustment” to reconcile a $59-billion accounting shortfall between
its accounts and the US Treasury account.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
83
Geomatics is a company at the heart of the Canadian space program and is closely associated with Lockheed-
Martin. Geomatics uses remote sensing from space to locate natural resources such as oil, precious metals, and other
commodities. In the commodities markets of the world this kind of perfect information is the ultimate tool to
predicting and controlling markets. Remote sensing can closely estimate the size of harvests of agricultural
commodities such as coffee or oranges. Perfect information on the size of the orange harvest translates potentially to
millions of dollars in the US commodity markets alone. Exploration for oil and gas can be very expensive, but
advances in imaging technology, global positioning systems, and remote sensing technologies have advanced light
years over the last few decades. This situation is custom-made for enhanced PROMIS software with back-door
technology. What better way to map and inventory the world’s resources, than by making each client nation pay for
it? PROMIS software makes it possible to compile a worldwide database of every marketable natural resource. AIenhanced,
PROMIS-based programs would be the perfect set-up to make billions of dollars in profits by manipulating
the futures trade in, for example, a rare metal like tungsten, or exploiting a sudden surge in the price of gold and
platinum.
The Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) were sold PROMIS software to use in their intelligence gathering
operations, and began to suspect that their copies may have been altered and that possibly all of their files were
transparent and had been for some time. The RCMP had been given their version of PROMIS by the Canadian
Security and Intelligence Service (CSIS), which was created with the assistance of the CIA. RCMP investigators stated
that they and the CSIS had a rivalry similar to the one between the CIA and the FBI, and questioned whether any
intelligence agency created by the CIA could be completely loyal to its native country. They further stated that they
knew that the NSA had compromised their communications equipment. The Canadians put out a report that friendly
nations were stealing sensitive technology, particularly related to aerospace, biotechnology, chemicals,
communications, information technology, mining and metallurgy, nuclear energy, oil and gas, and the environment.
The doctored versions of PROMIS were acquired from both Robert Maxwell and Dr. Earl Brian.
Brian is a medical doctor who founded Hadron, and has been involved in shady dealings with firms connected
with disease research, cytology, and biotechnology. Hadron is at the heart of the US government operations involving
biowarfare and vaccines. Ari Ben-Menashe is Israel’s top spy who in reports was linked to the October Surprise,
which led to Reagan’s election in 1980, and the Iran-Contra scandal. PROMIS software is described in his book,
Profits of War. The inventor of PROMIS software hired army CID investigator Bill McCoy to look into the theft, but
the famed sleuth who had broken some of the army’s biggest cases was found dead of a heart attack. Within 48 hours
of his death McCoy’s body was cremated, and two days later all of his files, furniture, and personal belongings had
been removed from his home, which was painted and sanitized. The PROMIS saga has led to more than a dozen
deaths, many of which share the same pattern: within 48 hours of death the body is cremated, residences sanitized,
and all records disappear.
Total Information Awareness (TIA):
The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) will be given access to all state and local databases, complete
access to all banking and stock transactions, and all private data bases on demand (medical records). They will
monitor and control all communications at state and local levels, as well as build an ‘intranet” for corporations. Local
police agencies that receive federal subsidies (all of them), will in effect become intelligence gathering units for the
federal government.
Under the TIA program created by DARPA, the government is now monitoring almost all activity of all
Americans, including bank deposits, shopping, web surfing, academic grades, divorce records, spending, phone calls,
utility usage, travel—virtually everything. It plans to track everything you do, employing face-recognition software,
which can stop you from making a withdrawal at the bank or from boarding a plane. The government has placed all its
faith in incredible new technologies such as PROMIS software and exotic weaponry systems just beginning to be
unveiled. TIA plans to recognize you by your voice, by your unique body odor, it even plans to use “non-invasive
neuroelectric sensors” to read your mind. Congress voted to “unfund” the TIA office but the AP reported in 2004 that
the project was going forward in different offices of the Pentagon in a shell game.99
Acxiom is the lead company to provide software and pull together to furnish the information to DARPA’s
“Information Awareness Office,” headed by John Poindexter. Billionaire Jackson Stevens owns Acxiom (Alltel,
Systematics), and had backed NATO Commander Wesley Clark for president in 2004. His company stole PROMIS
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
84
software in the 1980s, and is using it to create TIA for John Poindexter. PROMIS software, under the name Genoa,
was delivered to DARPA 23 days after Bush signed the Homeland Security bill in November 2002. Admiral
Poindexter, the convicted Iran-Contra felon and former Reagan National Security Advisor, said that Genoa provides
“tools for collaborative reasoning, estimating plausible futures, and creating actionable options for the decisionmaker.”
Negative public reaction led to Poindexter’s latest project, Futures Markets Applied to Prediction
(FutureMAP). Investors using futures market analysis would predict the likelihood of a future terrorist attack; a
correct prediction would yield a profit for the investor. In Washington, lawmakers, mostly Democrats, expressed
shock and disbelief at a program which was a gross violation of privacy, in direct violation of the Constitution.
Congress eliminated the TIA office, but by 2004 the AP reported Poindexter’s TIA effort had been transferred to US
intelligence offices. Congressional, Federal, and research officials said the Advanced Research and Development
Activity (ARDA) was engaged in similar research using some of the same scientists as Poindexter’s program.100
9/11 Insider Trading:
A “put option” is a bet that a stock price is going to fall precipitously. If one were to put a single put option
contract on American Airlines at $30 per share and the stock fell to $18 one could purchase 100 shares at $18 and
immediately sell them for $30, netting a profit of $12 per share. This is what happened on a far larger scale and with
many companies around the world on 9/11. The levels of options purchased the week of 9/11 were more than six
times higher than normal. A former member of the German Parliament then responsible for oversight of the German
secret service estimated that profits by inside traders were $15 billion. CBS reported that “at least seven countries are
dissecting suspicious trades that may have netted more than $100 million in profits,” a much more conservative
figure. One clear example, among many reported by CBS and Associated Press, stated, “The trades…involved at
least 450,000 shares of American Airlines…but what raised the red flag is more than 80% of the orders were “puts,”
far outnumbering “call” options, those betting the stock would rise…sources say they have never seen that kind of
imbalance before. Normally the numbers are fairly even…an extremely unbalanced number of trades betting
United’s stock would fall also transformed into huge profits when it did fall after the hijackings.101
Shortly after 9/11, the SEC issued a list of 38 companies whose shares had been suspiciously traded. All the firms
had seen unusual levels of put option purchases right before 9/11 and almost every company’s shares had fallen
sharply right after the attacks. The Herzliya Institute for Counterterrorism documented enormous suspicious trades
in a story entitled “Black Tuesday: The World’s Largest Insider Trading Scam?”102 Convair, a German firm hired to
retrieve the computer hard drives from the rubble of the WYC found that there was a deluge of electronic trading
just minutes before the first plane struck. Richard Wagner, a data retrieval expert, estimated that more than $100
million in illegal transactions appeared to have rushed through the WTC computers before and during the disaster.
The Wall Street Journal reported there was an unusually high volume in the purchase of five-year Treasury notes just
before the attacks, including one $5 billion dollar trade. T-Bills are used as safe havens for investors when the markets
are in trouble and T-Bill prices rose immediately after the attacks. Deutsche Bank Alex. Brown is the American
investment banking arm of the German giant Deutsche Bank, and was used to purchase some of these options.103
One of the anonymous trades has left a $2.5 million prize unclaimed. The firm used to place the put options on
United Airlines stock was managed until 1998 by the man who is now the number three Executive Director position
at the CIA. A. B. “Buzzy” Krongard became Vice Chairman of Banker’s Trust when the two firms merged and his
new position was to oversee “private client relationships.” Krongard had a special hands-on relationship with some of
the wealthiest people in the world in a specialized banking operation that Senator Carl Levin identified as being
connected to the laundering of drug money. Banker’s Trust was acquired by Deutsche Bank in 1999 to form the
single largest bank in Europe. Before the 9/11 attack, Kevin Ingram, an executive for Banker’s Trust Deutsche Bank,
pled guilty to laundering drug money to finance terrorist operations for groups linked to Osama Bin Laden. Deutsche
Bank has been a favorite of the bin Laden family and was connected to the hijackers and their support network.
Deutsche Bank had corresponding relationships with banks in Bahrain and Kuwait that served George W. Bush when
he engaged in illegal insider trading of shares of his company Harken Energy. Both banks, Kuwait Finance House and
Faysal Islamic Bank of Bahrain, had dealt with Al Qaeda and bin Laden, but when the Bush administration released its
world-wide list of suspect financial institutions, vowing to track down terrorist financing, neither bank was on the
list. Mayo Shattuck III is a powerful force in the financial world, head of the Alex Brown Deutsch Bank on 9/11, he
had previously been involved in Enron in helping them conceal their massive debt, as well as involved in an insider
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
85
trading scam involving Adnon Kashoggi’s Genesis Intermedia immediately before 9/11. He was midway through a 3
year $30 million contract as head of Alex Brown when the attacks came, and under his management some of the
illegal trades on United Airlines were placed. Shattuck had taken over Alex Brown operations in 1997 after Krongard
had officially gone to the CIA in 1998. Mayo Shattuck resigned on the day after 9/11. A close associate of CFR
member Steven Bechtel of the Bechtel Corporation, Shattuck is now the CEO of Constellation Energy Group, one of
the firms that participated in Dick Cheney’s energy task force. Alex Brown refinanced the Carlyle Group when it
purchased United Defense Technologies in 2000, their relationship with the Bush family business (Carlyle) goes back
seven decades to George W. Bush’s grandfather Prescott Bush and Brown Brothers, Harriman.104
Nine agencies-SEC, NYSE, CBOE, DoJ, FBI, Secret Service, CIA, Treasury, and NSA opened investigations into
insider trading immediately after 9/11 based on obvious evidence that they initially admitted. Not one of these
agencies has to this day divulged any information to the public. The logic of insider trading on 9/11 was made clear
by the Pentagon when it announced plans for a futures market on terrorist attacks called the Policy Analysis Market.
The official program is predicated on the admission that people with advance knowledge of terror attacks would
always seek to capitalize on that knowledge. Public outrage over the program forced the resignation of convicted
Iran-Contra felon John Poindexter.105
Able Danger:
On Aug. 16, 2005, The New York Times’ Philip Shenon revealed that a super-secret Pentagon “special action
program” called Able Danger had tracked Mohammed Atta and three of the other Sept. 11, 2001 hijackers a year
prior to the attacks; but Pentagon lawyers with the Special Operations Command refused to allow the information to
be shared with the FBI, for fear of exposing the data-mining program to any public scrutiny. The Times learned of
Able Danger from Lt. Col. Anthony Schaffer, who was the program’s liaison to the Defense Intelligence Agency at
the time.
Operation Cyclone:
“Throughout the world the Soviet Union and its agents, client states and satellites are on the defensive—on the
moral defensive, the intellectual defensive, and the political and economic defensive. Freedom movements arise and
assert themselves. They’re doing so on almost every continent populated by man—in the hills of Afghanistan, in
Angola, in Kampuchea, in Central America. … They are our brothers, these freedom fighters, and we owe them our
help.”106
Is this a call to jihad (holy war) taken from one of Islamic fundamentalist Osama bin Laden’s notorious fatwas? Or
perhaps a communiqué issued by the repressive Taliban regime in Kabul? In fact, this glowing praise of the murderous
exploits of today’s supporters of arch-terrorist bin Laden and his Taliban collaborators, and their holy war against the
“evil empire,” was issued by US President Ronald Reagan on March 8, 1985. The “evil empire” was the Soviet Union,
as well as Third World movements fighting US-backed colonialism, apartheid, and dictatorship. How things change.
In the aftermath of a series of terrorist atrocities—the most despicable being the mass murder of more than 3,000
working people in New York and Washington on September 11—bin Laden the “freedom fighter” is now lambasted
by US leaders and the Western mass media as a “terrorist mastermind” and an “evil-doer.” Yet the US government
refuses to admit its central role in creating the vicious movement that spawned bin Laden, the Taliban, and Islamic
fundamentalist terrorists that plague Algeria and Egypt—and perhaps the disaster that befell New York. The mass
media has also downplayed the origins of bin Laden and his toxic brand of Islamic fundamentalism.
In April 1978, the People’s Democratic Party of Afghanistan (PDPA) seized power in Afghanistan in reaction to a
crackdown against the party by that country’s repressive government. The PDPA was committed to a radical land
reform that favored the peasants, trade union rights, an expansion of education and social services, equality for
women and the separation of church and state. The PDPA also supported strengthening Afghanistan’s relationship
with the Soviet Union. Such policies enraged the wealthy semi-feudal landlords, the Muslim religious establishment
(many mullahs were also big landlords) and the tribal chiefs. They immediately began organizing resistance to the
government’s progressive policies, under the guise of defending Islam. Washington, fearing the spread of Soviet
influence (and worse the new government’s radical example) to its allies in Pakistan, Iran and the Gulf states,
immediately offered support to the Afghan mujahidin, as the “contra” force was known.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
86
Following an internal PDPA power struggle in December 1979 which toppled Afghanistan’s leader, thousands of
Soviet troops entered the country to prevent the new government’s fall. This only galvanized the disparate
fundamentalist factions. Their reactionary jihad now gained legitimacy as a “national liberation” struggle in the eyes of
many Afghans. The Soviet Union was eventually to withdraw from Afghanistan in 1989 and the mujahidin captured
the capital, Kabul, in 1992. Between 1978 and 1992, the US government poured at least US$6 billion (some
estimates range as high as $20 billion) worth of arms, training and funds to prop up the mujahidin factions. Other
Western governments, as well as oil-rich Saudi Arabia, kicked in as much again. Wealthy Arab fanatics, like Osama
bin Laden, provided millions more. Washington’s policy in Afghanistan was shaped by US President Jimmy Carter’s
national security advisor, Zbigniew Brzezinski, and was continued by his successors. His plan went far beyond simply
forcing Soviet troops to withdraw; rather it aimed to foster an international movement to spread Islamic fanaticism
into the Muslim Central Asian Soviet republics to destabilize the Soviet Union.
Brzezinski’s grand plan coincided with Pakistan military dictator General Zia ul-Haq’s own ambitions to
dominate the region. US-run Radio Liberty and Radio Free Europe beamed Islamic fundamentalist tirades across
Central Asia (while paradoxically denouncing the “Islamic revolution” that toppled the pro-US Shah of Iran in 1979).
Washington’s favored mujahidin faction was one of the most extreme, led by Gulbuddin Hekmatyar. The West’s
distaste for terrorism did not apply to this unsavory “freedom fighter.” Hekmatyar was notorious in the 1970’s for
throwing acid in the faces of women who refused to wear the veil. After the mujahidin took Kabul in 1992,
Hekmatyar’s forces rained US-supplied missiles and rockets on that city, killing at least 2,000 civilians, until the new
government agreed to give him the post of prime minister. Osama bin Laden was a close associate of Hekmatyar and
his faction. Hekmatyar was also infamous for his side trade in the cultivation and trafficking in opium. Backing of the
mujahidin from the CIA coincided with a boom in the drug business. Within two years, the Afghanistan-Pakistan
border was the world’s single largest source of heroin, supplying 60% of US drug users.
In 1995, the former director of the CIA’s operation in Afghanistan was unrepentant about the explosion in the
flow of drugs: “Our main mission was to do as much damage as possible to the Soviets. … There was fallout in terms
of drugs, yes. But the main objective was accomplished. The Soviets left Afghanistan.” According to Ahmed Rashid, a
correspondent for the Far Eastern Economic Review, in 1986 CIA Director William Casey committed CIA support to a
long-standing ISI proposal to recruit from around the world to join the Afghan jihad. At least 100,000 Islamic
militants flocked to Pakistan between 1982 and 1992 (some 60,000 attended fundamentalist schools in Pakistan
without necessarily taking part in the fighting). John Cooley, a former journalist with the US ABC television network
and author has revealed that Muslims recruited in the US for the mujahidin were sent to Camp Peary, the CIA’s spy
training camp in Virginia, where young Afghans, Arabs from Egypt and Jordan, and even some African-American
“black Muslims” were taught “sabotage skills.” The November 1, 1998, British Independent reported that one of those
charged with the 1998 bombings of US embassies in Kenya and Tanzania, Ali Mohammed, had trained “bin Laden’s
operatives” in 1989.
These “operatives” were recruited at the al Kifah Refugee Centre in Brooklyn, New York, given paramilitary
training in the New York area, and then sent to Afghanistan with US assistance to join Hekmatyar’s forces.
Mohammed was a member of the US army’s elite Green Berets. The program, reported the Independent, was part of a
Washington-approved plan called Operation Cyclone. In Pakistan, recruits, money and equipment were distributed
to the mujahidin factions by an organization known as Maktab al Khidamar (Office of Services—MAK). MAK was a
front for Pakistan’s CIA, the Inter-Service Intelligence Directorate. The ISI was the first recipient of the vast bulk of
CIA and Saudi Arabian covert assistance for the Afghan contras. Bin Laden was one of three people who ran MAK. In
1989, he took overall charge of MAK. Among those trained by Mohammed was El Sayyid Nosair, who was jailed in
1995 for killing Israeli rightist Rabbi Meir Kahane and plotting with others to bomb New York landmarks, including
the World Trade Center in 1993. The Independent also suggested that Shiekh Omar Abdel-Rahman, an Egyptian
religious leader also jailed for the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center, was also part of Operation Cyclone. He
entered the US in 1990 with the CIA’s approval. A confidential CIA report concluded that the agency was “partly
culpable” for the 1993 World Trade Center blast.
The Independent reported. Osama bin Laden, one of 20 sons of a billionaire construction magnate, arrived in
Afghanistan to join the jihad in 1980. An austere religious fanatic and business tycoon, bin Laden specialized in
recruiting, financing and training the estimated 35,000 non-Afghan mercenaries who joined the mujahidin. The bin
Laden family is a prominent pillar of the Saudi Arabian ruling class, with close personal, financial, and political ties to
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
87
that country’s pro-US royal family. Bin Laden senior was appointed Saudi Arabia’s minister of public works as a favor
by King Faisal. The new minister awarded his own construction companies lucrative contracts to rebuild Islam’s
holiest mosques in Mecca and Medina. In the process, the bin Laden family company in 1966 became the world’s
largest private construction company. Osama bin Laden’s father died in 1968. Until 1994, he had access to the
dividends from this ill-gotten business empire. (Bin Laden junior’s oft-quoted personal fortune of US$200-300
million has been arrived at by the US State Department by dividing today’s value of the bin Laden family net worth—
estimated to be US$5 billion—by the number of bin Laden senior’s sons. A fact rarely mentioned is that in 1994 the
bin Laden family disowned Osama and took control of his share.)
Osama’s military and business adventures in Afghanistan had the blessing of the bin Laden dynasty and the
reactionary Saudi Arabian regime. His close working relationship with MAK also meant that the CIA was fully aware
of his activities. Milt Bearden, the CIA’s station chief in Pakistan from 1986 to 1989, admitted to the January 24,
2000, New Yorker that while he never personally met bin Laden, “Did I know that he was out there? Yes, I did. …
[Guys like] bin Laden were bringing $20-$25 million a month from other Saudis and Gulf Arabs to underwrite the
war. And that is a lot of money. It’s an extra $200-$300 million a year. And this is what bin Laden did.” In 1986, bin
Laden brought heavy construction equipment from Saudi Arabia to Afghanistan. Using his extensive knowledge of
construction techniques (he has a degree in civil engineering), he built “training camps,” some dug deep into the sides
of mountains, and built roads to reach them. These camps, now dubbed “terrorist universities” by Washington, were
built in collaboration with the ISI and the CIA. The Afghan contra fighters, including the tens of thousands of
mercenaries recruited and paid for by bin Laden, were armed by the CIA. Pakistan, the US and Britain provided
military trainers. Tom Carew, a former British SAS soldier who secretly fought for the mujahidin told the August 13,
2000, British Observer, “The Americans were keen to teach the Afghans the techniques of urban terrorism—car
bombing and so on—so that they could strike at the Russians in major towns. … Many of them are now using their
knowledge and expertise to wage war on everything they hate.”
Al Qaeda (the Base), bin Laden’s organization, was established in 1987-88 to run the camps and other business
enterprises. It is a tightly-run capitalist holding company—albeit one that integrates the operations of a mercenary
force and related logistical services with “legitimate” business operations. Bin Laden has simply continued to do the
job he was asked to do in Afghanistan during the 1980’s—fund, feed and train mercenaries. All that has changed is his
primary customer. Then it was the ISI and, behind the scenes, the CIA. Today, his services are utilized primarily by
the reactionary Taliban regime. Bin Laden only became a “terrorist” in US eyes when he fell out with the Saudi royal
family over its decision to allow more than 540,000 US troops to be stationed on Saudi soil following Iraq’s invasion
of Kuwait. When thousands of US troops remained in Saudi Arabia after the end of the Gulf War, bin Laden’s anger
turned to outright opposition. He declared that Saudi Arabia and other regimes—such as Egypt—in the Middle East
were puppets of the US, just as the PDPA government of Afghanistan had been a puppet of the Soviet Union. He
called for the overthrow of these client regimes and declared it the duty of all Muslims to drive the US out of the Gulf
states. In 1994, he was stripped of his Saudi citizenship and forced to leave the country. His assets there were frozen.
After a period in Sudan, he returned to Afghanistan in May 1996. He refurbished the camps he had helped build
during the Afghan war and offered the facilities and services—and thousands of his mercenaries—to the Taliban,
which took power that September. Today, bin Laden’s private army of non-Afghan religious fanatics is a key prop of
the Taliban regime. Prior to the devastating September 11 attack on the Twin Towers of World Trade Center, US
ruling-class figures remained unrepentant about the consequences of their dirty deals with the likes of bin Laden,
Hekmatyar and the Taliban. Since the awful attack, they have been downright hypocritical. In an August 28, 1998,
report posted on MSNBC, Michael Moran quotes Senator Orrin Hatch, who was a senior member of the Senate
Intelligence Committee which approved US dealings with the mujahidin, as saying he would make “the same call
again,” even knowing what bin Laden would become. “It was worth it. Those were very important, pivotal matters
that played an important role in the downfall of the Soviet Union.” Hatch today is one of the most gung-ho voices
demanding military retaliation.
Another face that has appeared repeatedly on television screens since the attack has been Vincent Cannistrano,
described as a former CIA chief of “counter-terrorism operations”. Cannistrano is certainly an expert on terrorists
like bin Laden, because he directed their “work.” He was in charge of the CIA-backed Nicaraguan contras during the
early 1980’s. In 1984, he became the supervisor of covert aid to the Afghan mujahidin for the US National Security
Council. The last word goes to Zbigniew Brzezinski: “What was more important in the world view of history? The
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
88
Taliban or the fall of the Soviet Empire? A few stirred up Muslims or the liberation of Central Europe and the end of
the Cold War?”107
Afghanistan:
The Pakistani ISI was used by the CIA to conduct a clandestine war against the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan.
The covert plan was the brain child of Brzezinski of the Center for Strategic and International Studies. The US faked
an attempt to overthrow the Soviet puppet leader in Afghanistan, the USSR was tricked into invading, and then the
CIA funneled arms to the ISI in Pakistan to launch a guerilla war using the Mujahedeen to tie them down in a Vietnam
style quagmire. The plan was executed by Bill Casey under Ronald Reagan. During the 80’s the heroin trade
exploded, and Osama bin Laden, fighting alongside opium warlords like the CIA protégé Hekmatyar, gained
experience in guerilla war and terrorist tactics. The United States believed that the Taliban was a group that could
unite the country and provide a stable platform for the construction of pipelines. When the Taliban took power in
1996 it was orchestrated by the ISI and the oil company Unocal, with its Saudi ally Delta. The Washington Post
reported that a quiet US military buildup was taking place in Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, and Uzbekistan for months
before the 2000 Presidential election. The plans for the invasion were initiated during the Clinton administration.
Opium production was banned by the Taliban and 80% of the world supply, 450 metric tons of pure heroin worth
many billions went off line. Direct secret negotiations between the US led 6+2 group (Afghanistan neighbors
Pakistan, China, Iran, Uzbekistan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Russia, and the US) through State Department expert
on South Asian affairs Karl “Rick” Inderfurth negotiated with the Taliban. When negotiations failed to yield an
agreement and GW Bush was elected, there was a flurry of meetings over pipeline issues and then the military option
that had begun under Clinton was put into motion. As far back as 1997 US military personnel had been quietly
dispatched to Central Asia, and by June of 2001 it seemed the die was cast.108
Under the current US sponsored Afghan government led by former Unocal employee Ahmid Karzai, the
warlords now control the production of successive record opium harvests. Heroin production in the area under their
control is now estimated at 650 metric tons of pure heroin.109
Chapter Sixteen
Limitations of Existing Laws
uman Testing Lawsuit Dismissed. “In September 1998, a lawsuit brought by the International Committee on
Offensive Microwave Weapons (ICOMW) was dismissed in the US district court in Washington. ‘We were
asking the court to enforce a presidential memorandum which bans involuntary research on human subjects,’ said the
group’s director, Harlan Girard. The Philadelphia-based organization had alleged that the DoD and the CIA have
conducted such experiments in their efforts to develop weapons systems using EMFs, lasers, microwaves, and sound
waves. The judge ruled that the group did not have standing to bring suit because the people alleged to have suffered
from such testing were not ICOMW members. She acknowledged that Girard himself was a member, but stated that
his own complaints were ‘too generalized and nonspecific to support a complaint.’ Girard told Microwave News that
the ICOMW could not afford an appeal. Instead, he said, the committee plans to raise the matter with the Inter-
American Commission on Human Rights. A new report from the Coalition Against Torture and Racial Discrimination,
an alliance of 15 US human rights groups, states that the lawsuit’s charges deserve attention. ‘Given the
past history of secret experimentation by the government,’ the anti-torture group declares, ‘these allegations of
continuing…government-sponsored human testing should not be dismissed without more thorough, impartial
investigation.’”110
One of the few MK-Ultra victims to receive compensation from the LSD era of mind control was a Canadian
citizen whose husband was a member of parliament. In the US the Olsen family received compensation after thirty
years, in part because Olsen was a government scientist from a distinct socioeconomic bracket. The use of prisoners,
mental patients, children, and generally people from lower socioeconomic levels of society means that these people
cannot fight back. The hurdles of the legal system and years of effort are beyond their means to overcome. A
H
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
89
successful lawsuit from a former NSA employee details how he was targeted by his fellow employees and the methods
used. Following is an excerpt from a brief filed in US District Court, District of Columbia by John St. Clair Akwei
against the National Security Agency.111
NSA Signals Intelligence uses EMF Brain Stimulation for Remote Neural Monitoring (RNM) and Electronic Brain
Link (EBL). EMF Brain Stimulation has been in development since the MK-Ultra program of the early 1950s, which
included neurological research into radiation (non-ionizing EMF) and bioelectric research and development. The
resulting secret technology is categorized at the National Archives as “Radiation Intelligence,” defined as “information
from unintentionally emanated electromagnetic waves in the environment, not including radioactivity or nuclear
detonation.”
Signals Intelligence implemented and kept this technology secret in the same manner as other electronic warfare
programs of the US government. The NSA monitors available information about this technology and withholds
scientific research from the public. There are also international intelligence agreements to keep this technology
secret. The NSA has proprietary electronic equipment that analyzes electrical activity in humans from a distance. NSA
computer-generated brain mapping can continuously monitor all of the electrical activity in the brain continuously.
The NSA records and decodes individual brain maps (of hundreds of thousands of persons) for national security
purposes. EMF Brain Stimulation is also secretly used by the military for brain-to-computer link (in military fighter
aircraft, for example). For electronic surveillance purposes, electrical activity in the speech center of the brain can be
translated into the subject’s verbal thoughts. RNM can send encoded signals to the brain’s auditory cortex, thus
allowing audio communications direct to the brain (bypassing the ears). NSA operatives can use this covertly to
debilitate subjects by simulating auditory hallucinations characteristic of paranoid schizophrenia. Without any contact
with the subject, Remote Neural Monitoring can map out electrical activity from the visual cortex of a subject’s brain
and show images from the subject’s brain on a video monitor. NSA operatives see what the surveillance subject’s eyes
are seeing. Visual memory can also be seen. RNM can send images direct to the visual cortex, bypassing the eyes and
optic nerves. NSA operatives can use this surreptitiously to put images into a surveillance subject’s brain while they
are in REM sleep for every thought, reaction, motor command, auditory event and visual image in the brain has a
corresponding “evoked potential” or set of “evoked potentials.” The EMF emission from the brain can be decoded into
the current thoughts, images and sounds in the subject’s brain. The NSA’s Signals Intelligence has the proprietary
ability to monitor remotely and non-invasively information in the human brain by digitally decoding the evoked
potentials in the 30-50 Hz, 5 milliwatt electromagnetic emissions from the brain. The frequency to which the various
brain areas respond varies from 3 Hz to 50 Hz. Only NSA Signals Intelligence modulates signals in this frequency
band.
TABLE 1: An example of EMF Brain Stimulation
Brain Area Bioelectric Information Induce
Resonance Through Modulation
Frequency
Motor Control Cortex 10 Hz Motor impulse coordination
Auditory Cortex 15 Hz Sound which bypasses the ears
Visual Cortex 25 Hz Images in the brain bypassing the eyes
Somatosensory 9 Hz Phantom touch sense
Thought Center 20 Hz Imposed subconscious thoughts
Senator John Glenn:
As US senator, John Glenn sought to pass legislation that would make the use of human guinea pigs less likely.
Here are excerpts from his speech on the Senate floor.
The Plain-Dealer uncovered much evidence to suggest that the Federal Government continues to sponsor
research where informed consent is not obtained. And this fact disturbed me greatly also. On August 15, 1994,
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
90
the New York Times reported on ethical and legal questions regarding a company’s efforts to promote a drug that
can make some children grow taller than they otherwise would. The drug in question, Protropin, has been
approved by FDA for use in children whose bodies do not make sufficient quantities of human growth hormone.
However, once approved, doctors may prescribe it for other purposes at their discretion. In this case the
company was apparently surveying schools for short children and then trying to funnel those children to doctors
who would prescribe the drug whether or not the children lacked the human growth hormone. This unapproved
research was occurring without the oversight of an IRB. And at least 15,000 children have taken this drug.
On November 14, 1996, the Wall Street Journal published an article that examined the practice at one
pharmaceutical firm, Eli Lilly and Co., in using homeless alcoholics in their clinical trials. The article raises some
disturbing questions about the quality of the phase I trials conducted by this one company. Also, serious ethical
questions are raised concerning the appropriateness of paying homeless alcoholics significant sums to be human
guinea pigs. It is not clear from the article whether these tests were reviewed by any IRB. What the government
lacks in hard data about humans, it more than makes up for with volumes of statistics about laboratory animals. I
wonder how many guinea pigs were used in US research. The Agriculture Department knows: 333,379. How
many hamsters in Ohio? 2,782. So we have all this data on animals and little on human beings. I would hasten to
add that the guinea pigs the Plain-Dealer refers to are the four-legged kind too and not the guinea pigs that are
human being used for research. (The Animal Welfare Act is more protective of mice than any law that applies to
men.)
The intent therefore of this legislation is twofold: First, to fill in the gaps of coverage of the common rule by
requiring all research involving human subjects to abide by the rule; and second, to elevate the importance of
conducting research ethically, the bill provides criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with the
requirements of this law, and by extension 45 CFR 46. No Federal agency, other than HHS, has applied the
additional protections described in 45 CFR 46 for vulnerable populations—pregnant women and their fetus,
children, prisoners—to their own research. So the purpose of this legislation is to help close the gaps that exist
within the current system for protecting research subjects.
Specifically, the advisory committee recommended that informed consent of all human subjects of classified
research be required, and that such requirement not be subject to waiver or exemption. Under current rule and
executive order, it is possible to waive informed consent and IRB review for classified research. Title II of this legislation
would prohibit the waiver of either informed consent or IRB review for classified research. I do not claim to
have the magic bullet solution with this bill. However, I believe there are some key principles which should guide
the Senate’s consideration of this legislation. These principles are: First, informed consent and independent
review of experiments involving human subjects must be required. Second, anyone who violates the right of
research subject to have informed consent, should be held criminally responsible for that violation. I want to put
this in personal terms once again. You can imagine your spouse, husband, wife, father, mother, children, being
experimented on without your knowledge or their knowledge. That is unconscionable, and we should not
permit that. This legislation will close many of the loopholes that permit that to happen now.
The current law allows patients not to receive informed consent and provides no criminal penalty. Waivers
are routinely granted for classified research projects that use human subjects, in other words, if I have an
experimental drug that is classified, legally I don’t have to tell you. The Animal Welfare Act is far more
protective of animals used in scientific experiments than any legislation pertaining to human beings. The very
good reason for this bizarre legal twist coming from the country that held the Nuremburg trials, is that it is
necessary to use human beings in classified testing of military technology. The final proof of necessity over ethics
is that Senator Glenn’s bill was defeated, and it is still for all intents and purposes still “legal” to use American
citizens as cannon fodder for experimental science, both military and non-military.
Soldiers Cannot Sue Government for Nonconsensual LSD Experiments
US v. Stanley (479 US 1005), 1986:
In February 1958, James B. Stanley, a master sergeant in the Army stationed at Fort Knox, Kentucky
volunteered to participate in a program ostensibly designed to test the effectiveness of protective clothing and
equipment as defenses against chemical warfare. He was released from his then-current duties and went to the
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
91
Army’s Chemical Warfare Laboratories at the Aberdeen Proving Grounds in Maryland. Four times that month,
Stanley was secretly administered doses of lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD), pursuant to an Army plan to study the
effects of the drug on human subjects. According to his Second Amended Complaint (the allegations of which we
accept for purposes of this decision), as a result of the LSD exposure, Stanley has suffered from hallucinations and
periods of incoherence and memory loss, was impaired in his military performance, and would on occasion “awake
from sleep at night and, without reason, violently beat his wife and children, later being unable to recall the entire
incident” (App. 5). He was discharged from the Army in 1969. One year later, his marriage dissolved because of the
personality changes wrought by the LSD.
On December 10, 1975, the Army sent Stanley a letter soliciting his cooperation in a study of the long-term
effects of LSD on “volunteers who participated” in the 1958 tests. This was the Government’s first notification to
Stanley that he had been given LSD during his time in Maryland. After an administrative claim for compensation was
denied by the Army, Stanley filed suit under the Federal Tort Claims Act (FTCA), 28 U. S. C. 2671 et seq., alleging
negligence in the administration, supervision, and subsequent monitoring of the drug testing program.
The court found, under Justice Scalia, that Stevens was not legally able to sue. The dissenting opinion, written by
Justice Brennan, with whom Justice Marshall and Justice Stevens joined as to Part III, concurred in part and dissented
in part: “In experiments designed to test the effects of lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD), the Government of the
United States treated thousands of its citizens as though they were laboratory animals, dosing them with this
dangerous drug without their consent. One of the victims, James B. Stanley, seeks compensation from the
Government officials who injured him. The Court holds that the Constitution provides him with no remedy, solely
because his injuries were inflicted while he performed his duties in the Nation’s Armed Forces. If our Constitution
required this result, the Court’s decision, though legally necessary, would expose a tragic flaw in that document. But
in reality, the Court disregards the commands of our Constitution, and bows instead to the purported requirements
of a different master, military discipline, declining to provide Stanley with a remedy because it finds “special factors
counseling hesitation” (Bivens v. Six Unknown Fed. Narcotics Agents,403 US 388, 396 (1971). “This is abdication, not
hesitation. I dissent.”
Before addressing the legal questions presented, it is important to place the Government’s conduct in historical
context. The medical trials at Nuremberg in 1947 deeply impressed upon the world that experimentation with
unknowing human subjects is morally and legally unacceptable. The United States Military Tribunal established the
Nuremberg Code as a standard against which to judge German scientists who experimented with human subjects. Its
first principle was: 1. The voluntary consent of the human subject is absolutely essential.”
Targeted Individuals:
The typical targeted individual (TI) is female, in her early 40s, Caucasian, single, above average intelligence, and
has been aware of being targeted for approximately 10 years, or perhaps as far back as childhood. In the beginning TIs
describe a gang-stalking phase, which may last one to two years, in which organized groups target them in the
community, carrying out abuses similar to what the KKK referred to as “mobbing.” In effect, everywhere he or she
goes the TI is harassed by strangers who say inappropriate things to them, often of a personal nature that no one else
could know but themselves. Strangers will mob an empty store moments after the TI enters, and perhaps block his or
her progress down the aisles or at the checkout counter. When the TI returns home, he or she may find that someone
has entered and left things in disarray and stolen or damaged personal items. A tactic of psychological warfare is to
take away the target’s safety and security needs by entering the home at will.
One story, not uncommon, is of a female target who was home alone and looking for a battery (ELF drains
batteries) and remarked out loud, “Why can’t I find any batteries?” The next day when she returned home, a drawer
is full of a dozen batteries. She wanted to call the police and tell them her home had been entered and that her drawer
was now full of batteries. This is impossible, of course. Who would believe that someone broke into her home and
did not steal anything, but instead deposited a dozen batteries and left? She has lost her safety and security needs and
is unable to tell anyone about it for fear of being perceived as crazy. Most of these harassment events are designed so
as to sound totally outlandish to anyone who is not a target of Cointelpro-type activity. Part of the genius of these
attacks is that they are hidden before a backdrop of several million mentally ill. These attacks are designed to mimic
the effects of mental illness. Business and personal relationships are difficult if not impossible for the average TI.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
92
Health problems often occur with constant attacks from nonlethal weapons that leave people physically and
mentally debilitated. Besides being slowly driven out of their minds by voice to skull attacks that feature live and
recorded voices cursing them during all of their waking hours, microwave attacks literally cook them from the inside
out. The ELF attack records the wave form of the victim’s EEG and downloads his or her “inner voice,” which is
broadcast to the harassment groups through the internet and other means. Physical trauma and constant harassment
by strangers in public places raise the stress level of the target to artificially high levels and pegs it there, in an effort
to mentally break down the target in a manner similar to what was done in the lab under MK-Ultra. The
psychological toll begins to instill paranoia and psychosis, which is when the manipulation of perception and the effort
to “reprogram” the thinking patterns of the TI begins in earnest.
It is common to manipulate the behavior and speech of the people around the victim in social situations such that
one is unsure just who is saying things to harass him or her and who is prompted to speak on sensitive topics by
remote manipulation, using the Smirnov or Malech patent devices. Some TIs report that the voices are trying to trick
them into performing acts of violence, such as entering a school and shooting people. This is instructive in the wake
of the wave of school shootings and other apparently spontaneous acts of random violence which have no clear
motivation. The effort to cause school shootings is a destabilization campaign to raise the level of societal fear, which
promotes an acceptance of repressive measures by the parents, but also has led to school children living in fear and
seeing armed uniformed men in the school, normalizing their acceptance of living in a police state. A main
component of this form of mind control is the manipulation of belief systems in an experimental fashion, in an effort
to learn how to perfect the art of control through remote means.
The horrific attacks on TIs continue for years in a terminal experiment, meaning it will only end with the death
of the subject. Family members of TI’s are brought into the program as well, targeting several generations at once.
The victims have appealed to elected representatives for years, but, out of fear or complacency, members of
Congress have taken no action whatsoever, despite being deluged with appeals for help from several thousand
desperate people. TI attempts to organize with each other have tremendous obstacles: they are traumatized, isolated
and have varying degrees of paranoia and psychosis, which have been instilled in them artificially. The technology and
classic Cointelpro-type activities are very effective at breaking up relationships and setting groups of people against
each other; therefore, for decades no real progress has been made toward creating a TI organization able to fight back
in the political or legal arena. Once a new psychology or belief system is installed in the TI, often the nature or
intensity of the attacks will change, but this varies from person to person. There is a great deal of variation in the
attacks on TIs. Some people only have gang-stalking activity, and others might have only electronic attacks, which
variety according to the type of directed energy weapon used. Most TIs, however, experience the full gamut of
person-on-person attacks, as well as electronic torture of the mind and body.
Demonizing the victims is another technique that will be used to “justify’’ the unjustifiable. How would anyone’s
life look if she had been under 24-hour harassment and thought surveillance (and/or other invasive surveillance) for
years, and her worst enemy got to edit this down to “support’’ any picture he wanted to paint about her? Remember,
victims are not allowed the luxury of due process, they cannot face their accuser or hear the charges against them, and
the onlookers may well be either completely ignorant of the covert system of abuse of which they are catching a mere
glimpse, or are guilty of voyeurism of another’s suffering.
The Weed and Seed Program:
The Weed and Seed Program is touted as a method to prevent violent crime and drug trafficking in select
neighborhoods, using multiple government agencies—Federal, State, and local authorities—to mobilize residents in a
targeted area to assist law enforcement in identifying and removing violent offenders and drug traffickers from their
neighborhoods. These actions actually lead to rejuvenating “seeding” operations, which bring back desirable elements
to replace the people who have been weeded out. Just how the many agencies in tandem with locals weed out the
“bad elements” is not spelled out. The program is sponsored by the National Institute of Justice (NIJ), which on its
website proudly proclaim that nonlethal weapons are being distributed at the local level to fight crime. Just what kind
of nonlethal weapons are being used, and on whom, is not exactly clear. One such system openly displayed by the NIJ
for dissemination to local authorities is the active denial system and the milliwave radar system for burning human
beings and seeing into private residences respectively.112
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
93
The Milgram Experiment
A substantial proportion of people do what they are told to do, irrespective of the content of the act and without
limitations of conscience, so long as they perceive that the command comes from a legitimate authority…. This is,
perhaps, the most fundamental lesson of our study: ordinary people, simply doing their jobs, and without any particular
hostility on their part, can become agents in a terrible destructive process. 113 –Stanley Milgram, 1974
Oklahoma attorney Glen R. Graham summarizes the experiments as follows.
In 1961, subjects were recruited for what became a famous Yale study through newspaper ads and direct mail.
The experiments took place in two rooms in the basement of Linsly-Chittenden Hall on the university’s Old
Campus. The experiment was advertised as lasting one hour, for which the respondents would be paid $4.50
($18.70 adjusted for inflation in 2006). The participants were men between the ages of 20 and 50, from all
educational backgrounds, ranging from an elementary school dropout to participants with doctoral degrees. The
participant and a confederate of the experimenter, who was an actor pretending to be another participant, were
told by the experimenter that they would be participating in an experiment to test the effects of punishment on
learning.
The “teacher” was given a 45-volt electric shock from the electro-shock generator as a sample of the shock
that the “learner” would supposedly receive during the experiment. The subjects believed that for each wrong
answer, the learner was receiving actual shocks. In reality, there were no shocks. After the confederate was
separated from the subject, the confederate set up a tape recorder integrated with the electro-shock generator,
which played pre-recorded sounds for each shock level. After a number of voltage level increases, the actor
started to bang on the wall that separated him from the subject. After several times banging on the wall and
complaining about his heart condition, the learner gave no further responses to questions and no further
complaints. At this point, many people indicated their desire to stop the experiment and check on the learner.
Some test subjects paused at 135 volts and began to question the purpose of the experiment. Most continued
after being assured that they would not be held responsible. A few subjects began to laugh nervously or exhibit
other signs of extreme stress once they heard the screams of pain coming from the learner. If at any time the
subject indicated his desire to halt the experiment, he was given a succession of verbal prods by the
experimenter, in this order:
1. Please continue.
2. The experiment requires you to continue, please go on.
3. It is essential that you continue.
4. You have no choice, you must continue.
If the subject still wished to stop after all four successive verbal prods, the experiment was halted. Otherwise, it
was halted after the subject had given the maximum 450-volt shock three times in succession. Before the
experiment was conducted Milgram polled fellow psychologists as to what the results would be. They
unanimously believed that only a sadistic few (0.1%), would be prepared to give the maximum voltage. In
Milgram’s first set of experiments, 67.5 percent (27 out of 40) of experimental participants administered the
experiment’s final 450-volt shock, though many were quite uncomfortable in doing so; everyone paused at some
point and questioned the experiment, some even saying they would return the check for the money they were
paid. No participant steadfastly refused to give further shocks before the 300-volt level. Variants of the
experiment were later performed by Milgram himself and other psychologists around the world with similar
results. Apart from confirming the original results the variations have tested variables in the experimental setup.
The percentage of participants who are prepared to inflict fatal voltages remains remarkably constant, between
61% and 66%, regardless of time or location.114
Triggers:
In South America the intelligence services of US client states were often chosen and trained by the US
intelligence agencies. The use of torture has been widespread and applied with a zeal that is hard to imagine. The
general idea of torturing a dissident or critic of the government was to physically and emotionally break the victim.
The psychologically traumatized victims were then released back onto the streets of the community to serve as a
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
94
warning to others who might contemplate openly challenging the authoritarian government. When people observed
the shattered remnant of the person who once was vibrant and proud, they would think twice before raising their
voices in protest.
One tactic of mind control is the use of “triggers,” a stimulus delivered to the victim that will evoke a memory of
previous abuse. One example of this is the use of a coke bottle. When South American dissidents were taken into
custody and tortured it was common practice to use a coke bottle to sodomize the victim. This initial act was
designed to produce pain and suffering, as well as humiliation. Once the person was released back into the
community, every time they came into contact with a coke bottle or even a coke commercial the stimulus of seeing
the product or hearing the advertising jingle would ‘trigger” memories, and he or she would immediately relive the
pain, suffering, and humiliation of the initial torture. Since coke is the world’s most widely advertized and recognized
symbol, the victims of torture might be forced to relive their suffering every time they turned on the TV, radio, went
into a store, or simply walked down the street.
Street Theater:
“Street theater” stalking is a feature of the gang stalking used on targeted individuals in tandem with electronic
harassment. The street theater stalking is an activity performed by persons complicit in the electronic weapons
harassment; however, they are “skits,” as opposed to direct bodily attacks performed with the electronic harassment
equipment. These skits are designed to imitate “the breaks” of normal living. Additionally, they are performed in such
a way that the target, and only the target, knows he or she is being harassed, while not being able to convey to others
that this is indeed harassment. Instilling feelings of total hopelessness is one apparent purpose of these performances.
(What is impossible to convey to people who are not targeted is that what is different about mind weapon research
skits is quantity.
When the victim encounters “normal breaks of life” several times a day every day, nothing is “normal” any longer.
Several “breaks” a day, of a type which you might expect every couple of months, is not natural or random. But it is
very difficult to someone who is not targeted.) Another apparent purpose of such “skits” is to discredit and isolate the
target so that others will regard him or her as a “crank” and a “nut case.” Far from simple “pranks” or “practical
jokes,” these skits provide the mind weapon researchers with extremely good cover. If the target is ever coerced into
contact with psychiatry, the psychiatrist’s legal powers of imprisonment (without due process of law) dramatically
increase and reinforce the isolation and labeling of the target. Many people know in advance that what they are
experiencing will discredit them, and will thus put off complaining about it or at least not often, even while admitting
to themselves that they are indeed being targeted. So, although “street theater” seems to have a comedic ring to it,
this component of gang stalking is one of the most serious forms of attack on individual targets and is perfect cover for
the perpetrators.
One example of street theater, keeping the previous example of “triggers” in mind, might occur as the target is
walking down the street in public, and someone steps in her way. The target looks up at him and notices he is
drinking a bottle of Coke. The stranger looks into her eyes at close range, sneers a maliciously, and says “You like
Coke, don’t you?” Normally this would not be out of the ordinary, but, considering the target was assaulted with a
coke bottle the previous month and is trying to forget the violation, it takes on a whole new meaning. Typically,
several people are involved in the street theater episodes, so as the target steps around the initial perpetrator, trying
not to think about what happened to her (and failing), she looks up and is confronted with another perpetrator
holding a coke bottle, licking the rim in a suggestive manner while making direct eye contact and sneering or laughing
at the target. This seemingly innocuous act might be repeated by 10 to 20 people a day for months and even years.
The stimulus that is repeatedly delivered in these performances will become a trigger which the target is helpless to
escape. If in the future an innocent citizen drinks a coke in front of the target, she will be triggered again, and may
even consider the act malicious, even though there is no intent to make the victim of torture recall a bad experience.
A secondary effect of the coke bottle skit is to make the target seem like a paranoid schizophrenic if she attempts
to explain to a health care professional that 10 to 20 people a day are drinking coke in front of her while laughing or
smiling at her. The target becomes alienated from the community and is unable to seek help from authorities or the
mental health community.
Street theater takes many diverse forms. Following are a few more examples.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
95
• On foot, far more often than in normal life, you have people cutting you off in a store or in a bank line, or
you frequently find people getting “in your face” as you walk outdoors or especially in buildings and malls.
• While driving, far more often than in normal life, you have cars speeding up to stop signs just ahead of you
and brake to a stop partway into the intersection.
• While driving, far more often than in normal life, you find other cars behaving in ways which block your
progress. Mall parking lots are favorite places for this type of staged activity.
• While away from home dirt or food droppings appear in your house or apartment at times when you know
you did not leave them.
• While away from home or work, belongings turn up missing and you know for certain they were there
when you left. Some days later these belongings may turn up in a place you know they were not when you
looked, yet you cannot convince others this was theft and return.
• While away from home, you find damage to clothing or furniture which you know did not occur from
normal wear.
• While at home or at work, you find bizarre, loud, annoying noise incidents which others nearby seem to not
notice or don’t care about.
• While in the supermarket checkout line, you find someone reaching into your shopping cart to remove an
item—with the apparent purpose of forcing you to make another trip to the store prematurely.
The variations on these activities are unlimited. Those targeted pray that the large number of victims of these
torments will eventually succeed in exposing these activities and win protection.115
Targeted Individuals Experiences:
Since government-backed electronic harassment and control is classified at the highest levels in all technologically
capable governments, the description of effects is taken from the personal experiences of the approximately 2,000
known cases of gang stalking with electronic harassment targets. The experimentees without exception report that
once the harassment begins, in virtually all cases it continues for an extended period of time, and resumes in every
city, state, or country to which the target moves. It is also known to continue in prisons and hospitals, even when the
target is dying of cancer. Many targets are young seniors, some in their 70s and 80s. Some have children who are also
subjected to the same “testing” as their parent or parents. Pets are not only tortured, but even killed, painfully and
violently. The effects of the patterns of abuse appear to be to maintain a high level stress, a perpetual state of
hypervigilance. A number of observations can be made from analyses of hundreds of cases:
• All harassment consists of unique, carefully engineered, improvable events intended to produce psychological
stress in the victim. There are no events which do not fit this apparent purpose.
• In each type of stress event series, one introductory event of very high energy/effect is staged. The obvious
purpose is to be certain the victim knows this is external harassment, and not just “bad luck.” From that time
forward, the perpetrators appear to apply “Pavlovian training” so that they can get the victim to “jump” (or
react in some way) to the same effect at a fraction of the initial event.
• This type of harassment, which is rooted in the Cold War, is indicative of military and intelligence
psychological warfare operations.
• This type of harassment appears to be intended to gain psychological control of the subject. Words repeated
endlessly and inescapably within the skull are but one of the hypnosis-inducing experiences reported.
• The total number and type of crimes, which make up gang stalking and electronic harassment would be
impossible without a cover being supplied by governments. Bizarre court decisions in which the target is
forced into involuntary mental health treatment, instead of a criminal spouse (for example, a pedophiliac father
she has discovered molesting his own child), indicates that gang stalking and electronic abuses are part of a
program which is protected by all levels of government and the medical establishment and mandated at high
administrative levels.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
96
Chapter Seventeen
End Game: A Theory of “The Master Plan”
new Phoenix program has melded the use of exotic technologies and turned them on enemies of the hard right,
foreign and domestic. The maturation of silent-kill and soft -kill technologies has been mated to a Cointelprostyle
program being used against domestic dissidents. What began with Paperclip scientists and LSD has evolved over
time, perfecting the art of sexual blackmail and other coercive methods aimed at strategic targets within the
government, military, industry, and science, exactly as Estabrooks envisioned his infiltration program of a foreign
power using hypnosis. Where once the laboratory was the venue of crime, now, using nonlethal weapons, MK-Ultratype
experiments are taking place on US citizens within their communities—in the sanctuary of their own homes.
Terminal experiments and extrajudicial sentences are now conducted today by remote means with non-ionizing
microwave weapons. These so-called “nonlethal weapons” were actually developed for the battlefield as antipersonnel
weapons, but are now being used in urban areas abroad and domestically against potential threats, according
to the military doctrine that any loyal opposition to the political party of the executive or military administrations is
an enemy tantamount to a communist insurgency, which must be defeated using counterinsurgency warfare.
US citizens who are subject to enrollment in these terminal experiments and extrajudicial sentences come from a
variety of backgrounds. Some have been targets of mind control, sometimes including satanic ritual abuse (SRA) since
the age of three or even earlier, while others enter the looking glass in middle age. The type of human experimental
subject chosen resembles a melding of the criteria for MK-Ultra lab experiments, the Cointelpro program, and the
Phoenix program. American society—the entire world—is undergoing a counterinsurgency using weapons designed
by the DoD labs like Lawrence Livermore and Los Alamos National Laboratories that were supposed to be turned
against our implacable enemies. The world of military and civilian intelligence compartmentalization and black
budgets of unlimited funds has given birth to Dr. José Delgado’s vision of a world of individuals that can be
influenced, even shaped without their knowledge.
Just as Echelon vacuumed up millions of communication signals of phones and faxes, now supercomputers and
satellites sift through the spectrum (10-20 Hz) of 6.5 billion brain waves. The Malech patent device coupled with
PROMIS AI software running on super computers allows the NSA to interpret and interact with the stream of consciousness
of targeted individuals. Computing power is the only hurdle for these high-tech satellites to clear that
would allow them to interact with all sentient life forms simultaneously. PROMIS software and artificial intelligence
and “nonlethal” weapon technology are being combined to influence the course of human events in unforeseeable
ways. Once identified as hostile or a potential threat, a human can be influenced passively, without his or her knowledge.
If that person becomes resistant to that influence or is otherwise deemed a suitable candidate for overt targeting, he
or she is enrolled into the Monarch Hits the Streets (MHS) program, and the beginning of more aggressive and
invasive assaults.
Most targeted individuals enter the program due to one or more of the following factors: family connections to
SRA cults or the intelligence community, political activism, expatriate Americans who “go native,” whistleblowers
within government and industry, prisoners, mental patients, orphans, and scientists with important technology which
can support or threaten the program. Some people are targeted merely out of convenience, simply because private
armies need motivation and training; these victims are chosen merely as target practice. MHS began its inception
during the Reagan administration and has devolved into a sport involving what is believed to be millions of individuals
who are told their particular target is a bad element in our society. The groups are told a lie to which they will
respond in the desired way. For example, a church group may be told that the target is a pedophile, an abortion
doctor, a political radical, a terrorist and a national security threat, or a racist. Whatever story motivates the group
network is the lie that is told.
There also seems to be an element of eugenics involved in the overall program. Those who are viewed as a drain
on society, or what the Nazis termed “empty eaters,” are targeted. Many targets are the disabled, who are unable to
work. Another aspect of the program is revenge—a bitter ex-spouse, a rejected suitor, or a business partners may
enroll someone they wish to take revenge against, sometimes profiting monetarily in the process. Targets are often
covertly set up to be unwittingly broadcast on closed circuit television or radio, or on the internet, in what they
believe to be the privacy of their homes.. The target is portrayed in the worst light possible to amuse the paying
A
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
97
audience with appetites for the most sadistic of TV reality shows. Personal conversations and habits, as well as
internal thoughts and imagery are spread among the groups, who use their inside knowledge derived from their
closed-circuit show to harass the target in public and attempt to provoke angry outbursts and confrontation.
Through the use of the remote technology, a target will be prompted to speak on sensitive topics or in a manner
that will offend and motivate the selected antagonizing private groups. Most people who viewing or listen to the
“show” of the target are not quite sure what they are watching, while others are sadistic enough not to care. People
who are targeted may feel at times they are being played with, while other times it seems as though the microwave
assaults attempts to kill them. The goal is to force a suicide, or, short of that, to provoke behavior in the victim to
cause him or her to be incarcerated in a mental or penal facility. Occasionally a target is murdered in a sweepstakes
snuff game, which usually happens around a full moon.
These networks operate everywhere in virtually every country, so any target who attempts to flee will only find
him- or herself targeted anew elsewhere. Perfecting the psychology of control is an important objective of MHS.
Psychologists and psychiatrists, much like the Behavioral Science Consulting Teams (BSCT ), are employed to tailor a
program to exploit an individual’s personal or ethnic vulnerabilities. Psychology classifies about 34 distinct
personality types. Learning how to control each of them can be applied in future operations. The ultimate goal is one
of worldwide control along the lines of an Orwellian state where one percent of the population controls 15%, which
in turn controls the remaining 84%. The paradigm of using groups which front for a country’s intelligence services to
quash internal dissent is foreign to most Americans, but it is in fact quite common. In Cuba, a dissident writer may
have a crowd assemble outside him home and chant slogans at them in an operation known as a Contra. Plainclothes
police will typically emerge from the mob, drag the dissident from his home into the street, and beat him. A few days
later he might be officially arrested.
HAARP may in fact allow this technique to be a thing of the past, when ELF broadcasts at around 10 Hz is able to
interact almost automatically with the 34 different personality types through a system with sufficient computing
power. A controlled world society will no longer need guns, tanks, or planes to fight wars; a one-world government
run by the technological elite will shape the minds of the masses for a thousand years. Whether the Master Plan is a
function of the CIA and military intelligence, or if it is carried out by some type of Illuminati group is not terribly
important, for without proof this ideas are but conjecture. What we do know from historical fact is that the Nazis
came to power through an infiltration operation of the Weimer Republic. First militias were formed, which was
followed by the infiltration by their members of the military, and then the police forces. Once the police were
compromised from within, German society had reached the point of no return on the road to the destruction of
Europe, 50 million souls, and finally self-annihilation.
Now that the US has taken the place of Germany as the most technologically advanced society, it appears that its
turn has come to attempt a hostile takeover of the world, and is being used as a vehicle to enslave the free will of
mankind in a technological dictatorship of the mind. Once in place, such a totalitarian system would be extremely
difficult to dislodge or destroy from within as before, and there would be no state or group of states strong enough to
overcome this new generation of speed-of-light weaponry brought to the fore. NSA satellites which represent the
pinnacle of mind-control technology have been placed in abnormally distant orbits, perhaps as far distant as the
Lagrange Points, so far out of Earth’s orbit that they are for all practical purposes untouchable. Extreme magnetic
disturbances may be capable of damaging or dislodging them, but these events are uncommon. The average life span
of a standard communications satellite is over 20 years. The Master Plan to achieve global supremacy through the use
of these exotic weapons has been progressing for several generations. It appears to be one and the same New Order
of the Third Reich which sprung from the ashes of defeated Nazi Germany at the end of WWII.
Mind control techniques were aggressively pursued in the concentration camps and were brought to the US,
where they were perfected over the years, beginning with MK-Ultra. Paperclip scientists have been at the forefront
of research into EM weapons and their mind-control applications. Americans who have participated in these black
projects have often also been members of closed systems such as the Masons, as well as conservative hard-right
ideologies, although this has not always been the case. The inclusion of intelligence services from most of the
industrialized nations to participate in targeting those who flee to other countries in an attempt to escape the statesanctioned
torture reveals a transnational intelligence network capable of exerting influence in nearly every society.
The philosophy behind the Master Plan is Hegelian: people are viewed as inanimate objects of little inherent value
other than what they can do to advance the aims of the state; and the strategy of gradualism—slowly turning up the
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
98
heat on an unsuspecting world, so that when people are finally aware of the efforts to mold every aspect of society,
including their minds, it is a fait accompli.
At a distance, one is forced to simply refer to it as fascism. However, the production of traumatized children on
such a massive scale in the US alone leads one to conclude that Dr. Estabrooks’ infiltration campaign—using mind
control to take over a hostile nation—is in fact being applied to the world as a whole. The methodology of how to
impose an Orwellian world state using mind control is a point of conjecture. A careful examination of the CIA and
military intelligence psychological warfare campaigns leads one to believe that it will take the form of a destabilization
campaign; that is, a series of events designed to instill panic and psychological trauma in the general public that will
lead to a psychological collapse or the loss of any will to resist.
Bernal Diaz wrote a compelling history of the conquest of Mexico, when in 1523 some 400 heavily armed men
with superior weapons technology fought, defeated, and enslaved a civilization of 20 million people. The keys to their
victory lay in superior weapons and confusion over whether the mounted soldiers were in fact human. However, the
conquistadors did not triumph completely until small pox decimated the Aztec ranks. Superior weapons, blurring the
lines of reality regarding against whom or what people are fighting, and biological warfare contributed greatly to the
conquerors’ success.
The development in secrecy of a new RMA (revolution in military affairs) has the ability to turn the world upside
down by itself. Psychological warfare and destabilization campaigns are the forte of the CIA and military intelligence.
Their specialty is blurring and confusing the lines between what is real and what is not. Finally, the emphasis of
current programs on biological warfare that verges on an obsession is glaringly obvious. A quick examination of
biological warfare in terms of the plague, or Black Death, shows that any society which loses 50% or more of its
population experiences a psychological collapse and a conversion to a new religion. In any mass plague event, this
chain of events is repeated. Societies splinter as masses of people flee, throwing down their old gods who did not
protect them and taking up new gods that offer psychological reinforcement and comfort. Taking these factors into
account, as well as past behaviors by the minds behind this Master Plan, it is not difficult to postulate a scenario that
would bring it to complete fruition.
A series of catastrophic events, perhaps a nuclear event followed by a biological warfare attack which causes
massive loss of life will prepare the public mind by instilling trauma, and thus vulnerability and suggestibility, into
every human heart. The attack of a superior armed force that may or may not be human: such is the power of their
weaponry, which nothing—not missiles, tanks, or anything known—will stop them on the field of battle. This is
exactly what the new revolution in military affairs (RMA) in speed-of-light weapons is. It is a force which will
overcome all known battlefield technology. The psychological intimidation would be heightened if, like the Aztecs,
the creatures being fought might appear to be not of this earth.
Beginning after WWII and continuing to this day, the alien abduction and alien invasion psychological warfare
campaign is historically the longest operation of its kind. The use of ELF (extremely low frequency) technology will
give the final boost to capitulate, when those overmatched fighters still in the field hear the voice of the “alien
invaders” speaking directly into their minds, a message broadcast over the entire planet. Though this scenario may
seem outlandish, it is no more so then the psyop campaigns that are ongoing today, or the stories spread by the CIA
cutout “religions” such as Scientology. All the tools for this operation are now in place, or very nearly so. Consider
the RMA of speed-of-light weapons and ELF synthetic telepathy, the production of small pox and chimera viruses that
human populations have no natural defense against, as well as, for some, the psychology of doubt surrounding the
idea of hostile aliens who visit Earth. Popular culture is now swamped with books, television shows, and movies that
reinforce and normalize the concept of hostile alien races with designs on the Earth. All that is lacking is the sheer
audacity and psychopathic mentality to put these events into action. A careful study of the personalities responsible
for mind control crimes against humanity that populate the CIA and military intelligence communities will dispel any
doubt that these people are perfectly capable of implementing such a Master Plan.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
99
Notes
1 Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 US 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765.
2 Eileen Welsome, The Plutonium Files: America’s Secret Medical Experiments in the Cold War (New York: Dial Press, 1999).
3 Michael and Todd Uhl. GI Guinea Pigs: How the Pentagon Exposed Our Troops to Dangers More Deadly Than War: Agent Orange and
Atomic Radiation, 1980.
4 Harry V. Martin and David Caul, “Mind Control” (Copyright Free America, 1995); John D. Marks, The Search for the
Manchurian Candidate: The CIA and Mind Control (New York: Times Books, 1979).
5 Christopher Simpson, Blowback: America’s Recruitment of Nazis and its Effects on the Cold War (NY: Weidenfeld & Nicholson, 1988)
p. 55.
6 Alex Constantine, Virtual Government: CIA Mind Control Operations in America. (LA: Feral House, 1997) p. 41.
7 James Bamford, Body of Secrets: Anatomy of the Ultra-Secret National Security Agency, From the Cold War through the Dawn of a New
Century (NY: Doubleday, 2001), p. 83
8 Marks.
9 Ibid.
10 Nick Begich and Jeanne Manning. Angels Don’t Play this HAARP: Advances in Tesla Technology. (Anchorage: Earthpulse
Press, 1995) 67; Colin Ross, M.D., Bluebird: Deliberate Creation of Multiple Personality by Psychiatrists, p. 105.
11 Michael C. Rupert, Crossing the Rubicon: The Decline of the American Empire at the End of the Age of Oil (Gabriola, BC: New Society
Publishers, 2004), p. 53.
12 Ibid., p. 200.
13 Constantine, p. 3.
14 Jim Keith, Mass Control: Engineering Human Consciousness (Kempton, Illinois: Adventures Unlimited Press, 2003), p. 91.
15 Begich and Manning.
16 Keith, p. 100.
17 Ibid, p. 101.
18 Ross.
19 Steven Aftergood, “The Soft-Kill Fallacy,” Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, 9-10/1994, v50, n5.
20 David G. Guyatt, “Toward a Psycho-Civilized Society,” Electronics Today.
21 Keith, p. 187.
22 Ibid, p. 129.
23 Ibid.
24 Ibid, p. 121.
25 John W. DeCamp, The Franklin Cover-up: Child Abuse, Satanism, and Murder in Nebraska (ATW, 1992).
26 Constantine, p. 68.
27 Ibid, p. 80.
28 Keith, p. 267.
29 Brian Glick, The War at Home: Covert Action against US Activists and What We Can Do About It, (Cambridge, Mass.: South End
Press, 1999).
30 Stephen Kinzer, All the Shah’s Men: An American Coup and the Roots of Middle East Terror (Hoboken, NJ: J. Wiley & Sons, 2003).
31 Jonathan Kwitney, Endless Enemies: The Making of an Unfriendly World (NY: Congdon and Weed), p. 236.
32 Chalmers Johnson, The Sorrows of Empire: Militarism, Secrecy, and the End of the Republic (NY: Metropolitan Books, 2004), p. 169.
33 Jonathan Kwitney, The Crimes of Patriots: A True Tale of Dope, Dirty Money, and the CIA. (New York: W. W. Norton, 1987), p.
50.
34 Ibid.
35 Constantine, 81.
36 Greg Szymanski.
37 Pasternak.
38 ARPA, the Advanced Research Projects Agency, was established by DoD directive 5105.15 on February 7, 1958, then changed
to Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) on March 23, 1972, back to ARPA on February 22, 1993, and back
again to DARPA on February 10, 1996.
39 Begich and Manning.
40 Keith, p. 176.
41 Guyatt.
42 Cheryl Welsh.
43 Keith, p. 181.
44 Ibid, p. 183.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
100
45 Ibid, p. 180.
46 Martin Cannon, The Controllers: Mind Control and Its Role in the “Alien” Induction Phenomenon (LA: Feral House, 1996.
47 Constantine.
48 Keith, p.207.
49 Constantine, p. 38.
50 Begich and Manning.
51 Ibid.
52 Keith, p. 182.
53 “Brainpower,” The Houston Chronicle, February 16, 1995.
54 Keith, p. 102; W. H. Bowart, Operation Mind Control: The Secret Government’s War Against Its Own People (NY: Dell, 1978);
Lawrence; Cannon.
55 Armen Victorian, Aviary.
56 Aftergood, p40.
57 Jim Schnabel, Remote Viewers: The Secret History of America’s Psychic Spies, Dell, 1997, p. 220.
58 Megabrain Report, February 4, 1991.
59 Ronald McRae, Mind Wars: The True Story of Government Research into the Military Potential of Psychic Weapons (NY: St. Martin’s
Press, 1984), pp. 126-9.
60 Cannon.
61 Schnabel.
62 Begich and Manning, p. 73.
63 Sun-Tzu, The Art of War, trns. John Minford; New York: Viking, 2002.
64 James Kievit and Steven Metz, “The Revolution in Military Affairs and Conflict Short of War, July 25, 1994, US Army
Strategic Studies Institute, http://www.strategicstudiesinstitute.army.mil/pdffiles/PUB241.pdf, pp 12-14, 17, as quoted in
Keith, p. 222.
65 Keith, p. 223.
66 LTC William B. Osborne (USA), Maj Scott A. Bethel, Maj Nolen R. Chew, Maj Philip M. Nostrand, Maj YuLin G.
Whitehead, “Information Operations: A New War-Fighting Capability,” presented to Air Force 2025, August 1996,
http://csat.au.af.mil/2025/volume3/vol3ch02.pdf; quoted in Keith, 223.
67 Keith, p. 264.
68 Pasternak.
69 Guyatt.
70 Constantine, p. 34.
71 Special Issue, Air Power Journal, 1995.
72 John Barry, “Soon, ‘Phasers on Stun’”), Newsweek, February 7, 1994, http://www.newsweek.com/id/113112
73 Arlene Tyner, High-Tech Crimes and Electromagnetic Madness, Part 4: “Mind Control,” unpublished manuscript, posted at
http://educate- yourself.org/cn/mkultrapatsiesoct2001.shtml)
74 Tyler, Capt Paul E, MC, USN, “The Electromagnetic Spectrum in Low-Intensity Conflict” in Low Intensity Conflict and
Modern Technology, edited by Lt Col David Dean, USAF, “The Electromagnetic Spectrum in Low-Intensity Conflict,” Low-
Intensity Conflict and Modern Technology, ed., Lt. Col. D. J. Dean, Maxwell Air Force Base, Center for Aerospace Doctrine
Research and Education, Maxwell Air Force Base, Alabama: Air University Press, pp. 249-260)
75 Final Report on Biotechnology Research Requirements for Aeronautical Systems through the Year 2000, Proceedings of Biotechnology
Research Requirements Study Session, 4-8 January 1982, vol. II, Southwest Research Institute, San Antonio, Tex., pp. 181-88.
76 DoD Directive 300.3, “Policy on Nonlethal Weapons” (certified current as of November 21, 2003 and released on July 9,
1996, does not refer to the term “adversary,” nor does it mention domestic use of the weapons. The directive draft in question
may have been canceled or classified.
77 Begich and Manning.
78 Tyler, cited in Nick Begich, Earth Rising II: The Betrayal of Science, Society, and the Soul, Earthpulse Press, 2003.
79 Alexander, J.B. (1980): The New Mental Battlefield: Beam me up Spock. Military Review 60
(12), 46, cited in Keith, 263.
80 Bowart.
81 Armen Victorian, Mind Controllers, (Mill Valley, Ca.: Vision Books, 1999).
82 Keith, p. 199.
83 Jonathan Kwitney, The Crimes of Patriots: A True Tale of Dope, Dirty Money, and the CIA. (New York: W. W. Norton, 1987),
p.100).
84 John Perkins, Confessions of an Economic Hitman (San Francisco, Calif.: Berrett-Koehler Publishers, 2004).
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
101
85 Jack Nelson-Pallmeyer, School of Assassins: Guns, Greed, and Globalization (Maryknoll, NY: Orbis, 2001); see also Haiti Progrès
(Vol. 19, No. 37, 11/28/01).
86 Paul E. Vallely and Michael Aquino. “From Psyop to MindWar: The Psychology of Victory” (San Francisco: Presidio, US Army
Reserves 7th Psychological Operations Group).
87 Donald L. Bartlett and James B. Steel, “Washington’s $8 Billion Shadow,” Vanity Fair, March 2007
(http://www.vanityfair.com/politics/features/2007/03/spyagency200703).
88 Ibid.
89 Rupert.
90 Ibid, pp. 251, 479.
91 Ibid, pp. 79-80.
92 Ibid.
93 Thomas Donnelly, Donald Kagan, and Gary Schmitt, Project Co-Chairmen, Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategies, Forces and
Resources for a New Century, a report for the Project for a New American Century, September 2000, p. 18
94 John Nichols, “What Dick Cheney Knew,” The Nation, March 28, 2002.
95 Rupert, p. 28.
96 David G. Guyatt.
97 Steve Kangas, “The Origins of the Overclass” (http://www.huppi.com/kangaroo/L-overclass.html), 1999. (On February 8,
1999, shortly after he completed this article, Steve Kangas was found dead from a gunshot wound in head in Pittsburgh’s Oxford
Centre, the office complex of Richard Mellon Scaife. The death of the 36-year-old political science doctoral candidate from Santa
Cruz was quickly ruled a suicide, without conducting an investigation the mysterious circumstances surrounding his death.)
98 Rupert, p. 228.
99 Frank J. Murray, “NASA Plans to Read Terrorists’ Minds at Airports, Washington Times (August 17, 2002).
100 Rupert, p. 479.
101 Rupert.
102 Don Radlauer, “Black Tuesday: The World’s Largest Insider Trading Scam?” The International Policy Institute for Counter-
Terrorism (ICT), September 19, 2001.
103 Rupert.
104 Rupert.
105Rupert, p. 238.
106 President Ronald Reagan speech to the Nation Conservative Political Action Conference, March 8, 1985.
107 Norm Dixon, Green Left Weekly, September 19, 2001.
108 Rupert, 106.
109 “According to the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC), total poppy production in Afghanistan increased by
49% in 2006, from 4,500 to 6,700 metric tons of opium. Afghanistan is now responsible for over 80% of global opium
cultivation and over 90% of the world’s opium production—up from 70% in 2000 and 52% a decade earlier. It has become the
world’s largest heroin producing and trafficking country as well. U.S. government experts estimate that opium production
currently accounts for a very large share of Afghanistan’s economy: approximately one-third of the country’s GDP is derived
from illicit drug trafficking.” Richard Weitz, Central Asia-Caucasus Analyst, August 21, 2007
110 Microwave News, November/December, 1998, reported on Mind Justice (http://www.mindjustice.org/victims.htm)
111 John St. Clair Akwei v. National Security Agency, Ft. St. Geroge G. Meade, Maryland, Civil Action 92-044).
112 For a description of the NIJ Weed & Seed program, see: Terence Dunworth, Gregory Mills, Gary Corner, and Jack Greene,
“National Evaluation of Weed & Seed Cross-Site Analysis,” US Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, National
Institute of Justice, July 1999 (http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/176358.pdf).
113 Quoted in Thomas Blass, The Man Who Shocked the World: The Life and Legacy of Stanley Milgram (New York: Basic
Books/Perseus Books Group, 2004), p. xvii.
114 Glen R. Graham, “Milgram Experiment: Obedience to Authority by Ordinary Americans, Even if it Violates ‘Morality’
(http://oklahomacriminaldefense.blogspot.com/2006/08/milgram-experiment-obediance-to.html). See also, Blass.
115Blass, Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 1999.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
102
Bibliography
Aftergood, Steven. “The Soft-Kill Fallacy,” Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, 9-10/1994, v50, n5.
Bamford, James. Body of Secrets: Anatomy of the Ultra-Secret National Security Agency, From the Cold War through the Dawn
of a New Century. New York: Doubleday, 2001.
Barry, John. “The Science Of War: A New Generation of Nonlethal Weapons May Help Rout Mobs, Subdue
Gunmen, Even Win Wars—Without Killing the Innocent” (“Soon, ‘Phasers on Stun’”), Newsweek, February 7,
1994, http://www.newsweek.com/id/113112
Becker Robert O. Cross Currents: The Perils of Electropolution, The Promise of Electromedicine. New York:
Penguin/Tarcher, 1990.
Becker, Robert O. and Gary Seldon. The Body Electric: Electromagnetism and the Foundation of Life. New York: Harper,
1998.
Begich, Nick and Jeanne Manning. Angels Don’t Play this HAARP: Advances in Tesla Technology. Anchorage, Alaska:
Earthpulse Press, 1995.
Blass, Thomas. The Man Who Shocked the World: The Life and Legacy of Stanley Milgram. New York: Basic Books/Perseus
Books Group, 2004.
Bowart, W.H. Operation Mind Control: The Secret Government’s War Against Its Own People. New York: Dell, 1978.
Brzezinski, Zbigniew. Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era. NY: Viking Press, 1970.
______The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives. New York: Basic Books, 1997.
Burrows, William E. Vigilante! New York: Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich, 1976.
Cannon, Martin. The Controllers: Mind Control and Its Role in the “Alien” Induction Phenomenon. Los Angeles: Feral House,
1996.
Cockburn, Alexander and Jeffrey St. Clair. Whiteout: The CIA, Drugs, and the Press. London; New York: Verso, 1998.
Constantine, Alex. Psychic Dictatorship in the U.S.A. Los Angeles: Feral House, 1995.
______Virtual Government: CIA Mind Control Operations in America. Los Angeles: Feral House, 1997.
DeCamp, John W. The Franklin Cover-up: Child Abuse, Satanism, and Murder in Nebraska. ATW, 1992.
Dyer, Joel. Harvest of Rage: Why Oklahoma Is Only the Beginning. Boulder, Colo.: Westview Press, 1997.
Eisendrath, Craig, ed. National Insecurity: US Intelligence after the Cold War. Philadelphia: Temple University Press,
2000.
Endicott, Stephen and Edward Hagerman. The United States and Biological Warfare: Secrets from the Early Cold War and
Korea. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1998.
Glick, Brian. The War at Home: Covert Action against US Activists and What We Can Do About It. Cambridge, Mass.: South
End Press, 1999.
Gold, Hal. Unit 731 Testimony. Rutland, VT: Charles E. Tuttle, 1995.
Goliszek, Andrew. In the Name of Science: A History of Secret Programs, Medical Research, and Human experimentation. New
York: St. Martin’s Press, 2003.
Graham, Glen R., “Milgram Experiment: Obedience to Authority by Ordinary Americans, Even if it Violates
‘Morality’ (http://oklahomacriminaldefense.blogspot.com/2006/08/milgram-experiment-obediance-to.html).
Guyatt, David G. “Toward a Psycho-Civilized Society” (http://www.whale.to/b/guyatt5.html)
Harris, Sheldon H. Factories of Death: Japanese Biological Warfare, 1932-1945, and the American Cover-up. Routledge,
2002.
Houston Chronicle, “Brain Power,” February 16, 1995.
Huxley, Aldous. Brave New World. Garden City, NY, Doubleday, Doran & Company, Inc., 1932.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
103
______The Doors of Perception. New York: Harper, 1954.
Johnson, Chalmers. The Sorrows of Empire: Militarism, Secrecy, and the End of the Republic. New York: Metropolitan
Books, 2004.
Kangas, Steve. “The Origins of the Overclass,” http://www.huppi.com/kangaroo/L-overclass.html
Keith, Jim. Mass Control: Engineering Human Consciousness. Kempton, Illinois: Adventures Unlimited Press, 2003.
______Mind Control, World Control. Kempton, Illinois: Adventures Unlimited Press, 1998.Kinzer, Steven.
Overthrow: America’s century of regime change from Hawaii to Iraq. New York: Times Books/Henry Holt, 2006.
Kievit, James and Steven Metz. “The Revolution in Military Affairs and Conflict Short of War.US Army Strategic
Studies Institute, July 25, 1994. (http://www.strategicstudiesinstitute.army.mil/pdffiles/PUB241.pdf )
Kinzer, Stephen. All the Shah’s Men: An American Coup and the Roots of Middle East Terror. Hoboken, NJ: J. Wiley &
Sons, 2003.
Klaaren, J. W. and R. S. Mitchell, “Nonlethal Technology and Air Power: A Winning Combination for Strategic
Paralysis,” Air Power Journal, special issue, 1995.
Kühl, Stefan. The Nazi Connection: Eugenics, American Racism, and German National Socialism. New York: Oxford
University Press, 1994.
Kwitny, Jonathan. The Crimes of Patriots: A True Tale of Dope, Dirty Money, and the CIA. New York: W. W. Norton,
1987.
______Endless Enemies: The Making of an Unfriendly World. New York: Congdon and Weed.
Lawson, David. Terrorist Stalking in America. North Palm Beach, Fla.: Scrambling News, 2001.
Lee, Martin. The Beast Reawakens. New York: Little, Brown and Co., 1997
Marks, John D. The Search for the Manchurian Candidate: The CIA and Mind Control. New York: Times Books, 1979.
Martin, Harry V. and David Caul. “Mind Control.” Copyright Free America, 1995.
McRae, Ronald M. Mind Wars: The True Story of Government Research into the Military Potential of Psychic Weapons. New
York: St. Martin’s Press, 1984
Michaud Stephen G. The Evil that Men Do: FBI Profiler Hazelwood’s Journey into the Minds of Sexual Predators. New York:
St. Martin’s True Crime, 1999.
Mills, James. The Underground Empire: Where Crime and Governments Embrace. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1986.
Molander, Roger C. and Andrew S. Riddile, Peter A. Wilson. Strategic Information Warfare: A New Face of War. Santa
Monica, Calif.: RAND, 1996.
Moyers, Bill. The Secret Government: The Constitution in Crisis, with excerpts from “An essay on Watergate.” Cabin Johns, Md.:
Seven Stories Press, 1988.
Murray, Frank J. “NASA Plans to Read Terrorists’ Minds at Airports, Washington Times, August 17, 2002.
Nichols, John. “What Cheney Knew,” The Nation, March 28, 2002.
Nutter, James Jacob. The CIA’s Black Ops: Covert Action, Foreign Policy, and Democracy. Amherst, NY: Promethus Books,
2000.
O’Brien, Cathy and Mark Philips. Trance Formation of America. Las Vegas, Nev.: Reality Press, 1995.
Olmsted, Kathryn S. Challenging the Secret Government: The Post-Watergate Investigations of the CIA and FBI. Chapel Hill:
University of North Carolina Press, 1996.
Orwell, George. Animal Farm. New York: Harcourt, Brace & Co., 1946.
______Nineteen Eighty-Four. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1963.
Osborne, LTC William B. Osborne (USA), Maj Scott A. Bethel, Maj Nolen R. Chew, Maj Philip M. Nostrand, Maj
YuLin G. Whitehead. “Information Operations: A New War-Fighting Capability.” presented to Air Force 2025,
August 1996 (http://csat.au.af.mil/2025/volume3/vol3ch02.pdf)
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
104
Pasternak, Douglas. “Wonder Weapons,” U.S. News & World Report, June 29, 1997
(http://www.usnews.com/usnews/culture/articles/970707/archive_007360.htm).
Perkins, John. Confessions of an Economic Hitman. San Francisco, Ca.: Berrett-Koehler Publishers, 2004.
Radlauer, Don. “Black Tuesday: The World’s Largest Insider Trading Scam?” The International Policy Institute for
Counter-Terrorism (ICT), September 19, 2001.
Regan, President Ronald Reagan, Speech to the Nation Conservative Political Action Conference, March 8, 1985.
Richardson, Texas: Manitou Communications, 2000 (republished as The CIA Doctors: Human Rights Violations by
American Psychiatrists).
Riebling, Mark. Wedge— from Pearl Harbor to 9/11: How the Secret War Between the FBI and CIA Has Endangered National
Security. New York: Simon and Schuster, 2002.
Ross, Colin, M.D. Bluebird: Deliberate Creation of Multiple Personality by Psychiatrists.
Rupert, Michael C. Rupert. Crossing the Rubicon: The Decline of the American Empire at the End of the Age of Oil. Gabriola,
BC: New Society Publishers, 2004.
Sandía National Laboratories. “Team investigates Active Denial System for security applications” (press release), June
30, 2005, http://www.sandia.gov/news-center/news-releases/2005/def-nonprolif-sec/active-denial.html)
Schnabel, Jim. Remote Viewers: The Secret History of America’s Psychic Spies. New York: Dell, 1997.
Seymore, Cherie. The Last Circle (unpublished manuscript)
http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/last_circle/0.htm
Simpson, Christopher. Blowback: America’s Recruitment of Nazis and its Effects on the Cold War. New York: Weidenfeld &
Nicholson, 1988.
Simpson, Christopher. Science of Coercion: Communication Research and Psychological Warfare, 1945-1960. New York:
Oxford University Press, 1994.
Smith, Jerry E. HAARP: The Ultimate Weapon of the Conspiracy. Kempton, Illinois: Adventures Unlimited Press, 1998.
Sullivan, Kathy. Unshackled: A Survivor’s Story of Mind Control. Tempe, Ariz.: Dandelion Press Books, 2003.
Sun-tzu (Sun-zi). The Art of War. John Minford, trns. New York: Viking, 2002.
Thomas, Gordon. Journey into Madness: Medical Torture and the Mind Controllers. London, New York: Bantam Press,
1988.
Uhl, Michael and Todd. GI Guinea Pigs: How the Pentagon Exposed Our Troops to Dangers More Deadly Than War: Agent
Orange and Atomic Radiation, 1980.
US Army, Department of. New world vistas: Air and Space for the 21st Century. Department of the Army, USAF Scientific
Advisory Board, 1996.
Vallely, Paul E. and Michael Aquino. “From Psyop to MindWar: The Psychology of Victory.” San Francisco: Presidio,
US Army Reserves 7th Psychological Operations Group.
Victorian, Armen. Mind Controllers. Mill Valley, Cal.: Vision Books, 1999.
Webb, Gary. Dark Alliance: the CIA, the Contras, and the Crack Cocaine Explosion. New York: Seven Stories Press, 1998.
Welsome, Eileen. The Plutonium Files: America’s Secret Medical Experiments in the Cold War. New York: Dial Press, 1999.
Zillmer, Eric A. The Quest for the Nazi Personality: A Psychological Investigation of Nazi War Criminals. Hillsdale, NJ:
Erlbaum, 1995.
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
105
Films, Products, and Web Links
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program I&II are now documentary films. For a free early version of the films please go
to: http://www.youtube.com/marsboy683 click playlist, click Monarch, click play all videos.
PLEASE copy ALL the links below (12) and PLEASE go to victims organization website & donate to the cause of
freedom.
THE BLACK TOWER, MUSIC on these war crimes.
http://songcastmusic.com/profiles/MonarchNewPhoenix
READ THE BOOKS FREE: Monarch: The New Phoenix Program I&II, Monarch: The Long Way Home (book only)
http://www.MonarchNewPhoenix.com
http://www.MonarchNewPhoenix.org
http://www.MonarchNewPhoenix.blogspot.com
http://www.myspace.com/marsboy683
Contact the author at: http://www.facebook.com/people/Marshall_Thomas/547092153
TI groups: http://www.freedomfchs.com/ and http://www.mindjustice.org
MK-Ultra survivors group: http://aches-mc.org/
FILMS ARE FREE AT:
http://www.livevideo.com/video/marsboy
http://www.vimeo.com/user147823
http://www.youtube.com/marsboy683
Buy a T-SHIRT, cap, or button, the proceeds of which go to the victims.
http://stores.ebay.com/MonarchNewPhoenix
http://www.cafepress.com/Monarch_marsboy
THE BOOKS/DVD FOR SALE AT: amazon.com, B&N, createspace.com, lulu.com, ebay.com
Please buy the EBOOK because it’s more environmentally friendly.

Advertisements

Leave a Reply

Fill in your details below or click an icon to log in:

WordPress.com Logo

You are commenting using your WordPress.com account. Log Out / Change )

Twitter picture

You are commenting using your Twitter account. Log Out / Change )

Facebook photo

You are commenting using your Facebook account. Log Out / Change )

Google+ photo

You are commenting using your Google+ account. Log Out / Change )

Connecting to %s


%d bloggers like this: